You are on page 1of 362

2103335-001 rev.

AA

Totalflow XSeriesG4 Flow Computer


Users Manual

XFCG4

Intellectual Property & Copyright Notice


2008 by ABB Inc., Totalflow (Owner), Bartlesville, Oklahoma 74006, U.S.A. All rights reserved. Any and all derivatives of, including translations thereof, shall remain the sole property of the Owner, regardless of any circumstances. The original US English version of this manual shall be deemed the only valid version. Translated versions, in any other language, shall be maintained as accurately as possible. Should any discrepancies exist, the US English version will be considered final. Notice: This publication is for information only. The contents are subject to change without notice and should not be construed as a commitment, representation, warranty, or guarantee of any method, product, or device by Owner. Inquiries regarding this manual should be addressed to ABB Inc., Totalflow Products, Technical Communications, 7051 Industrial Blvd., Bartlesville, Oklahoma 74006, U.S.A.

Table of contents
INTRODUCTION ......................................................................................................XI
Organization & Style................................................................................................... xi Chapter Descriptions.................................................................................................. xi Getting Help ............................................................................................................... xi
Before you call.............................................................................................................xii

Key Symbols ..............................................................................................................xii Safety Practices and Precautions ..............................................................................xii


Safety Guidelines ........................................................................................................xii Equipment Markings................................................................................................... xiii Grounding the Product ............................................................................................... xiii Operating Voltage....................................................................................................... xiii Danger from Loss of Ground ...................................................................................... xiii Safe Equipment .......................................................................................................... xiii Fuse Replacement ..................................................................................................... xiii Safety First ................................................................................................................. xiii

1.0

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION........................................................................ 11
1.1 Overview...................................................................................................... 11
1.1.1 1.1.2 1.1.3 Hardware ..................................................................................................... 11 Functionality ................................................................................................ 11 XFCG4 General Specifications ..................................................................... 13 XFCG4 Board................................................................................................ 14 CPU Engine Card ........................................................................................ 14 Communication Compartment..................................................................... 14 Battery Compartment .................................................................................. 14 Solar Panel .................................................................................................. 14 Resistive Temperature Detector (RTD)....................................................... 14 Additional Features...................................................................................... 15

1.2

XSeriesG4 Flow Computer Hardware ........................................................... 13


1.2.1 1.2.2 1.2.3 1.2.4 1.2.5 1.2.6 1.2.7

1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6

Standard Enclosures ................................................................................... 15 XFCG4 Board Specifications....................................................................... 112 External Integral Multi-Variable (XIMV) ..................................................... 114 XSeries On-board Input/Output ................................................................. 115
1.6.1 1.6.2 1.6.3 1.6.4 Communication Ports ................................................................................ 115 Digital Input................................................................................................ 115 Digital Output............................................................................................. 117 Analog Input .............................................................................................. 118

1.7 1.8

Display Function ........................................................................................ 119 Functions of the XFCG4 .............................................................................. 120


1.8.1 1.8.2 1.8.3 1.8.4 Records ..................................................................................................... 120 XFCG4 Capabilities..................................................................................... 120 Additional Features.................................................................................... 121 Log Period Records................................................................................... 121 Credit Key (USB) ....................................................................................... 123

1.9

XFCG4 Application Licensing...................................................................... 121


1.9.1

1.10 1.11 1.12

Display Annunciators................................................................................. 123 Laptop Computer Running PCCU32 ......................................................... 125 Local PCCU Connections.......................................................................... 125
1.12.1 RS-232 Serial PCCU Cable (Round Military Connector)...........................125 1.12.2 PCCU32 USB Connection (USB Cable)....................................................126

1.13 1.14 1.15

Network Connectivity (Dynamic IP w/Router)............................................ 127 Optional Key Pad ...................................................................................... 128 Optional Totalflow Input/Output Modules .................................................. 130
1.15.1 Modular I/O ................................................................................................130

2.0

INSTALLATION ...................................................................................... 21
2.1 Unpacking and Inspection ........................................................................... 21
2.1.1 2.1.2 2.1.3 Unpacking ....................................................................................................21 Inspection.....................................................................................................21 Damaged Components ................................................................................21

2.2 2.3

Installation Overview ................................................................................... 21 Pipe Mount Installation ................................................................................ 26


2.3.1 2.3.2 2.3.3 Materials Supplied .......................................................................................26 Material Not Supplied...................................................................................26 Step by Step Instructions .............................................................................26 Optionally Supplied Materials ....................................................................213 Materials Not Supplied...............................................................................213 Step by Step Instructions ...........................................................................213 Step by Step Instructions ...........................................................................220 Installation ..................................................................................................222 Customer Provided Materials.....................................................................222 Step by Step Instructions ...........................................................................222 Step by Step Instructions ...........................................................................223 Description .................................................................................................225 Installation ..................................................................................................225 Customer Provided Materials.....................................................................225 Step by Step Instructions ...........................................................................225 Step by Step Instructions ...........................................................................226

2.4

Wall Mount Installation .............................................................................. 213


2.4.1 2.4.2 2.4.3

2.5 2.6

Direct Mount Installation for Gas Orifice.................................................... 220


2.5.1 2.6.1 2.6.2 2.6.3

Manifold Input Lines .................................................................................. 222

2.7 2.8

Direct Mount Installation for Pulse Meter................................................... 223


2.7.1 2.8.1 2.8.2 2.8.3 2.8.4

Static Pressure Input Line ......................................................................... 225

2.9 2.10

Battery Pack Installation............................................................................ 226


2.9.1

Solar Panel Installation.............................................................................. 226


2.10.1 Materials Supplied .....................................................................................227 2.10.2 Material not Supplied .................................................................................227 2.10.3 Step by Step Instructions ...........................................................................227

2.11

RTD Probe Installation .............................................................................. 228


2.11.1 Optionally Supplied Materials ....................................................................228 2.11.2 Materials not Supplied ...............................................................................228 2.11.3 Step by Step Instructions ...........................................................................228

ii

2.12

AC Charging Unit Installation .................................................................... 230


2.12.1 Materials Supplied ..................................................................................... 230 2.12.2 Materials not Supplied ............................................................................... 230 2.12.3 Step by Step Instructions .......................................................................... 230

2.13

XFCG4 Communication, Jumper Settings and Field Wiring ....................... 232


2.13.1 2.13.2 2.13.3 2.13.4 Communication Wiring .............................................................................. 232 Communication Modules ........................................................................... 233 Board Configuration................................................................................... 233 Other Field Wiring...................................................................................... 234

3.0

XFCG4 STARTUP.................................................................................... 31
3.1 3.2 3.3 Overview...................................................................................................... 31 PCCU32 Installation and Setup................................................................... 31
3.2.1 3.3.1 3.3.2 3.3.3 Step by Step Instructions ............................................................................ 31 Connecting To Local Port via RS-232 Cable............................................... 31 Connecting To Local USB Port ................................................................... 32 Setup of the XFCG4 Meters for Ethernet...................................................... 35 Station ID..................................................................................................... 38 Device ID/Application ID.............................................................................. 38 Location ....................................................................................................... 38 Date/Time .................................................................................................... 38 Bi-Level Security System ............................................................................ 38 Credit Key Driver Installation..................................................................... 311 Access/View the Credit Key with PCCU32 7.0 (or later)........................... 311 Adding Credits to the Credit Key by Telephone ........................................ 313 Transferring Credits to the G4 Controller from Credit Key ........................ 315 Transferring Credits to the Credit Key from G4 Device............................. 316 Contract Hour ............................................................................................ 318 Log Period ................................................................................................. 318 Volume Calculation Period ........................................................................ 318 Calculated Method..................................................................................... 318 Super Compressibility Calculation (Fpv) ................................................... 319 Constants .................................................................................................. 320 Alarm Limits............................................................................................... 321 Reset Volume ............................................................................................ 321 Put the XFCG4 On Line............................................................................... 321 Setting XFCG4 Temperature Calculation ................................................... 322 Volume Reset ............................................................................................ 322 Program Display ........................................................................................ 323

Establishing Local Communication.............................................................. 31

3.4

Setting up the XFCG4 ................................................................................... 38


3.4.1 3.4.2 3.4.3 3.4.4 3.4.5

3.5

Application Licensing Credit Key ............................................................... 311


3.5.1 3.5.2 3.5.3 3.5.4 3.5.5

3.6

XFCG4 Configuration .................................................................................. 318


3.6.1 3.6.2 3.6.3 3.6.4 3.6.5 3.6.6 3.6.7 3.6.8

3.7

Startup XFCG4 ............................................................................................ 321


3.7.1 3.7.2 3.7.3

3.8 3.9

XFCG4 Standard Displays .......................................................................... 323


3.8.1

Key Pad ..................................................................................................... 323 Overview.................................................................................................... 425

4.0

MAINTENANCE ................................................................................... 425


4.1

iii

4.1.1 4.1.2 4.1.3 4.1.4 4.1.5

Maintenance Support.................................................................................425 How to Use This Chapter...........................................................................425 Cleanliness.................................................................................................425 Front Mounted LCD ...................................................................................425 Returning Part(s) for Repair.......................................................................425 Step by Step Instructions ...........................................................................426 Step by Step Instructions ...........................................................................426 Clock Change Not Crossing an Hour Boundary ........................................426 Forward Clock Change Crossing an Hourly Boundary ..............................426 Backward Clock Change Crossing an Hourly Boundary ...........................427 Step by Step Instructions ...........................................................................427 Procedure...................................................................................................432 Procedures.................................................................................................433 Procedure...................................................................................................435 Procedure...................................................................................................437

4.2 4.3 4.4

Backing up Configuration Files.................................................................. 425


4.2.1 4.3.1 4.4.1 4.4.2 4.4.3

Restoring Configuration Files .................................................................... 426 Changing XFCG4 Clock.............................................................................. 426

4.5 4.6 4.7 4.8 4.9 4.10 4.11

Replacing XFCG4 Battery Pack.................................................................. 427


4.5.1 4.6.1 4.7.1 4.8.1 4.9.1

Replacing the Main Electronic Board (XFCG4 ).......................................... 431 Replacing CPU Engine Board ................................................................... 433 Replacing Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) Board.......................................... 435 Replacing XIMV......................................................................................... 436 Replacing Static Pressure Transducer ...................................................... 438
4.10.1 Procedure...................................................................................................438

Calibration ................................................................................................. 440


4.11.1 4.11.2 4.11.3 4.11.4 4.11.5 4.11.6 Required Test Equipment ..........................................................................440 Hold Mode..................................................................................................440 Checking Static Pressure (SP) ..................................................................441 Calibrating Static Pressure ........................................................................441 Checking Differential Pressure (DP) ..........................................................442 Calibrating Differential Pressure (DP)........................................................442

4.12

On-Board I/O Calibration Overview ........................................................... 442


4.12.1 Hold Mode..................................................................................................442 4.12.2 Calibrating On-Board Analog Input............................................................442 4.12.3 Calibrating On-Board Pulse and Digital Inputs ..........................................443

4.13 4.14

Calibrating TFIO Module Analog Outputs.................................................. 444


4.13.1 Calibration ..................................................................................................444

How to Change Orifice Plate ..................................................................... 445


4.14.1 Taking Meter Run Out-of-Service Procedure (Simplex Fitting) .................445 4.14.2 Leaving Meter Run In-Service Procedure (Senior Fitting).........................445

4.15

Zero Transducer ........................................................................................ 445


4.15.1 Static Pressure...........................................................................................446 4.15.2 Differential Pressure ..................................................................................446

5.0

TROUBLESHOOTING............................................................................ 51
5.1.1 Troubleshooting Support..............................................................................51

iv

5.1.2 5.1.3 5.1.4 5.1.5

Visual Alarm Codes ..................................................................................... 51 SLEEP Mode ............................................................................................... 51 Solar Panel .................................................................................................. 51 Communication............................................................................................ 51 Overview...................................................................................................... 52 Troubleshooting a Blank LCD Screen ......................................................... 54 Troubleshooting a Low Lithium Alarm (LL).................................................. 55 Troubleshooting a Low Charger Alarm (LC) ............................................... 55 Troubleshooting a Analog to Digital Failure Alarm (AD) ............................. 55 Resistive Temperature Detector (RTD) Continuity Test.............................. 56 RTD Current Source (Resistive) Test.......................................................... 57 RTD Impedance Test .................................................................................. 58 Overview...................................................................................................... 58 Power Supply Test ...................................................................................... 59 Solar Panel Charging System Test ........................................................... 510 AC Charging System Test......................................................................... 512 Auxiliary Equipment Isolation Test ............................................................ 513 TFIO Module Isolation Test ....................................................................... 514 SLEEP Mode ............................................................................................. 514 Reset Procedures...................................................................................... 515 SLEEP Mode ............................................................................................. 516 Communications Overview........................................................................ 517 Transceiver Supply Voltage Test .............................................................. 519 12V Communication Supply Voltage Test................................................. 519 Transceiver Check..................................................................................... 521 RS-232 Communication Test .................................................................... 521 RS-485 Communication Test .................................................................... 522 RS-485 Communication Test .................................................................... 523

5.2

Troubleshooting Visual Alarm Codes .......................................................... 52


5.2.1 5.2.2 5.2.3 5.2.4 5.2.5 5.2.6 5.2.7 5.2.8

5.3

Power Troubleshooting................................................................................ 58
5.3.1 5.3.2 5.3.3 5.3.4 5.3.5 5.3.6 5.3.7 5.3.8 5.3.9

5.4

Troubleshooting Communications ............................................................. 517


5.4.1 5.4.2 5.4.3 5.4.4 5.4.5 5.4.6 5.4.7

APPENDIX A 420 MILLIAMP TRANSMITTERS ...............................................A1


A.1 A.2 A.3 A.4 B.1 B.2 B.3 B.4 B.5 B.6 B.7 B.8 B.9 Powering 420 Milliamp Transmitters........................................................A1 Example 1....................................................................................................A3 Example 2....................................................................................................A3 Conclusion...................................................................................................A3 System Application Registers......................................................................B1 Display Application Registers ......................................................................B5 Alarm System Application Registers ...........................................................B8 Holding Registers ......................................................................................B11 Reports Application Registers ...................................................................B13 Operations Application Registers ..............................................................B14 Communications Application Registers .....................................................B29 Safety Controller Application Registers .....................................................B32 TFIO Module Application Registers...........................................................B36

APPENDIX B XFCG4 MODBUS REGISTER MAPS ..............................................B1

B.10 B.11 B.12 B.13 B.14 B.15 B.16

AGA-3 Measurement Tube Application Registers.....................................B56


B.10.5 T ................................................................................................................ B64

AGA-7 Tube Application Register .............................................................B74 XMV Interface Application Registers .........................................................B91 Therms Master Application Registers........................................................B99 Therms Display String Registers .............................................................B110 Therms Slave Application Registers........................................................B120 Valve Control Application Registers ........................................................B126

APPENDIX C DEFINITIONS AND ACRONYMS .................................................. C1 APPENDIX D DRAWINGS ................................................................................... D1

vi

Table of Figures
Figure 11 XFCG4 Model 6410, Orifice Meter ................................................................................... 16 Figure 12 XFCG4 Model 6411, Pulse Meter .................................................................................... 17 Figure 13 XFCG4 Model 6413, Orifice Meter ................................................................................... 18 Figure 14 XFCG4 Model 6414, Pulse Meter .................................................................................... 19 Figure 15 XFCG4 Model 6713, Orifice Meter ................................................................................. 110 Figure 16 XFCG4 Model 6714, Pulse Meter .................................................................................. 111 Figure 17 XFCG4 Board, Complete Overview ............................................................................... 113 Figure 18 Typical Point Schematic ............................................................................................... 116 Figure 19 Example Connections................................................................................................... 116 Figure 110 Typical Point Schematic ............................................................................................. 117 Figure 111 Example Connections................................................................................................. 118 Figure 112 Typical Point Schematic ............................................................................................. 118 Figure 113 Example Connections................................................................................................. 119 Figure 114 Liquid Crystal Display and Indicators ......................................................................... 123 Figure 115 RS-232 Local Communication Cable P/N 2015240-xxx............................................. 126 Figure 116 USB Local Communication Cable P/N 1801800-xxx ................................................. 126 Figure 117 Ethernet Communication Cable P/N 1681011-xxx..................................................... 127 Figure 118 Ethernet Connectivity Diagram................................................................................... 127 Figure 119 Optional Keypad (P/N 2100652-xxx) .......................................................................... 128 Figure 120 XFCG4 6413 with Optional Key Pad............................................................................ 129 Figure 121 XFCG4 6713 with Optional Key Pad............................................................................ 129 Figure 122 TFIO Module Housing................................................................................................. 130 Figure 123 XFCG4 6413/6414 Inside View with Module Mounting Rail ........................................ 131 Figure 124 XFCG4 6713/6714 Inside View with Module Mounting Rail ........................................ 131 Figure 21 Typical Pipe Installation for Gas Orifice.......................................................................... 22 Figure 22 Typical Pipe Installation for Pulse Meter ........................................................................ 22 Figure 23 Bottom View Orifice Flow Computer XFCG4 6410 .......................................................... 23 Figure 24 Bottom View Orifice Flow Computer XFCG4 6413 .......................................................... 23 Figure 25 Bottom View Orifice Flow Computer XFCG4 6713 .......................................................... 24 Figure 26 Bottom View Pulse Flow Computer XFCG4 6411............................................................ 24 Figure 27 Bottom View Pulse Flow Computer XFCG4 6414............................................................ 25 Figure 28 Bottom View Pulse Flow Computer XFCG4 6714............................................................ 25 Figure 29 Typical Pipe Saddle Installation...................................................................................... 27 Figure 210 XFCG4 Pipe Mounted .................................................................................................... 28 Figure 211 Model XFCG4 6410, Pipe Mounted W/Discreet Manifold.............................................. 29 Figure 212 Model XFCG4 6414, Pipe Mounted............................................................................ 210 Figure 213 Model XFCG4 6713, Pipe Mounted ............................................................................. 211 Figure 214 Model XFCG4 6714, Pipe Mounted ............................................................................. 212 Figure 215 Model XFCG4 6410 Wall Mounted .............................................................................. 214 Figure 216 Model XFCG4 6411 Wall Mounted .............................................................................. 215 Figure 217 Model XFCG4 6413 Wall Mounted .............................................................................. 216 Figure 218 Model XFCG4 6414 Wall Mounted .............................................................................. 217

vii

Figure 219 Model XFCG4 6713 Wall Mounted .............................................................................. 218 Figure 220 Model XFCG4 6714 Wall Mounted .............................................................................. 219 Figure 221 Model XFCG4 6410, Direct Mounted with D/A Manifold ............................................. 220 Figure 222 Model XFCG4 6413 Direct Mounted, Instrument Manifold.......................................... 221 Figure 223 Model XFCG4 6713 Direct Mounted............................................................................ 221 Figure 224 Transducer Low and High Side Ports ........................................................................ 222 Figure 225 Model XFCG4 6411 Direct Mounted............................................................................ 223 Figure 226 Model XFCG4 6414 Direct Mounted............................................................................ 224 Figure 227 Model XFCG4 6714 Direct Mounted............................................................................ 224 Figure 228 XFCG4 Static Pressure Input Line............................................................................... 225 Figure 229 XFCG4 Board Battery and Charger Input Connections............................................... 226 Figure 230 Typical Solar Panel Installation .................................................................................. 227 Figure 231 Thermowell Installation into Meter Run...................................................................... 229 Figure 232 RTD Probe Wiring ...................................................................................................... 229 Figure 233 RTD Input Connections.............................................................................................. 230 Figure 234 Mounting AC Charger ................................................................................................ 231 Figure 235 DC Wiring Instructions ............................................................................................... 232 Figure 236 AC Wiring Instructions................................................................................................ 232 Figure 237 XFCG4 Standard Communication Wiring .................................................................... 233 Figure 238 XFCG4 Main Electronic Board Configuration .............................................................. 235 Figure 31 Security Code Entry Screen........................................................................................... 32 Figure 32 Windows Found New Hardware Wizard ........................................................................ 33 Figure 33 Specific Location Selection ............................................................................................ 34 Figure 34 Specify Location for USB Driver (Totalflow.inf).............................................................. 34 Figure 35 Network Setup: ID and Enable DHCP ........................................................................... 35 Figure 36 Communication Setup: Totalflow /TCP Protocol............................................................ 36 Figure 37 System Setup: Network Information .............................................................................. 36 Figure 38 Windows Desktop Shortcut: Target Program and Folder .............................................. 37 Figure 39 Meter Setup and Security Screen .................................................................................. 39 Figure 310 PCCU32 Security Code Setup ................................................................................... 310 Figure 311 WinCCU32 Security Code Entry in Meter I.D. ........................................................... 310 Figure 312 Loading Credit Key Status ......................................................................................... 312 Figure 313 Credit Key Status ....................................................................................................... 312 Figure 314 Credit Key Telephone Update.................................................................................... 313 Figure 315 Application Credit Entry Screen ................................................................................. 314 Figure 316 Application Credit Verification Codes......................................................................... 314 Figure 317 Transfer to Device Application Credit Selections....................................................... 315 Figure 318 Transferred to Device Application Credits ................................................................. 316 Figure 319 Transfer to Credit Key Application Credit Selections ................................................. 317 Figure 320 Transferred to Credit Key Application Credits............................................................ 317 Figure 321 Optional Keypad (P/N 2100652-xxx) ......................................................................... 324 Figure 41 XFCG4 Board Cutout-Maintenance............................................................................... 428 Figure 42 XFCG4 6410 Component/Cable Locations ................................................................... 429 Figure 43 XFCG4 6413 Component/Cable Locations ................................................................... 430 Figure 44 XFCG4 Removable Board Connections for Maintenance ............................................. 433

viii

Figure 45 CPU Engine Card Removal .......................................................................................... 434 Figure 46 CPU Engine Card Replacement................................................................................... 435 Figure 47 Flow Computer with Discrete Manifold ......................................................................... 438 Figure 48 Direct Mount Pulse Meter with Static Pressure Transducer......................................... 439 Figure 51 Troubleshooting Flowchart ............................................................................................. 52 Figure 52 Liquid Crystal Display and Indicators ............................................................................. 53 Figure 53 Battery Charger and Battery Pack Connections............................................................. 54 Figure 54 Power Troubleshooting Flowchart .................................................................................. 59 Figure 55 XFC G4 Main Electronic Board ...................................................................................... 511 Figure 56 AC-DC Charger Wiring Instructions.............................................................................. 513 Figure 57 Current Measurement Troubleshooting Cable ............................................................. 513 Figure 58 Lithium Battery Backup Enable/Disable ....................................................................... 516 Figure 59 Communication Troubleshooting Flow Chart ............................................................... 518 Figure 510 XFCG4 Communication Wiring .................................................................................... 520

List of Tables
Table 11 XFCG4 Family Genealogy................................................................................................. 12 Table 12 2103328-xxx Board Specifications ................................................................................ 112 Table 13 XFCG4 Board Identifications, Complete Overview........................................................ 113 Table 14 External Integral Multivariable (XIMV) Specifications.................................................... 114 Table 15 Typical XFCG4 Display Options .................................................................................... 119 Table 16 XFCG4 Status and Alarm Description ........................................................................... 124 Table 21 XFCG4 On-Board Jumper Settings ................................................................................. 234 Table 31 Configurable Calculations Factors................................................................................. 318 Table 32 Fpv Analysis Data .......................................................................................................... 319 Table 33 Gas Orifice Constants.................................................................................................... 320 Table 34 Alarm Limits ................................................................................................................... 321 Table 35 XFCG4 Displayed Items .................................................................................................. 323 Table 36 Optional Keypad Commands......................................................................................... 324 Table 41 XFCG4 6410 and 6413 Component Identifications......................................................... 431 Table 42 Calibration Configurable Parameters.............................................................................440 Table 51 Visual Alarm Codes ......................................................................................................... 53 Table 52 Specifications for Solar panels ......................................................................................512 Table 53 RS-232 Field Wiring on XFCG4 Electronic Board........................................................... 521 Table 54 RS-485 Field Wiring on XFCG4 Board............................................................................ 523 Table 55 RS-485 Terminations ..................................................................................................... 523

ix

Bllank Page B ank Page

INTRODUCTION
This manual is written to provide an experienced meter technician with the requirements necessary to install, setup and operate a Totalflow XSeries Flow Computer (XFCG4).

Organization & Style


Each of the chapters in this manual presents information in an organized and concise manner. Readers are able to look at the headings and get a broad picture of the content without reading every word. Also, there are overviews at the beginning of each chapter that provides you with an idea of what is in the chapter, and how it fits into the overall manual.

Chapter Descriptions
This manual provides the following information:
Chapter Name Description

System Description

Provides a description of the Totalflow, XFCG4 system components, specifications, and description of flow computer computation methods. Includes unpacking and detailed procedures for setup and installation. Provides you with a tutorial on how to get a newly installed XFCG4 system up and running. Provides instructions on how to remove and replace major modules. Provides a description of the XFCG4 front panel error messages and provides a troubleshooting chart on how to correct most problems. Provides in-depth information regarding the powering of Totalflows 4-20mA Transmitter. Provides a listing of all valid Modbus Registers. Provides quick access to the majority of terms and abbreviations, as well as their definitions. Provides a place to put drawings that accompany a unit.

2 3 4

Installation Startup Maintenance

Troubleshooting

Appx. A Appx. B Appx. C Appx. D

4-20mA Transmitter Modbus Register Tables Definitions & Acronyms Drawings

Getting Help
At Totalflow, we take pride in the on going support we provide our customers. When you purchase a product, you receive documentation which should answer your questions; however, Totalflow Technical Support provides you an 800 number as an added source of information. If you require assistance, call: USA: (800) 442-3097 International: 001-918-338-4888

xi

Before you call Know your Totalflows model and serial number. Serial numbers can be found on a plate located on each unit. Be prepared to give the customer service representative a detailed description of the problem. Note any alarms or messages as they appear. Prepare a written description of problem. Know your software version, board and optional part numbers.

Key Symbols
The following symbols are used frequently in the manual. These are intended to catch your eye and draw your attention to important information. Intended to draw your attention to useful information or to clarify a statement made earlier. Intended to draw your attention to a fact that may be useful or helpful in understanding a concept. Intended to draw your attention to a statement that might keep you from making a mistake, keep you from destroying equipment or parts, or keep you from creating a situation that could cause personal injury if caution is not used. Please refer to the Safety Practices and Precaution section for additional information. Intended to draw your attention to a statement regarding the likelihood of personal injury or fatality that could result from improper access or techniques used while working in hazardous locations. Please refer to the Safety Practices and Precaution section for additional information.

Safety Practices and Precautions


This manual contains information and warnings which have to be followed by the user to ensure safe operation and to retain the product in a safe condition. Installation, maintenance and repairs should only be performed by a trained and qualified technician. Please refer to Certification Drawings shipped with this unit for specific guidelines. Extra copies of the certification drawings, referenced on the unit Name Tag, can be obtained, free of charge, by contracting Totalflow Technical Support at the number listed in the Getting Help section. Safety Guidelines DO NOT open the equipment to perform any adjustments, measurements, maintenance, parts replacement or repairs until all external power supplies have been disconnected. Only a properly trained technician should work on any equipment with power still applied. When opening covers or removing parts, exercise extreme care "live parts or connections can be exposed". Installation and maintenance must be performed by person(s) qualified for the type and area of installation according to National and Local codes. Capacitors in the equipment can still be charged even after the unit has been disconnected from all power supplies.

xii

Equipment Markings Protective ground (earth) terminal Grounding the Product If a grounding conductor is required, it should be connected to the grounding terminal before any other connections are made. Operating Voltage Before switching on the power, check that the operating voltage listed on the equipment agrees with the power being connected to the equipment. Danger from Loss of Ground A grounding conductor may or may not be required depending on the hazardous classification. If required, any interruption of the grounding conductor inside or outside the equipment or loose connection of the grounding conductor can result in a dangerous unit. Intentional interruption of the grounding conductor is not permitted. Safe Equipment If it is determined that the equipment cannot be operated safety, it should be taken out of operation and secured against unintentional usage. Fuse Replacement Fuses used on XFCG4 Model electronic boards are surface mount and field repair should not be attempted. Most fuses automatically reset themselves, but if a know problem exists, the board should be sent in for repair or replacement. Safety First Various statements in this manual identified as conditions or practices that could result in equipment damage, personal injury or loss of life will be highlighted using the following Icons. Exercise caution while performing this task. Carelessness could result in damage to the equipment, other property and personal injury.

xiii

STOP. Do not proceed without first verifying that a hazardous condition does not exist. This task may not be undertaken until proper protection has been accomplished, or the hazardous condition has been removed. Personal injury or fatality could result. Examples of these warnings include: Removal of enclosure cover(s) in a hazardous location must follow guidelines stipulated in the Certification Drawings shipped with this unit. If unit is installed or to be installed in a hazardous location, technician must follow the guidelines stipulated in the Certification Drawings shipped with this unit. Access to unit via PCCU cable in a hazardous location must follow guidelines stipulated in the Certification Drawings shipped with this unit. Connecting or disconnecting equipment in a hazardous location for installation or maintenance of electric components must follow guidelines stipulated in the Certification Drawings shipped with this unit. DANGER indicates a personal injury hazard immediately accessible as one reads the markings. CAUTION indicates a personal injury hazard not immediately accessible as one reads the markings, or a hazard to property, including the equipment itself.

xiv

1.0
1.1

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Overview
This Chapter introduces you to the Totalflow Fourth Generation XSeries Flow Computers (XFCG4). The XSeries are low power, microprocessor based units designed to meet a wide range of measurement, automation, monitor, control and alarming applications for remote oil and gas systems of many kinds. Six models of the XSeries are available: Models XFCG4 6410, XFCG4 6413 and XFCG4 6713 are differential (Orifice) meters. Models XFCG4 6411, XFCG4 6414 and XFCG4 6714 are pulse (Linear) meters. The letters XFC stand for Expandable Flow Computer. As their name implies, they are expandable to meet your needs, while maintaining backward compatibility with legacy Totalflow systems. For those users familiar with the Totalflow XSeries flow computers, the XFCG4 will be like meeting an old friend in a new suit. All the connectors and pin outs are the same. The displays are all the same. The feature set is very similar. The main difference is the new CPU Engine card (P/N 2102427-xxx). A 32-bit machine with more speed and more memory; basically more horse power. The XFCG4 will be able to run more applications than the previous XSeries units. More AGA tube applications, more Plunger Lift applications. For connectivity, the XFCG4 supports the familiar military connector (serial communication) PCCU cable. Additional USB and Ethernet connectivity is also available. The only other visual difference is the addition of an SD Card slot. Support is provided for 128M, 512M and 1G SD Cards. 1.1.1 Hardware The models XFCG4 6410 and XFCG4 6411 are packaged in a small enclosure and are designed for only the XFCG4 board (P/N 2103328-xxx) and a variety of batteries. When using these flow computers, communication devices can be installed in a separate enclosure, such as the model 6470. The models XFCG4 6413 and XFCG4 6414 are packaged in an enclosure that can accommodate the XFCG4 board, a variety of remote communications devices, batteries, and up to 3 additional I/O modules. These I/O modules generally provide 8 I/O points per module. The models XFCG4 6713 and XFCG4 6714 that are packaged in an enclosure that can accommodate the XFCG4 board, a variety of remote communications options, batteries, and up to 6 additional I/O modules. 1.1.2 Functionality The XFCG4 system has built-in, pre-engineered applications for data collection, trending and long term data storage. The XFCG4 can be used for oil and gas production, transmission and distribution site monitoring and control, water and waste system monitoring and control, etc. All of the XSeries feature single or multi-tube capability, with custody transfer measurement features. These flow computers are also quite flexible and allow you to increase productivity and improve asset utilization (see Table 11 for the XSeries Family Genealogy.

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page 11

The XFCG4 defaults to retention of daily and log period records for 40 days and retention of 200 events. These defaults can be extended, limited only by the file space on the device. Models XFCG4 6410/11 perform the basic functions and include additional I/O as provided on the Main Electronic board (XFCG4). Models XFCG4 6413/14 perform these same basic functions and additionally have the option for three TFIO modules. Models XFCG4 6713/14 perform these same basic functions and additionally have the option for six TFIO modules. The XFCG4 maintains a history of alarms as well as average differential pressure (DP), average static pressure (SP), average flowing temperature (Tf), accumulated volume and energy. Additionally, for differential meters an average extension is maintained while for pulse (linear) meters an uncorrected volume accumulator is maintained. The orifice (differential) XFCG4 can be programmed to calculate flow rates and volumes in accordance with either AGA 3-85, AGA 3-92, or additional flow calculations methods available on request such as; ISO5167, Liquid, Vcone, FloNozzle, etc. The pulse (linear) XFCG4 can be programmed to calculate flow rates and volumes in accordance with AGA 7. Supercompressibility calculations can be performed in accordance with either NX-19 or AGA 8-92, gross or detail. Table 11 XFCG4 Family Genealogy XFCG4 Model
6410 6411 6413 6414 6713 6714

XFCG4 Board

Orifice Meter

Pulse Meter

Max. Battery Capacity


26AH 26AH 26AH 26AH 42AH 42AH

Communication Equipment
N/A N/A Yes Yes Yes Yes

Max. TFIO Modules


N/A N/A 3 3 6 6

Page 12

2103335-001 rev. AA

1.1.3
Dimensions

XFCG4 General Specifications


Model 6410 6411 6413 6414 6713 6714 Width 10.00 (254.00mm) 10.00 (254.00mm) 12.55 (318.77mm) 12.55 (318.77mm) 15.10 (383.54mm) 15.10 (383.54mm) Height 13.80 (350.72mm) 12.15 (308.56mm) 18.31 (465.07mm) 16.65 (422.91mm) 22.31 (566.67mm) 20.64 (524.26mm) Depth 9.37 (237.99mm) 9.37 (237.99mm) 10.27 (260.86mm) 10.27 (260.86mm) 13.83 (351.28mm) 13.83 (351.28mm)

Installed Depth

Model
6410/6411 6413/6414 6713/6714

Pipe Mounted
10.68 (271.27mm) 11.58 (294.13mm) 14.56 (369.82mm) Pounds 13.5 11.5 17.9 15.9 29.0 27.0 Kilograms 5.04 4.29 6.68 5.93 10.82 10.08

Wall Mounted
10.12 (257.05mm) 11.02 (279.91mm) 14.00 (355.60mm)

Weight (w/o battery)

Model 6410 6411 6413 6414 6713 6714

Humidity Mounting Oper. Temp. Certifications & EMC Req.

0-95% Non-condensing Wall, pipe or direct -40F to 185F (-40C to 85C) Please see Product Data Sheets: Differential Flow Computer Part No. 2101101-001 Linear Flow Computer Part No. 2101102-001

1.2

XSeriesG4 Flow Computer Hardware


The Totalflow XFCG4 models 6410, 6411,6413, 6414, 6713 and 6714 are housed in a lightweight two-compartment aluminum case. With the exception of the size of the cases the XSeries models use identical components, which are: Enclosure XFCG4 Board External Integral Multi-Variable or XIMV (6410, 6413, 6713 only) Battery Compartment Communication Compartments (6413, 6414, 6713 and 6714 only) Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) Charger or solar panel Resistive Temperature Detector (RTD) Optional Modular I/O Optional Keypad

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page 13

1.2.1

XFCG4 Board The XFCG4 board is mounted on the inside of the door. All XFCG4 input and output connections are made with Phoenix style snap-in connector terminals mounted directly on the board. Other circuitry processes the inputs from the XIMV (External Integral Multivariable) and provides interfaces to the LCD (Liquid Crystal Display) and the PCCU. Remote communications are handled by the RS232 and RS485 communication modules that plug directly into the XFCG4 board. The XFCG4 board offers the following input and output points: XIMV Communication 2 digital or 2 high speed pulse inputs (Selectable De-bounce enable/disable) 2 digital outputs 2 Analog Inputs 2 Remote Communication Ports (RS232 or 485) I/O interface for TFIO interface modules

1.2.2

CPU Engine Card The CPU engine card (P/N 2102427-xxx) plugs into the XFCG4 board. All processor and memory components reside on the CPU engine card. The engine card uses a low power processor running at 192 MHz with 16M SRAM, 32M Flash and 256 bytes of serial E2PROM. A lithium backup battery is located on the main XFCG4 board. Application programs and configuration files are stored in nonvolatile Flash. Unplugging the engine card disconnects it from the lithium cell backup and SRAM (historical flow data) is cleared.

1.2.3

Communication Compartment A removable communications enclosure can be provided that has been predrilled for mounting of many popular communications devices such as radios, cellular phones, modems, etc. Models XFCG4 6413 and XFCG4 6414, provide an enclosure to house a remote communication device; transceiver, cellular phone, etc.

1.2.4

Battery Compartment The battery compartment houses the various optional battery packs that are available for the XFCG4; from 8 ampere hours up to 26 ampere hours. Installation of the battery requires only removing the battery plate, placing the battery in place, and connecting the battery cable to the XFCG4 board. This is discussed in detail in Chapter 5-Maintenance.

1.2.5

Solar Panel The XFCG4 can be configured for a 10-Watt, 20-Watt or 30-Watt solar panel. The panel is designed to be mounted on 2-inch extension pipe above XFCG4 , on top of or to the side of a meter house.

1.2.6

Resistive Temperature Detector (RTD) An optional 100-ohm platinum RTD measures real-time flowing temperature of the gas. The standard RTD is provided with a 10-foot cable. Other lengths of cable are available upon request.

Page 14

2103335-001 rev. AA

1.2.7

Additional Features Additional features of the Totalflow System enabling its flexibility include the following: Programmable bi-level security system prevents unauthorized communication and configuration of the XFCG4 (see Chapter 3) Internal crystal controlled clock providing a highly stable time base for the system Optional battery packs to extend operation for longer periods without power Three available charging sources: External solar panel (standard) External AC power External 24/12 VDC power LCD (liquid crystal display) programmable to allow monitoring of operations (for example, displays flow rate, volumes, etc.) Rugged, aluminum, powder coated NEMA 4X enclosure, lockable to prevent internal access Optional ability to allow rapid data collection over several communication links Additional I/O for valve control, pressure, level monitoring, remote communication, etc. Optional Keypad

1.3

Standard Enclosures
The standard enclosure consists of hinged-door box in varying sizes for the XFCG4 6410/11, 6413/14 and 6713/14 (see Figure 11through Figure 16). The door provides a watertight, corrosion resistant seal between the outside elements and the XFCG4 components. It is designed to meet Class I, Division 2, Groups C and D and is NEMA 4X rated. It is designed for mounting in harsh environments (cold, hot, wet and salty). Opening the doors latch(s) allows access to electronics, battery, radio, XIMV (External Integral Multivariable Transducer) and modular components. This door may be locked for security purposes.

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page 15

Page 16
PCCU Connector 10.00" 25.4 cm 9.37" 23.799 cm 8.57" 21.767 cm

9.38" 23.825 cm

XFC

G4

10.19" 25.88 cm

Figure 11 XFCG4 Model 6410, Orifice Meter


(1.69") (4.29 cm) (5.20") (13.208 cm) (4.28") (10.87 cm) (3.90") (9.90 cm)

(12.88") (32.71 cm)

2103335-001 rev. AA

(10) Holes for .50 NPT Cord Connector (.875" / 2.22 cm)

6410 Flow Computer, Gas Orifice

Figure 12 XFCG4 Model 6411, Pulse Meter

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page 17

Figure 13 XFCG4 Model 6413, Orifice Meter

Page 18

2103335-001 rev. AA

Figure 14 XFCG4 Model 6414, Pulse Meter

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page 19

Figure 15 XFCG4 Model 6713, Orifice Meter

Page 110

2103335-001 rev. AA

Figure 16 XFCG4 Model 6714, Pulse Meter

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page 111

1.4

XFCG4 Board Specifications


The XFCG4 board is designed as a general purpose motherboard that mounts in all XSeries enclosures (see Table 12). It has the same footprint as its counterpart, the XFC board (extendable flow computer motherboard). Table 12 2103328-xxx Board Specifications

Component Power External Power Charger

Description Battery 12 VDC SWVBAT: VBAT: 1 fused with 2.5 amp PTC 1 fused with 2.5 amp PTC

Solar or 14-26 VDC

Memory

Comm. Ports

Application (Totalflow.exe) runs out of 16M SRAM. RAM memory has lithium backup battery. Application and configuration files permanently stored in 32M Flash. Registry (MAC address, etc.) is stored in 256byte E2PROM SD Card optional (128M/512M/1G) 6 Ports Available: Dedicated PCCU/MMI RS232 or RS485 via Plug-In Modules USB (Host & Client)

NOTE: A special cable is required and you must check with Totalflow for a list of drivers to support Client peripherals

Ethernet

Analog Inputs Digital Inputs Digital Outputs I/O Module Interface Keypad Interface LCD Interface Security Switch I/O Scan Rate Time Base Stability Pulse Input Bandwidth

2 (0-5 VDC) 2 (State Change or Pulse to 10 kHz) operating at a 50% duty cycle with (Selectable De-bounce enabled 100 Hz) 2 FETs, sink = 2.5 Amp Max.Open Drain PTC, with 1500 W Transient protection Dedicated I2C Serial I/O Bus for TFIO Modules Dedicated interface for Optional Keypad Equipment Dedicated interface for Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) On/Off Bi-level on-board Security (See Chapter 3 for details) 1 time per second 7.5 ppm (parts per million) Up to 20 KHz (Linear flow meter only)

Page 112

2103335-001 rev. AA

5 DISPLAY J2 9

1 6

24 1
XU1

21 22
USB A/B J18 ETHERNET

16 19 15 20 14

18 17

2 3

SD CARD

23 25

RESET S2

4 13 5 6 7 11 8
J9
1 14 13 25

12

XIMV INTERFACE

10

Figure 17 XFCG4 Board, Complete Overview Table 13 XFCG4 Board Identifications, Complete Overview
ID Number 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 SD Card Ethernet Connector Reset Button (Warm Start) Keypad Connector Security Switch Lithium Battery Battery Cover Battery Mounting Bracket Memory Backup Enable/Disable XIMV Interface Analog Input Connectors RTD Connectors Description ID Number 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 External Charger Battery Connection Remote Comm 2: RS-485 Termination Jumper Remote Comm 2: Module Plug-in Remote Comm 1: RS-485 Termination Jumper Remote Comm 1: Module Plug-in I/O Module Interface LCD Display Interface USB A/B PCCU Interface CPU Engine Card Description Remote Communications Connectors

Pulse Input and Digital Output Connectors

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page 113

1.5

External Integral Multi-Variable (XIMV)


The XIMV (External Integral Multi-variable) contains circuitry for processing all analog measurements and provides the primary measurement capability for the XFCG4. The unit is designed to provide EMI/RFI protection of the low level signals, and to protect the circuitry from other environmental effects. The XIMV contains a single circuit board which contains the analog to digital converter and analog conditioning circuitry necessary for the XIMVs, the RTD and two general purpose analog inputs (see Table 13). Because the XIMV is characterized over temperature at the factory. The unit is not field repairable. All repairs should be done at an authorized Totalflow service center or returned to the factory. The XIMV is characterized over temperature so that any changes occurring in the XIMV or in the electronics can be compensated. The XIMV is a direct replacement for the AMU. The XIMV ALWAYS measures static pressure on the high side. The XIMV can be ordered from the factory with the XIMV unit rotated on the meter enclosure. However, this is only offered as an aid to the mechanical installation process. Static pressure is still measured on the high pressure side. For the purpose of clarity, the XIMV is a multi-variable transducer (includes a static pressure cell, a Differential cell and RTD input). The newer technology of the XIMV offers higher accuracy, better linearity and better overall performance over the older AMU. In this manual, we reference the XIMV when speaking generally. Table 14 External Integral Multivariable (XIMV) Specifications

Item Temperature Limits Analog to Digital Resolution Vibration Performance Mounting Specification

Description Compensated Operational Storage -20 to 140F (-29 to 60C) -40 to 185F (-40 to 85C) -40 to 185F (-40 to 85C)

18 Bit Maximum Resolution (0.00038% FS) 18 Bit Nominal Resolution (0.0015% FS) 1.5 INW per G (2G maximum) at 1 Hz, decreasing to zero at 1KHz in straight line mode. Change from perpendicular (front to back/around X-axis) will be 1.5 INW (Can be corrected with calibration) Temperature

Operating Range Accuracy

-80F to 230F (-62C to 110C) 1F (0.56C) over operating range Static Pressure Includes the effects of linearity, hysteresis and repeatability

Accuracy Ambient Temp. Effect Stability

Standard Accuracy: Optional Accuracy: 0.125% of Reading

<= 0.2% of URL (Upper Range Limit) <= 0.05% URL

0.15% of URL (per 160F, 71C) 0.1% of URL for 12 months

Page 114

2103335-001 rev. AA

Item

Description Differential Pressure (Differential Flow Computers only) Includes the effects of linearity, hysteresis and repeatability

Accuracy Ambient Temp. Effect Stability Static Pressure Effect

Standard Accuracy: Optional Accuracy: 0.125% of Reading

<= 0.2% of URL (Upper Range Limit) <= 0.05% URL

0.15% of URL (per 160F, 71C) 0.1% of URL for 12 months DP Zero per 1500 psi: 0.03% of Calibrated Span DP Span per 1500 psi: 0.05% of URL

1.6

XSeries On-board Input/Output


Totalflow's XSeries Flow Computers continue to be backward compatible with the same base I/O as earlier models but enhanced to include: XIMV Interface: 1 SP, 1 DP, 1 TF 1 Dedicated Local Communication Port 2 User A/I's 2 User D/O's 2 User D/Is or 2 User High Speed P/Is 2 RS232 or 485 Comm Ports Interface for TFIO Modules

The main electronic board is an enhanced replacement for previous versions of the FCU main electronic board. In the next few pages, you will see the specifications for digital/pulse input, digital output and analog input. To see a complete overview of the XFCG4 board, see Figure 18. 1.6.1 Communication Ports You have the ability to program up to two on-board communication ports on the XFCG4 board. Normally COMM 0 is the local port required for reading the XFCG4 with a laptop computer running PCCU32 (version 6.05 or greater). COMM 1 and COMM 2 can be configured for any combination of RS 232 or RS 485. 1.6.2 Digital Input The Totalflow XFCG4 provides two digital/pulse inputs as a means to monitor external equipment. When connecting or disconnecting any wires to the XFCG4 board, you should remove all power sources and make sure that you are grounded properly. The digital input reads an external contact. This is primarily used as a status input to read external equipment. This contact must be closed to be considered ON. The ON condition is recorded in the log period alarms and can trigger the action of the flow computers digital voltage (12 VDC) output. OFF is defined as an open contact. Selectable de-bounce may be enabled or disabled within PCCU32. See the software help files for additional information.

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page 115

1.6.2.1

Electrical Specification (each point)

Open circuit voltage: 5VDC (Internally pulled up to 5VDC Nom.) Short circuit leakage current: -395uA typical. Input capacitance: 0.1 ufd typical. Maximum allowable voltage range on input -0.5VDC to 15VDC. Maximum frequency input 100Hz @ 50% duty cycle with de-bounce enabled. Maximum frequency input 20KHz @ 50% duty cycle with de-bounce disabled. Input Specification

1.6.2.2

Dry Contact (form A), Open Collector or Active Voltage. Minimum contact resistance to activate input 1000. Voltage threshold to deactivate the input: 3.1V (referenced to GND terminal.) Voltage threshold to activate the input: 0.5V (referenced to GND terminal.) Conductor pairs must be shielded to prevent spurious signals. Typical Point Schematic
+5 10K

1.6.2.3

SIG
.1UF

1K

INPUT SENSE

DEBOUNCE SELECT

GND

Figure 18 Typical Point Schematic


POINT CONNECTIONS SIG SIG OPTO COUPLER SIG SIG
.1UF +5 10K

1K

INPUT SENSE

NPN

SWITCH
DEBOUNCE SELECT

GND OR

GND OR

GND

GND

TYPICAL VOLTAGE INPUT FIELD FIELD DEVICE


15 VDC MAX. SIGNAL OUTPUT 3.1 VDC 0.5 VDC -0.5 VDC MIN.

+5 10K

SIG

SIG
.1UF

1K

INPUT SENSE

DEBOUNCE SELECT
COMMON (GND)

GND

GND

Figure 19 Example Connections

Page 116

2103335-001 rev. AA

1.6.3

Digital Output The Totalflow XFCG4 provides two digital (12V dc) outputs as a means to control external equipment. When connecting or disconnecting any wires to the XFCG4 board, you should remove all power sources and make sure that you are grounded properly. When the digital output is used as a measurement device; AGA3, AGA7 or Liquid Measurement, the following outputs can be set when the following conditions occur: Differential pressure over high limit Volume Set point Differential pressure under low limit Flow Temperature Low Static pressure over high limit Flow temperature high Static pressure under low limit Flow rate low Low charger voltage Flow rate high Remote sense is on Trip on digital input Custom programmable by Totalflow or user programmable with IEC 1131 programming language. Electrical Specification (each point): 0VDC 0uA typical 1000pF typical 0.5VDC to 26.5VDC

1.6.3.1

Open circuit voltage: Short circuit leakage current: Output capacitance: Maximum allowable voltage range on output: Input Specification

1.6.3.2

Open drain FET type ON resistance (Including PTC fuse resistance): 0.1 Typical Maximum pulse current: 3A for 5 seconds Maximum continuous sink current: 2A

SIG

2.5A 24V

OUTPUT CONTROL GND


Figure 110 Typical Point Schematic

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page 117

TYPICAL SINK OUTPUT FIELD WIRING

BATTERY (+) OR POWER POSITIVE TERMINAL (24 VDC MAX) SOURCE

LOAD

SIG

SIG

2.5A 24V

OUTPUT CONTROL
BATTERY (-) OR POWER COMMON OR GND SOURCE TERMINAL

GND

GND

Figure 111 Example Connections 1.6.4 Analog Input The Totalflow XFCG4 provides two analog inputs as a means of receiving data represented by continuously varying voltage/current. 1.6.4.1 Electrical Specification (each point) 0VDC 0uA typical 21K typical (0-7.5V) -0.5V to 7.5V 30VDC

Open circuit voltage: Short circuit leakage current: Input Impedance: Measurable input voltage range: Maximum voltage on input: 4-20mA Transmitter

1.6.4.2

If you intend to use a 4-20mA transmitter on the analog input, please refer to Appendix A. Manufacturers specifications can be extremely misleading. Often a manufacturers specification will claim to operate from 10 to 30VDC. They are NOT always clear that this 10-30VDC must be applied across the 4-20ma transmitter ONLY (and NOT across the transmitter/load resistor series combination). Again, please refer to the explanation in Appendix A.

SIG (+)
Overvoltage Protection Network

SIG TO AMU

GND
Figure 112 Typical Point Schematic

Page 118

2103335-001 rev. AA

TYPICAL VOLTAGE ANALOG INPUT FIELD WIRING


SIGNAL OUTPUT

SIG (+)

SIG (+)
Overvoltage Protection Network

FIELD DEVICE

SIG TO AMU

COMMON (GND)

GND

GND

TYPICAL 2 WIRE 4--20mA FIELD DEVICE WIRING


POWER SOURCE POS. TERM. (+) XMTR(-)

SIG

SIG (+)
Overvoltage Protection Network

FIELD DEVICE
250 OHM USER INSTALLED

SIG TO AMU

POWER SOURCE COMMON OR GND TERMINAL

GND

GND

Figure 113 Example Connections

1.7

Display Function
During operation of the XFCG4, the front panel LCD (Liquid Crystal Display) continuously scrolls through the operating parameters. Table 15 shows typical displayed parameters, however any parameter with a Register Address can be displayed. The duration that the parameter is displayed can vary from 1 to 255 seconds (default is 5 seconds); a setting of 0 seconds will set any display to off. See Program Display in Chapter 3 (and PCCU32 help files) for more details. Table 15 Typical XFCG4 Display Options
Display DATE/TIME MM/DD/YY HH:MM:SS Description Current Date and Time 24 hour clock Yesterdays Percent DP Low Limit Percent time below DP Low Set Point Yesterdays Percent DP High Limit Percent time below DP High Set Point Current Flow Rate Programmable SCF or MCF or MMCF Total Accumulated Volume Programmable SCF or MCF or MMCF Battery Voltage Volts Differential Pressure Inches H2O Static Pressure Absolute PSIA Flowing Temperature F

YEST DP LO NN PERCENT YEST DP HI NN PERCENT FLOWRATE NNNNNN.N SCF/HR ACCUM VOL NNNNNN.NN MCF BATTERY NN.N VOLTS DIFF PRESS NNN.N IN. H2O PRESSURE NNN.N PSIA FLOW TEMP NN.N DEG. F

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page 119

Display YEST VOL NNNN.N MCF PERIOD VOL NNNN.N SCF CHARGER NN.N VOLTS M_FLOWRATE NNNNNN.N SCF/HR

Description Yesterdays Volumez Programmable SCFM or MCF or MMCF Previous Period Volume Last volume calculation period volume Charger Voltage Minute Average Flow Rate

1.8

Functions of the XFCG4


Functions of the XFCG4 reflect a design that is practical, straight-forward and efficient. The XFCG4 is simple to use and easy to learn - and it saves time usually spent on calculations and report preparation. The XFCG4 allows you to perform the following with minimum effort, maximum speed and greater accuracy. 1.8.1 Records Complete log period flow and operational records reported (hourly, default) include: Average static pressure Average differential pressure Average flowing temperature Corrected volume total Corrected energy total Operating status and alarms Complete daily flow records including o Average static pressure o Average differential pressure o Average flowing temperature o Average Extension o Corrected volume total o Corrected energy total o Operating status and alarms Complete daily operation statistics including o Percent flowing time o Percent back flow time o Percent out of limits (programmable) on SP, DP, Tf and Flow Rate o Minimum and maximum values for SP, DP, Tf and Flow Rate 1.8.2 XFCG4 Capabilities The records and statistics generated are due to the following capabilities of the XFCG4 : Calculation of flow rates, volume and coefficients per AGA-3, AGA-8 Supercompressibility standards.
Dp

Calculation of flow extension once per second. Extrapolation of flow accumulation during XIMV calibration.

* Sp Tf

Page 120

2103335-001 rev. AA

1.8.3

Selection of all coefficients for calculation; calculation of dynamic factors (dependent upon DP, SP and Tf) using averages based on one second samples. Sample set of most recent calculations allowing subsequent verification. Monitoring of the operational limits, minimums and maximums to insure detection and reporting of malfunctions or abnormal site conditions. Acceptance and storage of system constants from the PCCU or remote communications protocols. Storage of data records and operational events determined by user (based on available SRAM).

Additional Features Additional features of the Totalflow System enabling its flexibility include the following: Programmable differential pressure zero cutoff. Programmable bi-level security codes to prevent unauthorized communication and configuration of the XFCG4. Automatic temperature compensation of electronic measurement circuitry. Automatic internal calibration of the RTD, with programmable bias adjustment. Optional ability to allow rapid data collection over several communication links.

1.8.4

Log Period Records Each record has entries that contain the following information: Average SP (static Pressure) Average DP (differential pressure) Average Ft (flow temperature) Calculated Volume Log Period Data Entries

1.8.4.1

Log period data entries are made every 60 minutes by default. You may change this period to one of 6 other choices (1,2,5,10,20,30,60). Choosing a log period of less than 60 minutes will result in additional records being logged, thus requiring more storage space to hold a full days data. The log period must never be less than the volume calculation period. 1.8.4.2 Volume Calculation Period Entries

Volume calculation period entries are made every 60 minutes by default. You may change this period to one of six other choices (1,2,5,10,20,30,60). The volume calculation period should never be greater than the log period and should be evenly divisible into the log period. Volume calculations are completed, following the top of the current period (i.e., top of the hour, top of the minute).

1.9

XFCG4 Application Licensing


The G4 (fourth generation) flow computers offer the user unrivaled power and flexibility. The G4 units can support far more applications than the G3 (third generation) devices. Some of these applications require that Totalflow pay a royalty to a third party vendor. For this reason, Totalflow has developed a credit system for handling application loads beyond what would be required for a typical

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page 121

G3 meter run. Application credits are required to instantiate many of the applications. From the factory, your G4 unit has four general credits installed. Several system configurations would be possible with those four general credits: AGA-3 with Valve Control and Trending (uses 3 general credits) Two AGA-3 (or AGA-7) tubes with Trending (uses 3 general credits) AGA-3 with Valve Control and Plunger Lift (uses 3 general credits) Etc. Applications have been divided into categories: Standard, general, IEC, CO2 and HCDP (hydrocarbon dew point). Other application categories may be created in the future. Standard applications typically support general applications, as well as the basic operation of the G4 units. Standard applications do not require any credits to be instantiated. Standard applications include: System application Communications I/O Subsystem Therms Master Therms Slave Analysis Trend System LevelMaster Operations XMV interface Holding Registers Units Conversion Host interface Displays General applications typically provide some type of measurement, control, logging and/or archival function. General applications include: LMV interface (future) NGC Client AGA-3 Measurement AGA-7 Measurement Trend System Alarm System Pulse Accumulator Valve Control Safety Plunger Oil Custody Transfer Measurement IEC applications are generally custom applications provided by Totalflow at the customers request. They might include special control and/or measurement algorithms required by the customer. Multiple IEC applications can be instantiated with a single IEC credit. CO2 (NIST) applications will each require a CO2 (NIST) credit. Hydrocarbon Dew Point (HCDP) applications will each require an HCDP credit.

Page 122

2103335-001 rev. AA

1.9.1

Credit Key (USB) Your G4 comes with four general credits installed in the unit. If your system configuration requires more application credits, they can be purchased from Totalflows Order Entry (1-800-442-3097). Credits (standard, general, IEC, CO2 and HCDP) are maintained on the credit key. Credits can be purchased and kept on the USB credit key. The credit key is a secure USB Flash drive (i.e. thumb drive). It cannot be written to or read by any program other than PCCU32 7.0 or later. Credits can be added to your credit key via phone call to Technical Support or through email. Again, these credits are used to run the various applications available in the G4 product line. Credits can be transferred between the laptop and the G4 unit. If a G4 has extra credits (more than required to be fully licensed), the extra credits can be downloaded to the credit key to be used on other G4 units. If the G4 controller is running an unlicensed application, that fact will be reflected in any reports generated from that unlicensed meter. The meter will also log the fact that it is unlicensed in the Event Log at the top of each contract day. Unlicensed applications will cause your meter to connect more slowly than normal.

1.10

Display Annunciators
One of the primary functions of the XFCG4 is to provide complete volume and operational records; it is important to indicate unusual or alarm conditions as they occur (see Figure 114). This is supported on the LCD using annunciators (see Table 16). Instructions for using the display as a troubleshooting aid can be found in Chapter 6, Troubleshooting. Whenever an alarm is indicated the XFCG4 records it in the appropriate log period flow record. These are automatically retrieved when data is collected. Using technology adaptable for multi-tube devices, the status and alarm code locations are programmable. This allows the user to program each annunciator to reflect different application or tube types. The single tube device will come with a standard display preprogrammed, but changeable (see Table 16). As supplied from the factory, a typical single tube device will come with a standard display configuration, but can be modified. Consult the PCCU32 help files for more instruction on programming the display.

Figure 114 Liquid Crystal Display and Indicators

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page 123

Table 16 XFCG4 Status and Alarm Description


Indicator
L L L C

Description I/O Sub-System


L Low Lithium Battery Alarm: When L (low lithium) is displayed, lithium battery voltage is below 2.5 VDC. A new lithium battery measures approximately 3.6 VDC.

Low Charger. Displayed if XFCG4 battery charging voltage is (+)0.4 VDC or is less than or equal to battery voltage. Display Application A number represents the display group number currently being displayed. The displayed items value is above the data high limit value specified on the display Item Setup screen. The displayed items value is below the data low limit value specified on the display Item Setup screen. Communications Protocols Transmitting Data: Sending a response Receiving Data: Processing request. Nak. Negative Acknowledgement w/packet list. Ack. Positive Acknowledge of receipt of request. Waiting for Ack. Waiting for response after transmission.

1
! + ?

Exception Alarm Processing. ID Recognized. Recognized and receiving request. Listen Cycle. Flashes if this remote port is active and running Totalflow remote protocol. Flashes in sync with listening cycle that occurs at 1, 2 or 4 second intervals.

M m L R BF Z H A AD V =

MODBUS ASCII: Modbus ASCII protocol is selected for the port assigned to this annunciator. MODBUS RTU: Modbus RTU protocol is selected for the port assigned to this annunciator. Local Protocol. Displayed when PCCU part is active and running Totalflow local protocol. ID Recognized. The ID has been recognized but is waiting for Sync. LevelMaster Protocol: LevelMaster protocol is selected for the port assigned to this annunciator. Measurement Application Back Flow Condition. Visible only when DP variable displayed. Zero Flow Condition: Visible only when flow rate displayed. Hold. Displayed when PCCU has entered calibration mode on a measurement application in HOLD mode. Alarm Condition. Need to view alarm. You may need to compare application limits to current values to determine where the alarm condition is present. A to D Failure. Displayed if A to D converter absolute differential pressure, absolute static pressure or temperature readings exceed maximum counts or are less than minimum counts. Valve Control Displayed when valve control option is installed an no other valve control symbols are valid. Displayed when valve control option is installed. Process value (PV) is within the user set dead band. No control action required.

Page 124

2103335-001 rev. AA

Indicator

Description Displayed when valve control option is installed. Valve is in full open position. Displayed when valve control option is installed. Valve is in full closed position. Displayed when valve control option is installed. Valve is opening (open signal is being sent to valve actuator). Displayed when valve control option is installed. Valve is closing. (close signal is being sent to valve actuator). Displayed when valve control option is installed. Valve controller override conditions met (DP/SP override set point or low battery). Displayed when valve control option is installed. Local lock-out is initiated.

LL 1.11

Laptop Computer Running PCCU32


PCCU32 Software running in a laptop Windows environment offers you the most capabilities for programming the XFCG4. The Windows environment features user friendly help files and easy to follow menus. Having help files readily accessible to the user is comparable to having a virtual teacher on location. Easy to follow menus and icons, step the user through many required choices. The laptop computer connects via the cable directly to the connector on the side of the XFCG4. Once this physical connection has been made, you may begin communicating through the software. Connecting to the G4 meters with PCCU32 will require version 6.05 or later. Making a local connection to the meter may be accomplished one of two ways. Traditionally, local connections have been made using the RS-232 PCCU cable with the round military connector on one end and a serial port connector on the other. Secondly, the local connection may be made using a USB cable. Additional discussion follows.

1.12 Local PCCU Connections


1.12.1 RS-232 Serial PCCU Cable (Round Military Connector) The local connection (serial military connector) requires an RS-232 serial port on the host computer (generally a laptop). A PCCU cable (2015240-xxx) is required to connect the host computer to the meters round military connector. Connecting the PCCU cable to the meter will cause an annunciator in the LCD to display an upper case letter L for local connect. The G4 meter must be ordered to include serial communication capability. A change over kit may be purchased to adapt the G4 to USB capability.

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page 125

Figure 115 RS-232 Local Communication Cable P/N 2015240-xxx 1.12.2 PCCU32 USB Connection (USB Cable) The local USB connection requires use of a USB cable connected to the host computer (generally a laptop). A USB PCCU cable (1801800-xxx) is required to connect the host computer to the meters client connector. Connecting the PCCU cable to the meter will cause an annunciator in the LCD to display an upper case letter L for local connect. The G4 meter must be ordered to include USB Communication capability. A change over kit may be purchased to adapt the G4 for serial communication capability.

Figure 116 USB Local Communication Cable P/N 1801800-xxx

Page 126

2103335-001 rev. AA

1.13 Network Connectivity (Dynamic IP w/Router)


When operating the XFCG4 in a network environment, using an Ethernet is an excellent and practical solution. PCCU32 communication with the meter over an Ethernet connection (TCP/IP) requires the use of a hub, switch or router along with appropriate cabling (see Figure 118). Ethernet (local) communication in a remote area may also be utilized.

Figure 117 Ethernet Communication Cable P/N 1681011-xxx

Figure 118 Ethernet Connectivity Diagram

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page 127

1.14

Optional Key Pad


The XSeries models may be configured to include the optional Keypad (see Figure 119) located on the front cover of the unit. Keypad entry allows the user to monitor programmed display items without using additional equipment. See Figure 120 through Figure 121 for outline dimensions. For you to be able to view various display items, those items must be preprogrammed for keypad entry. You may either program all the display items for an application or individual display items within the application using PCCU32.

Figure 119 Optional Keypad (P/N 2100652-xxx)

Page 128

2103335-001 rev. AA

Figure 120 XFCG4 6413 with Optional Key Pad

13.72
XFC G4

Figure 121 XFCG4 6713 with Optional Key Pad

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page 129

1.15

Optional Totalflow Input/Output Modules


1.15.1 Modular I/O The hardware functionality of the XSeries flow computers can be extended by using modular I/O packaged in DIN mount enclosures. In addition to Totalflows enhanced on-board input/output capabilities, the hardware functionality of XFCG4 Series can be extended in a flexible and friendly way by adding modular I/O as needed (see Figure 122). Totalflow I/O (TFIO) modules are designed to accommodate low power, harsh environment and economical cost requirements. The system automatically recognizes the module types and configures the I/O Scanner subsystem accordingly.

Figure 122 TFIO Module Housing The modules are interfaced to the XFCG4 board by an I2C bus. On top of this bus, Totalflow has implemented an efficient I/O protocol to exchange information between the modules and the XFCG4 board. The bus operates in a master/slave mode, with the Main board acting as master. The XFCG4 6413 and XFCG4 6414 (as shown in Figure 123) systems support up to 3 modules. For example, 3 analog input modules can be connected to the I2C bus. Since each module supports 8 analog inputs, then a total of 24 analog inputs can be added to the I2C bus. Each module has capacity for up to 16 field terminations. Thus, for many modules 8 points are supported, since 2 terminations are generally required for each point. The XFCG4 6713 and XFCG4 6714 (as shown in Figure 124) systems support up to 6 modules. The I/O module hardware is packaged in DIN mount enclosures that employ Phoenix contact technology for field wiring. The modules also interconnect with each other to provide the necessary power and interface signals along their bus. Installation consists of snapping the Phoenix connector onto the DIN rail and moving the module into position directly beside and snapped to the next module. Likewise, in removing a module, it must first be separated from the module on either side, then removed from the DIN rail. For additional information, please refer to the TFIO Module Users Manual (Part No.2101226-001). Page 130 2103335-001 rev. AA

R13 C37 C32


1 14

C40 C41
13 25

Figure 123 XFCG4 6413/6414 Inside View with Module Mounting Rail

Figure 124 XFCG4 6713/6714 Inside View with Module Mounting Rail

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page 131

Bllank Page B ank Page

Page 132

2103335-001 rev. AA

2.0

INSTALLATION
This chapter provides you with the information for installation and setup. By the time you finish this chapter you will have the XFCG4 unpacked, installed, field wired and ready for operation. For safe and trouble free installation follow all instructions and advisories. Read through this chapter before you begin the installation, to plan your installation. Also before you begin, refer to the wiring diagrams delivered with the new XFCG4 . You may store these under the tab Drawings in the back of this manual. Installation procedures, presented within this chapter, are applicable to models XFCG4 6410, 6411, 6413, 6414, 6713 and 6714.

2.1

Unpacking and Inspection


2.1.1 Unpacking The XFCG4 and RTD are shipped in a specially designed shipping carton which contains the unit, mounting brackets, parts list and wiring and interconnect diagrams. The solar panel and the battery pack with applicable hardware are shipped in a separate carton. Carefully remove the items from each carton. 2.1.2 Inspection 2.1.3 Inspect the shipping carton for damage. If the shipping carton is damaged, keep it until the contents have been inspected for damage. Inspect the units exterior for dents, chipped paint, etc. Inspect the LCD window for breakage. Open the housing by first removing the bolt and releasing the latch/latches. Visually inspect the main electronic board (XFCG4 board), cables and XIMV Unit for damage.

Damaged Components If any components have been damaged or if there are noticeable defects, notify your Totalflow representative. Keep all shipping materials for the carrier's inspection. Totalflow will arrange for immediate repair or replacement; see 'Getting Help', in the Introduction section.

2.2

Installation Overview
The following procedures, unless otherwise stated, are applicable to all XSeries Flow Computers. The XFCG4 can either be pipe, direct or wall mounted. Use the procedure that fits your installation. Figure 21 Shows a typical gas orifice pipe mount installation. Figure 22 shows a typical pulse meter installation. See Figure 23 through Figure 25 for a bottom view of each orifice model. See Figure 26 through Figure 28 for a bottom view of each pulse model.

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page 21

Figure 21 Typical Pipe Installation for Gas Orifice

XFC 6411

Figure 22 Typical Pipe Installation for Pulse Meter

Page 22

2103335-001 rev. AA

8.57 (2.125)

4X .437-20 UNF

(1.625) (5.20)

(2.70) (.810)

(3.75) (2.40) (1.62)

2X .250-18 NPT (7.88)

(3.80)

(1.89)

(3.94)

Figure 23 Bottom View Orifice Flow Computer XFCG4 6410


(2.125)

4X .437-20UNF

(1.625) (.810)

(3.75)

2X .250-18 NPT (5.41)

Figure 24 Bottom View Orifice Flow Computer XFCG4 6413

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page 23

Figure 25 Bottom View Orifice Flow Computer XFCG4 6713

(6X .406 THRU) (.150) (4.000)

(3.711)

HOLES FOR .75 NPT CORD CONN (1.06) 2 REQD

(5.30) (1.355)

HOLES FOR .50 NPT CORD CONN (.875) 5 REQD

0.000 (.80)

(3.051) (3.700)

0.000 HOLES FOR RF CONN. TYPE N (.641) 2 REQD (5.30) (.80)

VENT PLUG

(4.500)

Figure 26 Bottom View Pulse Flow Computer XFCG4 6411

Page 24

2103335-001 rev. AA

(.150)

11.52 (4.000) (6X .406 THRU)

(3.711)

HOLES FOR .75 NPT CORD CONN (1.06) 2 REQD

(5.30) (1.355) HOLES FOR .50 NPT CORD CONN (.875) 5 REQD

0.000 (.80)

(3.051) HOLES FOR RF CONN. TYPE N (.641) 2 REQD (3.700) (5.30) (.80) (4.500) VENT PLUG

0.000

Figure 27 Bottom View Pulse Flow Computer XFCG4 6414

(.150) (4.000)

(6X .406 THRU)

(3.711)

(1.355)

0.000 (.80)

0.000

(3.700)

(.80)

(4.500)

Figure 28 Bottom View Pulse Flow Computer XFCG4 6714 2103335-001 rev. AA Page 25

2.3

Pipe Mount Installation


If you are installing directly to the meter run use this procedure. Before you begin, review the procedure and the materials required for installation. 2.3.1 Materials Supplied 2.3.2 Two U-bolts plus fastening hardware XFCG4 mounting brackets

Material Not Supplied One pipe saddle One 2 x 40 pipe Standard 3 or 5 valve manifold or static pressure tap valve Stainless steel tubing Optional equipment may be ordered from Totalflow.

2.3.3

Step by Step Instructions 1) Position pipe saddle on meter run. Select a location that allows easy user access and is close to the lines. Lines should be as short as possible. 2) Temporarily attach saddle on meter run pipe using U-bolt and associated hardware. 3) Screw 2 by 40 mounting pipe into saddle. Place level against pipe and vertically align. Adjust pipe, mounted in saddle, until vertical alignment is achieved. 4) After vertical alignment, securely tighten 2 by 40 pipe in saddle then securely tighten saddle mounting bolts. Be certain pipe is securely installed in saddle. To install XFCG4 , it is recommended that two people make the installation. One to hold unit in position and the other to install and tighten mounting brackets. Method of installation must be consistent with customers company policy.

Page 26

2103335-001 rev. AA

2" x 40" Mounting Pipe

Saddle "U" Mounting Bolt Meter Run

Figure 29 Typical Pipe Saddle Installation 5) Position XFCG4 in position on 2 mounting pipe and secure in place with two U-bolts, flat washers, lock washers and two 9/16 bolts. Orifice - Position XFCG4 high enough on pipe to allow slope from externally mounted manifold to tap valves. Pulse Position XFCG4 high enough on pipe to allow slope from externally mounted static pressure tap valve. See Figure 211 through Figure 214 for pipe mounted dimensions.

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page 27

Flat and lock washers with nut U - Bolt

2 " Mounting Pipe

XIMV/AMU Mounting Bracket

Figure 210 XFCG4 Pipe Mounted

Page 28

2103335-001 rev. AA

Figure 211 Model XFCG4 6410, Pipe Mounted W/Discreet Manifold

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page 29

Page 210
2.83" 7.18 cm (2 Top, 2 Bottom) 0.437" Holes (11.56") (29.36 cm)

(0.6") (1.524 cm)

XFCG4

17.20 43.68 cm 16.00 40.64 cm

Figure 212 Model XFCG4 6414, Pipe Mounted

2103335-001 rev. AA

2.00" PIPE (2.38" O.D., 6.04 cm O.D.)

2.83" 7.18 cm (2 Top, 2 Bottom) 0.437" Holes


(14.56") (36.98 cm)

(0.6") (1.524 cm)

2103335-001 rev. AA

XFC

G4

(21.20") (53.85 cm) (20.00") (50.8 cm)

Figure 213 Model XFCG4 6713, Pipe Mounted


MANIFOLD 2012929-001

(6.59") (17.65 cm) (8.98") (22.8 cm)

(1.03") (2.6 cm) (5.86") (14.88 cm) 0.00 (5.86") (14.88 cm)

2.00" PIPE (2.38" O.D., 6.04 cm O.D.)

Page 211

Page 212

XFC

G4

Figure 214 Model XFCG4 6714, Pipe Mounted

2103335-001 rev. AA

2.4

Wall Mount Installation


If you are installing to a wall near the meter run or inside a meter shed use this procedure. Before you begin, review the procedure and the materials required for installation. Refer to Figure 215 through Figure 220 for mounting dimensions requirements. 2.4.1 Optionally Supplied Materials 2.4.2 XFCG4 wall mounting brackets

Materials Not Supplied Four x machine bolts Standard 3 or 5 valve manifold or static pressure tap valve 3/8-inch stainless steel tubing x 3/8 tubing fittings If XFCG4 is to be wall mounted, the wall itself should have sufficient strength to support the hanging weight of the unit. There should be no obstruction(s) that would prevent the XFCG4 door from being opened to access interior installed components or to interfere with installation of the solar panel.

2.4.3

Step by Step Instructions 1) Refer to Figure 215 through Figure 220, drill mounting holes in wall supports. 2) Install supplied wall mounting brackets on back of XFCG4 as shown. 3) Lift and align XFCG4 wall mounting brackets with mounting holes drilled in wall. 4) Insert 1/4 x 1/4 diameter machine bolts through XFCG4 mounting brackets into wall. Securely tighten all bolts to secure unit to wall. Orifice - Position XFCG4 high enough on wall to allow slope from externally mounted manifold to tap valves. Pulse Position XCG4 high enough on wall to allow slope from externally mounted static pressure tap valve.

FYI

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page 213

Figure 215 Model XFCG4 6410 Wall Mounted

Page 214

2103335-001 rev. AA

Figure 216 Model XFCG4 6411 Wall Mounted

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page 215

Page 216
2.83" 7.18 cm (2 Top, 2 Bottom) 0.437" Holes (11.0") (27.94 cm)

(0.6") (1.524 cm)

XFC G4

17.20 43.68 cm 16.00 40.64 cm

Figure 217 Model XFCG4 6413 Wall Mounted

2103335-001 rev. AA

(0.75") (1.9 cm)

2.83" 7.18 cm (2 Top, 2 Bottom) 0.437" Holes (11.0") (27.94 cm)

2103335-001 rev. AA

(0.6") (1.524 cm)

XFC G4

17.20 43.68 cm 16.00 40.64 cm

Figure 218 Model XFCG4 6414 Wall Mounted

(0.75") (1.9 cm)

Page 217

Figure 219 Model XFCG4 6713 Wall Mounted

Page 218

2103335-001 rev. AA

Figure 220 Model XFCG4 6714 Wall Mounted

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page 219

2.5

Direct Mount Installation for Gas Orifice


If you are installing the XFCG4 directly to an instrument manifold use this procedure. Before you begin, review the procedure and the Direct Mount Drawings, see figures 223 through 225. All required hardware for mounting to the XFCG4 to the manifold is to be supplied by the customer. 2.5.1 Step by Step Instructions 1) Referring to Figure 221 through Figure 223, attach the XIMV to the manifold. Before aligning with the manifold ensure that Teflon seal rings are in place around the two process ports. 2) Using the four 7/16-inch bolts supplied with the manifold secure the XIMV to the manifold. 3) Refer to Figure 221 through Figure 223 and complete installation.
10.0" XFCG4 9.37"

D/A MANIFOLD

ORIFICE

Figure 221 Model XFCG4 6410, Direct Mounted with D/A Manifold

Page 220

2103335-001 rev. AA

Figure 222 Model XFCG4 6413 Direct Mounted, Instrument Manifold


15.10" 13.25"

XFC G4

MEASUREMENT & CONTROL SYSTEMS

INSTRUMENT MANIFOLD 5 VALVE

ORIFICE

Figure 223 Model XFCG4 6713 Direct Mounted 2103335-001 rev. AA Page 221

2.6

Manifold Input Lines


The following instructions will provide procedural steps to install the manifold. The meter run manifold high (H) and low (L) pressures terminate in XFCG4 H and L Differential Port cells. Differential Port cells are located on bottom of XFCG4 (see Figure 224). 2.6.1 Installation Installation is customers responsibility. The hardware required to connect to meter run to install manifold to XFCG4 Differential Ports is as follows:

Figure 224 Transducer Low and High Side Ports 2.6.2 Customer Provided Materials Stainless steel tubing Tubing fittings A backup wrench should always be used when working with stainless steel tubing and valves. This prevents fitting from turning and/or putting tension on stainless steel tubing. 2.6.3 Step by Step Instructions 1) Install isolation valves on meter run (if using 5 or 3 way manifolds). 2) Install manifold and tubing to meter run and XFCG4. (Note: Manifold to XFCG4 fittings not supplied with XFCG4). 3) Leak check all connections. Page 222 2103335-001 rev. AA

Leaks in the tubing or manifold will introduce errors when calibrating XIMVs.

2.7

Direct Mount Installation for Pulse Meter


If you are installing the XFCG4 directly to a meter use this procedure. Before you begin, review the procedure and the direct mount drawings (see Figure 225 through Figure 227). All required hardware for mounting to the XFCG4 to the meter is supplied by Totalflow, as ordered. 2.7.1 Step by Step Instructions 1) Attach the FCU to the pulse meter. Before aligning with the manifold ensure that all seals are in place around the mounting hardware. 2) Using the four 3/8-inch bolts supplied with the XFCG4 secure the XFCG4 to the meter. 3) Refer to Figure 225 through Figure 227 and complete installation.

Figure 225 Model XFCG4 6411 Direct Mounted

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page 223

Figure 226 Model XFCG4 6414 Direct Mounted

Figure 227 Model XFCG4 6714 Direct Mounted

Page 224

21.20"

2103335-001 rev. AA

2.8

Static Pressure Input Line


2.8.1 Description The following instructions will provide procedural steps to install the static pressure input line. The static pressure input line terminates in either the rear or side pressure ports on the XFCG4 mounting block located on the bottom of the XFCG4 (see Figure 228).

Figure 228 XFCG4 Static Pressure Input Line 2.8.2 Installation The hardware required to connect the FCU static pressure line to the FCU static pressure port is as follows. Installation is customers responsibility. 2.8.3 Customer Provided Materials Stainless steel tubing Static pressure isolation/shut off valve Tubing fittings A backup wrench should always be used when working with stainless steel tubing and valves. This prevents fitting from turning and/or putting tension on stainless steel tubing. 2.8.4 Step by Step Instructions 1) Install static pressure isolation valve on meter run. 2) Install static pressure tubing to static pressure isolation valve and XFCG4 static pressure input port connection. (Note: Valve to XFCG4 fittings not supplied with XFCG4). 3) Leak check all connections. Leaks in the tubing or connections will introduce errors when calibrating transducers. 2103335-001 rev. AA Page 225

4) Mount XFCG4 to direct mount manifold. 5) Leak check all tubing connections before calibrating. Leaks in the static pressure connections and tubing will introduce errors in transducer readings.

2.9

Battery Pack Installation


A battery pack provides the XFCG4 with its operating power. The battery is packed and shipped separately. Before installation, inspect power cables where they terminate on battery pack and connectors for breakage. Battery pack is mounted behind the removable metal battery plate cover. The plate is adjustable for various sized batteries. 2.9.1 Step by Step Instructions 1) Insert battery pack into lower compartment. Insert battery pack with its long dimension facing outward. 2) Connect battery pack connector to digital board battery connection J1 connector (see Figure 229), located in upper right corner of board. 3) Observe LCD, the display should be on and scrolling through the startup diagnostics sequence.

Figure 229 XFCG4 Board Battery and Charger Input Connections

2.10 Solar Panel Installation


The solar panel is designed for outdoor mounting on a 2 extension pipe installed on upper end of XFCG4 40 mounting pipe as shown in Figure 230. Solar panel must be mounted within 12 feet of XFCG4 (other cable lengths available). For wall mounted XFCG4, it can be mounted on top or side of meter house. Do not connect solar panel power cable to the XFCG4 unless main battery pack has been connected to J1 (see Figure 2 29). Page 226 2103335-001 rev. AA

If installation procedures are required for mounting solar panel on top or side of meter house, customer should contact Totalflow's Service Department; see Getting Help in the Introduction section of this manual. 2.10.1 Materials Supplied One solar panel Two U-Bolts and fastening hardware Solar panel cable (Standard is 12, other lengths are available) Solar panel mounting bracket (if not already attached to solar panel)

2.10.2 Material not Supplied Cable ties One 9-inch extension of 2-inch pipe or other suitable length of pipe, threaded on one end. One 2-inch coupling. Exercise caution when installing solar panel, so as not to damage it. When mounted, solar panel will face up from horizon at 50 angle.

Solar Panel Mounting Bracket U - Bolts

2 " Extension Pipe

Solar Panel Cable 2 " Coupling

Figure 230 Typical Solar Panel Installation 2.10.3 Step by Step Instructions 1) Attach 2 pipe coupling to top end of XFCG4 40 mounting pipe. Securely tighten. 2103335-001 rev. AA Page 227

2) Install 2 pipe extension into coupling and securely tighten. 3) Check solar panel using digital voltmeter to verify polarity and output voltage. Voltage will vary depending on amount of sun, angle to sun, etc 4) Install solar panel on mounting bracket, with provided hardware, if required. DO NOT connect other end of solar panel cable to XFCG4 until instructed to do so. 5) Attach solar panel mounting plate to top end of 2 extension pipe with Ubolts and associated mounting hardware. Do not tighten U-bolts until solar panel has been correctly positioned. 6) For northern hemispheres, position solar panel facing south. For southern hemispheres, position solar panel facing north. For optimum charging, solar panel should not be in shadows for the majority of the day. Panel should be kept clean for maximum charging. 7) Remove CHGR Input terminal block (J5) from digital board. Insert solar panel power cable through an access hole on side of case. Allow enough power cable for field wiring to CHGR Input +/- terminations on J5. 8) Before making connections to terminal block, trim wire ends back 1/4. Loosen terminal block securing screws, insert wire then retighten. Connect solar panel (+) lead to (+) terminal and (-) wire to (-) terminal. Verify main battery pack is connected and then reinstall terminal block with wires attached. 9) Following connection of solar panel power cable, secure cable to 2 extension pipe and mounting pipe cable with plastic tie-wraps provided.

2.11

RTD Probe Installation


The standard RTD (Part No. 2011905-xxx) measures flowing gas temperature and should only be located in DIV 2 or general purpose areas, following local codes. Procedures, presented in this section, enable the user to install the RTD into the meter run. 2.11.1 Optionally Supplied Materials RTD probe with 10 of cable. Optional lengths are 15, 25, 30, 40, and 50. One (1) thermowell with 3/4 npt threads; optional threads are 1/2 and 1. Nylon tie wraps.

2.11.2 Materials not Supplied Customer must specify Thermowell U length. Teflon tape

2.11.3 Step by Step Instructions 1) Install thermowell into meter run (see Figure 231). Power should be removed from XFCG4 before performing any field wiring. 2) Using snap ring pliers, adjust probe length so that it is spring loaded against bottom of thermowell. 3) Screw probe connector into thermowell. Page 228 2103335-001 rev. AA

Figure 231 Thermowell Installation into Meter Run 4) Remove nut from water tight cord connector leaving nylon sealing ring in place. 5) On XFCG4, remove hole plug from unit and insert wires through the hole. Allow enough RTD cable to extend into XFCG4 for connecting wires to RTD termination Block J7. 6) Secure RTD Probe cable using supplied sealing ring and nut. To prevent moisture from entering XFCG4 after installing RTD cord connector, be certain associated connector, at XFCG4, has a metal backed sealing O ring and metal locking nut attached. 7) On RTD probe wire, remove spade lugs if attached and trim wire ends back 1/4. 8) Remove associated terminal block from XFCG4 board (J7). Loosen terminal block securing screws, insert wire then retighten (see Figure 233). 9) Reinstall terminal block with wires attached. 10) Secure cable to meter run pipe with plastic tie wraps. DO NOT wrap cable around meter run pipe.
RETAINING RING SPRING NUT NYLON SEALING RING

PROBE CONNECTOR

WATERPROOF CABLE CONNECTOR

Figure 232 RTD Probe Wiring

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page 229

DIGITAL I/O

J6
J7-1 DRAIN WIRE

RTD WIRING

J7

J7-2 WHITE WIRE J7-3 WHITE WIRE J7-4 BLACK WIRE J7-5 BLACK WIRE

ANALOG I/O
13 25

J8

J9

XIMV INTERFACE Figure 233 RTD Input Connections

2.12

AC Charging Unit Installation


The AC Power Charging Unit maintains a constant voltage charge on installed battery pack. 2.12.1 Materials Supplied The following hardware is required to mount the AC power charging unit to XFCG4. AC Charging Unit Coupling nipple

2.12.2 Materials not Supplied Plastic cable ties AC wiring, conduit (rigid or flexible) To maintain system certification, all wiring must comply with NEC 501 code and applicable ABB certification drawings. To prevent injury only a licensed electrician should install AC power wiring to customer supplied primary AC power source. 2.12.3 Step by Step Instructions The AC charging unit is shipped separately. When unit is received, unpack and inspect all components for evidence of damage. Report damage to shipping carrier and to Totalflow's Service Department. Page 230 2103335-001 rev. AA

11) Remove one of the plugs from the side of XFCG4 so that AC charging unit can be mounted without obstruction (see Figure 234). 12) Feed AC charger DC power lines into XFCG4. Allow enough cable to extend into unit for connection to EXT CHGR +/- terminals. 13) Connect AC charger unit to XFCG4 using supplied sealing ring and nut (see Figure 235). To prevent moisture from entering XFCG4 after installing AC battery pack charger unit, be certain associated connector, at charger unit has a metal backed sealing O ring and metal locking nut attached. 14) Before connecting charger wiring, trim wire ends back 1/4 and remove associated EXT CHGR terminal block J5 (see Figure 229) from XFCG4 board. 15) Loosen terminal block securing screws, insert red wire into plus (+) terminal (top) and black wire in negative (-) terminal (bottom). Retighten screws and reinstall terminal block with wires attached. 16) Plumb the conduit and associated AC wiring into the AC charger conduit box. The AC charger is rated at either 120 VAC 60 Hz or 240 VAC 50 Hz. Connect the 120 V hot and neutral or the two hot wires for 240 V to TB1 of the AC charger. Connect the ground wire to the green screw T1 (see Figure 236). 17) Verify that the DC power wires are terminated properly inside the flow computer cabinet and verify that the main battery pack is plugged into J1 (see Figure 229). Apply AC power to the AC charger. 18) Monitor DC charging voltage by observing the XFCG4 display. LCD should indicate CHARGER 13.0 - 13.5 VOLTS.

J5 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

(+) EXT (-) CHGR 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 (+)DIN2 (-) GND (+) DIN1 (-) GND

J4

Figure 234 Mounting AC Charger

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page 231

Figure 235 DC Wiring Instructions

Figure 236 AC Wiring Instructions

2.13 XFCG4 Communication, Jumper Settings and Field Wiring


The XFCG4 main electronic board may require some basic setup and wiring. The standard XFCG4 enclosure allows the user access to the main electronic board for configuration of jumpers, communication modules and switches. All user wiring is wired directly to this board. 2.13.1 Communication Wiring You have the ability to program up to two communication ports on the XFCG4 board. COMM 0 is the local port required for reading the XFCG4 with a laptop computer running PCCU32. COMM 1 and COMM 2 can be configured for any combination of RS 232 or RS 485. For on-board communications wiring inside the standard XFCG4 enclosure, see Figure 237.

Page 232

2103335-001 rev. AA

Figure 237 XFCG4 Standard Communication Wiring The XFCG4 board, as with any electronic board, is susceptible to damage by static electricity or improper handling. To prevent this from occurring, user should wear a grounding strap. Remove power to unit prior to changing jumper settings or field wiring to on-board I/O. 2.13.2 Communication Modules If the unit is configured for remote communications, XA1 and/or XA2 will contain a 21 pin communication module specific to either RS-232, RS-422 or RS-485. If using the RS-485 communication module, J11 and/or J12 jumpers will require termination on last or only unit. 2.13.3 Board Configuration Table 22 is a brief description of each configurable point on the XFCG4 main electronic board and its function. The board diagram shows the location of these items (see Figure 238).

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page 233

2.13.4 Other Field Wiring For other wiring connections directly on the XFCG4 main electronic board, use Table 21 and Figure 238. Table 21 XFCG4 On-Board Jumper Settings
Jumper No. Description

J11 & J12

RS-485 Termination: When multiple XFCG4s are daisy-chained together on a single RS-485 bus, the bus must be properly terminated. When the XFCG4 is the last or only unit on the bus, the jumper should be across pins 1 & 2. If the unit is first or intermediate the jumper should be across pins 2 & 3. Lithium Battery Backup: J13 enables and disables memory backup via the lithium cell. A jumper across pins 1 & 2 enables RAM memory backup. If the jumper is removed (or across pins 2 & 3) the lithium cell is NOT enabled for memory backup. Should power be lost or disconnected while the lithium cell is NOT enabled, the XFCG4 main processor board will execute a Cold Boot and all historical data WILL be lost. Security Switch: If the security switch is ON and a local connection is made to the unit via PCCU, the proper security code must be entered. If the proper security code is not setup in PCCU the operator will be unable to configure the XFCG4. If the security switch is turned OFF, the user will be able to configure the XFCG4 without secure access.

J13

S1

Page 234

2103335-001 rev. AA

Figure 238 XFCG4 Main Electronic Board Configuration

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page 235

Bllank Page B ank Page

Page 236

2103335-001 rev. AA

3.0
3.1

XFCG4 STARTUP
Overview
This chapter generally describes the steps required get a newly installed XFCG4 system up and running. Specific information required to complete each step (depending on your equipment choice) is discussed in the PCCU32 help files. Before you begin you should complete the tasks outlined in the Chapter 2.0, Installation. All references in older materials to AP, absolute pressure, have been converted to SP, static pressure. This reflects the difference of including barometric pressure during calibration.

3.2

PCCU32 Installation and Setup


Totalflows PCCU32 6.05 (or later) software is required to communicate with XSeries G4 equipment. Previous versions of PCCU32 are not compatible. PCCU32 software running in a laptop Windows environment offers you the most capabilities for programming. The Windows environment features user friendly help files and easy to follow menus. Having help files readily accessible to the user is comparable to having a virtual teacher on location. Easy to follow menus and icons step the user through many required choices. 3.2.1 Step by Step Instructions 1) Insert PCCU32 disk into PC drive. If CD drive is set to AutoPlay, the installation program should begin: otherwise, go to Start, Run and type in D:\Disk1\setup.exe. D is the CD drive designation. 2) Follow screen prompts during installation. 3) Another screen prompt will ask for user information. Complete information and enter serial number in appropriate space, carefully entering both numbers and dashes. Select Next to continue. 4) When installation is complete, press Finish. A new Totalflow PCCU32 window will appear. This contains the shortcuts created in the start menu. You may copy the PCCU32 shortcut to the desktop if desired. For a standalone desktop shortcut, right-click on the shortcut, select Create Shortcut and drag it to the desktop.

3.3

Establishing Local Communication


As discussed previously, local communication may be established in different ways: RS-232 MMI cable or USB cable. Your unit may be configured for one or the other or both. TCP/IP is available but is designed for use over a network setup. 3.3.1 Connecting To Local Port via RS-232 Cable If your unit is configured to include the local RS-232 Communication port, the connection is made using the RS-232 cable, connecting the laptop computer to the local port on the meter. This port is located on the side of a standard enclosure, or on the front panel of the panel mount enclosure.

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page 31

3.3.1.1 Step by Step Instructions 1) Connect the MMI cable to the designated port on your PC (default is Com 0) and to the local port located on the unit. 2) Although we previously discussed shortcuts, lets do the traditional way: Click on the Windows Start button, selecting Programs, Totalflow PCCU32 (or correct program folder if changed during installation) and then select PCCU32. This will display PCCU32s initial screen. 3) With the MMI cable connected, click on the Connect Icon (left-most icon at the top of the screen). The Local Connect screen will appear with some labeled buttons. You have now established the local connection. If the Invalid security code screen should appear, enter four zeros (0000) for the new code and click OK. The XFCG4 should have defaulted to 0000 on Start-up. If the meter has been given a security code, make sure that you have entered that code in PCCU32s System Setup screen (see Figure 31). However, if your meter has been cold started, the security code will be reset to factory default and historical data will be lost.

Figure 31 Security Code Entry Screen 4) The Local Connect screen displays six buttons: Collect Historical Data, Entry, Monitor, Calibrate, Valve Control and Registry. Clicking Entry Setup will take you to the Station Setup screen. Links in the Tree View portion of the screen will move you to screens for setup and daily operations. 3.3.2 Connecting To Local USB Port If your unit is configured to include the local USB communication port, the connection is made using the USB cable. This connects the laptop computer to the Local port on the meter. This port is located on the side of a standard enclosure, or on the front panel of the panel mount enclosure. Page 32 2103335-001 rev. AA

Before you are able to communicate to your XFCG4 using a USB cable, you must install the Totalflow USB driver: Totalflow.inf. 3.3.2.1 Step by Step Instructions 1) If your XFCG4 and your laptop are powered up when the connection is made you will get the Found New Hardware Wizard screen on your computer. 2) When the Windows Found New Hardware Wizard screen comes up, select No, not this time and click Next.

Figure 32 Windows Found New Hardware Wizard 3) To install Totalflow.inf, select Install from a list or specific location (i.e. your PCCU32 folder). Click Next.

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page 33

Figure 33 Specific Location Selection 4) Select Include this location in the search. Browse to your PCCU32 folder. In the example we named that folder PCCU605 to draw attention to the necessity to run PCCU32 version 6.05 or later with your XFCG4. After browsing to the folder that contains Totalflow.inf, click Next.

Figure 34 Specify Location for USB Driver (Totalflow.inf) 5) At this point you may get a Microsoft message warning that the Totalflow USB driver has not passed Windows Logo testing. If you want to use your laptops USB port you will need to click on Continue Anyway and proceed with the installation. Page 34 2103335-001 rev. AA

6) The installation procedure begins loading Totalflow.inf. This step should only take a few seconds. 7) The Found New Hardware Wizard is finished. Click Finish. Your Totalflow USB driver is now installed. Should you see the Wizard on subsequent connects to your meter, simply click Cancel. 8) Although we previously discussed shortcuts, lets do the traditional way of clicking the Windows Start button, select Programs, Totalflow PCCU32 (or correct program folder if changed during installation), and then select PCCU32. This will display PCCU32s initial screen. 9) With the USB cable connected, click on the Connect Icon (left-most icon at the top of the screen). The Local Connect screen will appear with some labeled buttons. You have now established the local connection. 10) The Local Connect screen displays six buttons: Collect Historical Data, Entry, Monitor, Calibrate, Valve Control and Registry. Clicking Entry Setup will take you to the Station Setup screen. Links in the Tree View portion of the screen will move you to screens for setup and daily operations. 3.3.3 Setup of the XFCG4 Meters for Ethernet To setup the meter for an Ethernet connection, you must first connect locally using either the RS-232 or USB cable. Using this local connection allows you to setup the meter for Ethernet connectivity. 1) Connect locally using either the RS-232 instructions or the USB instructions previous in this chapter. 2) In the entry mode screen, select Communications then the Network tab.

Figure 35 Network Setup: ID and Enable DHCP 3) You will need to enter a Network ID and enable DHCP. The other fields (IP address, DNS server, etc.) will auto-populate. Click Send. 4) Under Communications, select Totalflow/TCP. On the Setup screen, select Totalflow/TCP as your communications protocol. Click Send. 2103335-001 rev. AA Page 35

Figure 36 Communication Setup: Totalflow /TCP Protocol 5) In PCCU32, select System Setup under the Operate Menu. You will need to select Network for your PCCU communication port and enter the Network ID or IP for your meter. This Network ID is the same ID you entered earlier for the meter setup (i.e. XFC-142). Select Close.

Figure 37 System Setup: Network Information 6) Exit PCCU and the local connection.

Page 36

2103335-001 rev. AA

7) With Ethernet cabling installed, connecting to your meter would be no different than using the PCCU cable and military connector. Simply click on the Connect to Totalflow icon in the toolbar. To connect and go directly to entry mode, click on Entry instead of the Connect icon. If you have several meters on your network you may find it helpful to create a Desktop Shortcut for each meter. Continue to the next steps for instructions, otherwise you may stop here. 8) First we create the desktop shortcut and give it a name. For simplicity we used the meters ID for the shortcut name. 9) Next, we need to point our shortcut to the version of PCCU32 we want to use (you may have multiple versions of PCCU32 on your laptop). Again, it must be PCCU32 version 6.05 or later. Finally we need to identify the network protocol to be used (TCP) and the network ID (XFC-148). For example (see Figure 38): Point to the folder with PCCU32 in it (C:\PCCU605\...) Point to PCCU32.exe Point to the protocol (TCP) Point to the specific network address (XFC-148) String it all together: C:\PCCU605\pccu32.exe TCP:XFC-148

Figure 38 Windows Desktop Shortcut: Target Program and Folder 2103335-001 rev. AA Page 37

3.4

Setting up the XFCG4


Once physically connected to the XFCG4 , you must then instruct the software of the programming device to connect. At this time, the software will actually read the device default values programmed at the factory. These preset values are based on the type of product you ordered and programmed for the most widely used configuration. Depending on the programming device you are using, the following are the minimum required entries. Specific information required to complete each step is discussed in the PCCU32 help files. 3.4.1 Station ID The station identifier code should uniquely identify one station from that of others. If running a multiple tube station, the station ID is the same for all tubes on that XFCG4. If left blank on a single tube device, it will be the same as the device ID.
Description Station ID Format XXXXXXXXXX Note 10 digit alphanumeric

3.4.2

Device ID/Application ID The device identifier should uniquely identify each tube/application on a multi-tube device. On a single tube installation, the identifier code should uniquely identify one XFCG4 from that of others and will be the same as the Station ID.
Description Format XXXXXXXXXX Note 10 digit alphanumeric

Device/Application ID

3.4.3

Location In WINCCU, the host software, the location field can hold up to 24 alphanumeric characters to describe its location. An example would be the county name or road number.
Description Format xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx Note 24 digit alphanumeric

Location

There are additional fields stored in WINCCU for uniquely identifying the meter including fields for entering the lease holder, producer, operator and buyer. These fields reside on the host computer in the ID Manager, not in the XFCG4 . 3.4.4 Date/Time The XFCG4 date and time must be set correctly and should agree with the Collection Equipment.
Description Date Time Format MM/DD/YY HH:MM:SS 24 hour clock Note Must enter 2 digits each

3.4.5

Bi-Level Security System Data and configuration security in the XSeries meters (XFC, XRC and uFlo) is spread across three elements; the flow meter, PCCU32 and WinCCU32.

Page 38

2103335-001 rev. AA

The flow meters (XFC, XRC or uFlo) have a security switch (S1) on the electronic boards. Password security is bi-level; read only (security code level 1) or read/write (security code level 2). To establish meter security you must have the security switch in the OFF position and locally connect with PCCU32. Enter a four digit number for level 1 and level 2 security codes and click Send. 3.4.5.1 Meter Security To establish meter security you must have the security switch in the OFF position and locally connect with PCCU32. 1) Enter a four digit number for level 1 and level 2 security codes (see Figure 39) and click Send.

Figure 39 Meter Setup and Security Screen Turning the security switch (S1) ON will activate the security codes. The level 1 code (example above-1234) will allow data and configuration values to be read, but not altered. The level 2 code (example above- 5678) will allow full access to read and to write. These security codes must be entered into PCCU32 and WinCCU32 to provide appropriate access to the meters. However, WinCCU32 will always need the proper security code, regardless of the position of the security switch (S1). Turning the security switch OFF does NOT allow unprotected access by a WinCCU32 operator. Modbus access to the meters is NOT protected by the security codes. 3.4.5.2 PCCU32 Security PCCU32 will require the appropriate security code be entered. To enter the security code go to System Setup in PCCU32. In our example (see Figure 310) we have to provide the operator with read only access to the meter.

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page 39

As you will recall a security code level 1 (below example) of 1234 will provide read only access to the meter. Had we entered a security code of 5678 our operator would have had full read/write access to the meter. If the security level is breached, the meter will give no indication. Any data the operator attempted to change will simply remain unchanged.

Figure 310 PCCU32 Security Code Setup 3.4.5.3 WinCCU32 Security WinCCU32 will also require appropriate security codes (see Figure 311). Highlight the appropriate meter, and click Edit ID.

Figure 311 WinCCU32 Security Code Entry in Meter I.D. Page 310 2103335-001 rev. AA

We have entered a security code level 2 (previous example) of 5678. This gives our WinCCU32 operator full read/write access to the meter. Modbus access to the meters is NOT protected by the security codes. If the Security Switch S1 located on the XFCG4 board is in the OFF position, no security code has to be entered to access the operating parameters even if there is one programmed into the device.

3.5

Application Licensing Credit Key


3.5.1 Credit Key Driver Installation 3.5.1.1 Step by Step Instructions 1) The credit key is very easy to install on your computer. Simply plug the USB credit key into an available USB port. 2) The Windows operating system will recognize the credit key as new hardware and attempt to install the appropriate driver with the Found New Hardware Wizard. 3) Click Next 4) It may be necessary to point the wizard to the PCCU32 directory. In the Files Needed screen, select Browse and locate the driver (usbkey.sys) in the PCCU32 directory. 5) Once located, click on OK. 6) Software driver installation will commence. 7) When installation is complete, click Finish. If you insert the credit key in a different USB port on the computer, it will need to be installed for that new USB port. In other words, the credit key must be installed on each available USB port if you do NOT intend to use the same USB port each time you use the credit key. 3.5.2 Access/View the Credit Key with PCCU32 7.0 (or later) To access and view the credit key you must use PCCU32 7.0 (or later). The credit key is a secure device and only accessible through PCCU32. 3.5.2.1 Step by Step Instructions 1) Install the credit key in an available USB port. 2) Open PCCU32 and disconnect from the unit, if connected. 3) Go to the Credit Key License Utility (Operate > File Utilities > Credit Key License Utility). To go to the Credit Key License Utility, you can NOT be connected to the G4 meter or controller. Simply have PCCU32 running and the initial Totalflow screen displayed. 4) When the Credit Key Status and Update Utility screen opens, click Load to view available credits on USB Key (see Figure 312).

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page 311

Figure 312 Loading Credit Key Status 5) In this instance, this credit key has 30 general credits, 3 IEC credits, 3 CO2 credits and 2 HCDP credits (see Figure 313) This is the same dialog box that you would use to add more credits to the credit key.

Figure 313 Credit Key Status

Page 312

2103335-001 rev. AA

3.5.3

Adding Credits to the Credit Key by Telephone You may have ordered the credit key from Totalflow with a specified number of the various credits; however, you may need to add more or different credits in the future. 1) Open PCCU32 7.0 (or later) but do not connect to the unit. 2) Go to the credit key License Utility (Operate > File Utilities > Credit Key License Utility). 3) Insert the credit key into an available USB port. 4) Select Do Phone Update (see Figure 314). 5) You will be asked to call Totalflow Order Entry, and insure that your credit key is plugged in. 6) Click OK when you have connected with an Order Entry clerk. 7) The clerk will ask you to read the five (5) encrypted codes that appear directly beneath the Do Phone Update. Read them from top to bottom (see Figure 315).

Figure 314 Credit Key Telephone Update

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page 313

Figure 315 Application Credit Entry Screen 8) The clerk will give you four codes to enter in the fields to the immediate right. 9) After you are certain that the proper codes have been entered (from top to bottom), hit the Update button. 10) Upon clicking the Update button, three more codes will be displayed directly beneath the Do Phone Update button (see Figure 316). 11) The Totalflow representative will ask you to read the three codes to verify that the credits have been properly written to the credit key. 12) When finished, click Update.

Figure 316 Application Credit Verification Codes Page 314 2103335-001 rev. AA

3.5.4

Transferring Credits to the G4 Controller from Credit Key Credits can be transferred to the device (G4). The user selects the type of credit and the amount of those credits to be transferred. If your XFCG4 has a surplus of credits, these credits can be transferred to the credit key to be used on other meters. See Transferring Credits to the Credit Key from G4 Device later in this chapter. To transfer application credits to the G4 device, you will need to connect to the G4 unit with PCCU32 7.0 (or later). 1) Go to the Application Licensing tab. 2) Install the credit key in an available USB port. 3) Click on Load to view available credits. This screen lets you see the licensing status of the G4 meter/controller as well as the available credits on the credit key. The left pane shows the type and amount of the available credits on your credit key. The upper-right pane is for information only. It shows the various applications available and the type/amount of credit necessary to run the application. The standard credits (and four general credits) come free with the purchase of the G4 unit. The lower-right pane displays the licensing status of the G4 unit. It shows what credits are in the machine, what credits are being used and any surplus or deficit of credits. A surplus of credits is highlighted in green. A deficit of credits is highlighted in red. 4) Select Transfer to Device, located in the center of the screen (see Figure 317). 5) Directly below, select the Type of Credit using the drop down menu. 6) Directly below, select the number of credits to transfer. 7) Click on Transfer.

Figure 317 Transfer to Device Application Credit Selections 2103335-001 rev. AA Page 315

8) Transferred credits should now show up on the lower right-hand side (see Figure 318).

Figure 318 Transferred to Device Application Credits 3.5.5 Transferring Credits to the Credit Key from G4 Device As has been mentioned before, excess credits (credits beyond what would be required to be fully licensed) can be taken from the G4 device and returned to the credit key to be used on other G4 meters. Credits can be transferred from the device (G4). The user selects the type of credit and the amount of those credits to be transferred. If your XFCG4 has a surplus of credits, these credits can be transferred to the credit key to be used on other meters. If your XFCG4 requires additional credits, these credits can be transferred from the credit key. See Transferring Credits to the G4 Device from Credit Key previously in this chapter. To transfer application credits to the G4 device, you will need to connect to the G4 unit with PCCU32 7.0 (or later). 1) Go to the Application Licensing tab. 2) Install the credit key in an available USB port. 3) Click on Load to view available credits. This screen lets you see the licensing status of the G4 meter/controller as well as the available credits on the credit key. The left pane shows the type and amount of the available credits on your credit key. The upper-right pane is for information only. It shows the various applications available and the type/amount of credit necessary to run the application. The standard credits (and four general credits) come free with the purchase of the G4 unit. The lower-right pane displays the licensing status of the G4 unit. It shows what credits are in the machine, what credits are being used and any surplus or deficit of credits. A surplus of credits is highlighted in green. A deficit of credits is highlighted in red. Page 316 2103335-001 rev. AA

4) Select Transfer to Credit Key, located in the center of the screen (see Figure 319). 5) Directly below, select the Type of Credit using the drop down menu. 6) Directly below, select the number of credits to transfer. 7) Click on Transfer.

Figure 319 Transfer to Credit Key Application Credit Selections 8) The transferred credits should now show up on the left side of the screen (see Figure 320).

Figure 320 Transferred to Credit Key Application Credits

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page 317

3.6

XFCG4 Configuration
3.6.1 Contract Hour You can program the XFCG4 to begin the contract day based on your contract or company standards. When a XFCG4 first powers up the contract is preset to begin at midnight. Midnight is 00 oclock. If any value entered is greater than 23, you will record an error message and the XFCG4 forces the value to 00 (midnight). 3.6.2 Log Period Log period is the specified length of time between writing the calculated accumulated volume to record. You may record volumes as often as every minute and as seldom as every hour. The default is 60 minutes. The XFCG4 can normally store 960 log periods (40 days x 24 logs). A 5 minute log period will consume available memory in 8 days. Description Log Period 3.6.3 Volume Calculation Period Volume Calculation Period is the specified length of time between volume calculations. The Volume Calculation Period must be equally divisible into the Log Period. The default is 60 minutes. Description Volume Calculation Period 3.6.4 Calculated Method When the XFCG4 is powered up initially, the calculation method must be set. You have the option of setting the calculation method to AGA-3 1985, AGA-3 1992, AGA-7 or liquid. Once you have determined the calculation type, you may toggle specific factors on or off depending upon their availability (see Table 31). Calculation types, and many of the factors involved with setting up the calculations, are usually dictated by your sales contract or by company policy. Table 31 Configurable Calculations Factors
Configurable AGA-3 1985 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes AGA-3 1992 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A Yes N/A

Options 1,2,5,10,20,30,60

Options 1,2,5,10,20,30,60

Calculation Parameter Fpb (Pressure Base Factor) Ftb (Temperature Base Factor) Fg (Specific Gravity Factor) Fb (Orifice Factor) Ftf (Flowing Temperature Factor) Y (Expansion Factor) Fr (Reynolds Number)

Page 318

2103335-001 rev. AA

Configurable Fa (Orifice Thermal Expansion Factor) **Fpv (Supercompressibility Factor) *Fw (Water Vapor Factor) *Faux (Full Well Stream Factor) Cd (Coefficient of Discharge) Fp (for Fpv method = NX19 Fixed) Ft (for Fpv method = NX19 Fixed) Yes Yes Yes Yes N/A Yes Yes N/A Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

* Faux and Fw are not AGA factors. Faux is a user set multiplier to compensate for liquids in the gas stream, defaults to 1. Fw is a factor which compensates for water vapor in the gas stream and its affect on volume measurements. ** NX19 GCN, NX19 GCNM, AGA-8 1992 Gross and AGA-8 1992 Detail. A complete description can be found in the AGA Report No. 3. 3.6.5 Super Compressibility Calculation (Fpv) When the XFCG4 is powered up initially, the calculation method must be set. You have the option of changing the formula method to any of several other choices, see Table 32. Once you have determined the calculation to use, you may toggle specific parameters on or off depending upon whether you would like to use fixed or live analysis data. Many decisions involved with setting up the Fpv are dictated by your sales contract or based on company policy. Table 32 Fpv Analysis Data
Configurable Default Value 1.000 1.000 1000.00 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 100.000 0.0000 0.0000 BTU/SCF mol % mol % mol % mol % mol % mol % mol % mol % mol % mol % mol % mol % *All Others No No Yes No Yes No No No No No No No Yes No No NX19 Fixed Ft/Fp Yes Yes Yes No Yes No No No No No No No No No No AGA-8 1992 Detail No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Parameter Fp (for Fpv method NX19 Fixed) Ft (for Fpv method NX19 Fixed) **Heating value Argon Carbon dioxide CO2 Carbon Monoxide Ethane H2S Helium Hydrogen iButane iPentane Methane nButane nDecane

Units

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page 319

Configurable nHeptane nHexane nitrogen N2 nNonane nOctane nPentane Oxygen Propane Water H2O Specific Gravity 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.6000 mol % mol % mol % mol % mol % mol % mol % mol % mol % N/A No No Yes No No No No No No Yes No No Yes No No No No No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

NX19 GCN, NX19 GCNM, AGA-8 1992 Gross

** Enter the Heating Value in Btu per SCF. Not used in volume calculations. Only used for calculating MMBTU for reports. 3.6.6 Constants On a single tube gas orifice meter, there are certain constants or parameters that may need to be entered or changed from the default values. Please see Table 3 3 for the list of constants. Table 33 Gas Orifice Constants
Configurable Parameter Auxiliary Factor (Faux) Barometric Pressure DP zero cutoff Meter Factor (Fb Basic Orifice Factor) Orifice Coefficient of Expansion Orifice diameter Orifice Material Pipe Coefficient of Expansion Pipe diameter Pressure Base (Contract) Specific Heat Ratio Tap Location Tap Type Temperature Base (Tb) Viscosity Z of air at base condition Fixed Cd 0.0000 210.2300 9.2500 1.0000 Stainless 6.2000 2.0670 14.7300 1.3000 Downstream Flange Taps 60.0000 0.0103 0.9996 .6 Degrees F Centipoise PSIA Inches per Deg. F Inches per Deg. F Default Value 1.0 PSIA inches H2O Units AGA-3 1985 Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes N/A Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes N/A N/A AGA-3 1992 Yes Yes Yes N/A Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes

Page 320

2103335-001 rev. AA

3.6.7

Alarm Limits You have the ability to set XFCG4 Alarm Limits for the parameters listed in Table 34. There are many purposes for setting these limits. i.e., Controlling well output, or sending digital signals. Table 34 Alarm Limits
Configurable Parameter DP High Limit DP Low Limit Flow Rate High Limit Flow Rate Low Limit RTD High Limit RTD Low Limit SP High Limit SP Low Limit Default Value 2047.9688 0 1,000,000 0 420 0 2047.9688 0 Units In H2O In H2O SCF/Hr SCF/Hr Degrees F Degrees F PSIA PSIA AGA-3 1985 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes AGA-3 1992 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

3.6.8

Reset Volume When you reset the volume accumulator the XFCG4 will: Store time, date and previous accumulated partial calc periods volume into the historical record file Zero the remaining partial calc periods accumulations. Complete all computations for the present flow file daily record. Begin a new flow file daily record. Zero total volume accumulator and log the event with an accumulator value before zeroing out accumulator. Since the XFCG4 volume calculations are made each vol calc period, any changes you make during the period would affect the volume calculations (such as changing the orifice plate size) and be introduced into the calculations. To avoid introduced errors, it is recommended that Reset Volume command be used. This command forces the XFCG4 to perform volume calculations for the elapsed time since a previous volume calculation was made. A new partial period volume is added to the volume accumulator, which is logged as an event before it is reset to zero (0).

3.7

Startup XFCG4
3.7.1 Put the XFCG4 On Line To avoid a calibration shift, carefully follow these instructions. 3.7.1.1 Step by Step Instructions

1) Open both bypass valves and close the vent to the atmosphere valve. This stabilizes the pressure on both sides of the cell. 2) Begin to SLOWLY open the high side orifice tap valve from the meter run. 2103335-001 rev. AA Page 321

3) Begin to SLOWLY open the low side valve. 4) Once both the high and low sides are completely open, close both bypass valves. 3.7.2 Setting XFCG4 Temperature Calculation The XFCG4 temperature calculations can be set to the following conditions: Selection of "Fixed Temperature" Used in Calculationscauses fixed temperature to be used in flow calculations. Selection of "Fixed Temperature" and RTD Installedwill record RTD temperature while using fixed temperature in calculations. Selection of "RTD Installed" and not use "Fixed Temperaturemeasures and uses RTD temperature in calculations. However, if a temperature error occurs such as an A/D error, the Fixed Temperature will be used for calculations. Selecting RTD Installed only, does not force the unit to use the flowing temperature in its calculations. You must turn off the Fixed Temperature selection. 3.7.3 Volume Reset Since the XFCG4 volume calculations are made each vol calc period, any changes you make during the period would affect the volume calculations (such as changing the orifice plate size) and be introduced into the calculations. To avoid introduced errors, it is recommended that Reset Volume command be used. This command forces the XFCG4 to perform volume calculations for the elapsed time since a previous volume calculation was made. A new partial period volume is added to the volume accumulator, which is logged as an event before it is reset to zero (0). 3.7.3.1 Description

When you reset the volume accumulator the XFCG4 will: Store time, date and previous accumulated partial calc period volume into the historical record file. Zero the remaining partial calc period accumulation. Complete all computations for the present flow file daily record. Begin a new flow file daily record. Zero total volume accumulator and log the event with an accumulator value before zeroing out accumulator.

Page 322

2103335-001 rev. AA

3.8

XFCG4 Standard Displays


3.8.1 Program Display The single tube XFCG4 comes from the factory with a set default displays as shown below. By default, each display item remains on the display for 5 seconds. You have the ability to change this default to zero (item not displayed) or any value from 1 to 255 seconds. You are also able to change the engineering units, and data format for display purposes. Further instructions on programming the display system can be found in the PCCU32 Help Files. All display items and item groups are programmable and may be displayed by user defined parameters. Table 35 XFCG4 Displayed Items
Description DATE/TIME YEST DP LO YEST DP HI FLOWRATE ACCUM VOL BATTERY DIFF. PRESS. STATIC PRESS. FLOW TEMP YEST VOL PERIOD VOL CHARGER STATION ID DEVICE ID Format MM/DD/YY HH:MM:SS NN PERCENT NN PERCENT NNNNNN.N SCF/HR NNNNNN.NN MCF NN.N VOLTS NNN.N IN. H2O NNN.N PSIA NN.N DEG. F NNNN.N MCF NNNN.N SCF NN.N VOLTS XXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX 24 hour clock Yesterdays Percent DP Low Limit Percent time below DP Low Set Point Yesterdays Percent DP High Limit Percent time below DP High Set Point Current Flow Rate Programmable SCF or MCF or MMCF Total Accumulated Volume Programmable SCF or MCF or MMCF Battery Voltage Volts Differential Pressure Inches H2O Static Pressure Static PSIA Flowing Temperature F Yesterdays Volume Programmable MCF or MMCF Previous Period Volume Last volume calculation period volume Charger Voltage 10 Character alphanumeric identifier 10 Character alphanumeric application or tube identifier Note

3.9

Key Pad
The XSeries models may be configured to include the optional keypad (see Figure 321) located on the front cover of the unit. keypad entry allows the user to monitor programmed display items without using additional equipment (see Table 36). For you to be able to view various display items, those items must be pre programmed for keypad entry. You may either program all the display items for an application or individual display items within the application using PCCU32.

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page 323

Figure 321 Optional Keypad (P/N 2100652-xxx) Table 36 Optional Keypad Commands
Command Log On Security Viewing Selection Changing Description Press the ENT button in the lower right hand corner of the keypad. When prompted, enter the 4-digit security code. Use the up and down arrow keys located in the upper right hand corner to scroll through the various instantiated applications (Multiple Tube Device). When you have located the item you wish to change/display, press the ENT button. After viewing the item for change, press the = key located in the lower right corner of the keypad. If entering a negative figure, press the key to toggle the minus sign on or off. Enter the new figure. Press Enter. NOTE: You may only change those values that are not live from this screen. When setting up the XFCG4 Display items, you may also set Data Limits so that when you change a programmed value, it must be valid between the high and low limit; otherwise it will return an invalid code. This is called Validate Keypad Entry and must be set to yes to be active. Based on how you have programmed the display setup, you may set the Scroll Lock Timeout. After the programmed time has elapsed, it will return to regular operation. This includes exiting the security system. To re-enter the keypad program, you will need to re-enter your security code. Pressing this button will have the effect of leaving a blank space(s) between characters during data entry. Pressing the MENU button and then the group number and item number will take you directly to the specified screen. Pressing the REG button and then entering the application.array.index of the register you would like displayed will take you directly to the specified register. To exit the program, press the ESC key in the lower left corner once for each level you are viewing. When the screen begins to scroll again, you have exited the program completely.

Validate

Time Out

SPACE MENU REG ESC

Page 324

2103335-001 rev. AA

4.0
4.1

MAINTENANCE
Overview
This Chapter provides you with standard Maintenance information and instructions on how to remove and install components of the XFCG4. 4.1.1 Maintenance Support If installation, calibration and maintenance assistance is required, user can contact the Totalflow Service Department. USA: (800) 442-3097 4.1.2 How to Use This Chapter We recommend that you develop a regularly scheduled maintenance program. By establishing a maintenance program, XFCG4 downtime can be minimized. Record all items within this Chapter, in the maintenance practice procedures. Practical experience permits updating this schedule over a period of time. This results in many maintenance items being handled on a routine basis before potential problem(s) result in a failure. 4.1.3 Cleanliness Because an XFCG4 installation is primarily exposed to external environmental conditions, it is important that it be regularly inspected for cleanliness, both externally and internally. Foreign contaminants can cause damage to interior mounted components rendering XFCG4 inoperable. 4.1.4 Front Mounted LCD The user is informed of operational problems and operational limit violations by observing the alarm codes on the right side of the LCD display. XFCG4 alarm troubleshooting procedures are presented in the Troubleshooting Chapter. 4.1.5 Returning Part(s) for Repair If a TOTALFLOW component is to be returned to Totalflow for repair, securely wrap it in protective anti-static packaging. Before returning a component, call us for a Return for Authorization Number (RA). Affix this number to the outside of return package. Parts shipments must be prepaid by customer. Any part, not covered by original SYSTEM WARRANTY, will be shipped to customer, F.O.B. International: 001-918-338-4888

4.2

Backing up Configuration Files


Before you begin any maintenance on your XFCG4, you should collect the data and back up all configuration files to your laptop's hard drive or a floppy disk. This Upload safeguards your data and allows you to restart the unit without the hassle of reconfiguring the XFCG4 should any problem arise. Although there are Save buttons in the Entry Mode screens which allows the user to backup Entry mode data items, a complete system backup is only accomplished by using the Save and Restore Utility. When using this utility to backup files, the user should also download the files to the S: drive in case of a Cold start.

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page 425

4.2.1

Step by Step Instructions 1) Collect data from unit. 2) While in PCCU, use the Save and Restore Utility found under File Utilities in the Operate drop down menu or by clicking the Save and Restore Utility button on the toolbar. 3) In the Save and Restore window, click the Save Station Files button. 4) When the Save Station Files window appears, verify the default name and path for the files. Click OK, this will save the R: drive files. 5) When finished saving the Station Files, a new window will offer the option to Restore the Station Files to the S: Drive. If you select Yes, the Station Files will be downloaded to the S: Drive.

4.3

Restoring Configuration Files


Following some maintenance procedures or when configuration files need to be downloaded to the Flow Computer, the Restore function will accomplish this. If prior to performing maintenance, the Save Configuration Files was used, these files were downloaded to your laptop's hard drive or on a floppy disk. The Restore function downloads these files into the Flow Computers S: Drive. This safeguards your data and allows you to restart the unit without the hassle of reconfiguring the XFCG4 should any problem arise. 4.3.1 Step by Step Instructions 1) While in PCCU, use the Save and Restore Utility found under File Utilities in the Operate drop down menu or by clicking the Save and Restore Utility button on the toolbar. 2) In the Save and Restore window, click the Restore Station Files button. 3) When the Restore Station Files window appears, verify the default name and path for the files. Click OK, this will restore the files to the S: Drive. 4) Verify unit is functioning properly.

4.4

Changing XFCG4 Clock


When any measurement applications are instantiated on the XFCG4, changing the clock could affect the time when log period entries are made. To protect integrity of accounting audit trails, the XFCG4 handles these types of clock changes as follows: 4.4.1 Clock Change Not Crossing an Hour Boundary When next log period entry is made, clock is not altered. Example: If present time is 4:15 p.m. and clock is changed to 4:05 p.m. of the same day, the daily flow record is the same. Entry reflects averages accumulated over a 70 minute time period (15 minutes plus 55 minutes). 4.4.2 Forward Clock Change Crossing an Hourly Boundary Forces a log period entry for part of hour that has accumulated since last hourly entry. XFCG4 then advances to newly defined data flow record boundary and begins maintaining balance of days' data in newly defined boundary.

Page 426

2103335-001 rev. AA

Example: If present time is 4:55 p.m. and clock is changed to 5:05 p.m. of the same day, the entry reflects only a 55 minute average accumulation. Then a new flow record is written and this period is also based on a 55 minute accumulation. 4.4.3 Backward Clock Change Crossing an Hourly Boundary Hourly entry is made for part of hour that has accumulated since making last hourly entry. This is same as for a Forward Clock Change Crossing an Hourly Boundary. XFCG4 advances to a new days data flow record and maintains balance of days data in new record. Example: If present time is 5:05 p.m. and clock is changed to 4:55 p.m. of the same day, the log period record entry reflects only a 5 minute average accumulation. Then a new flow record is written and this log period is based on a 60 minute accumulation. A backward clock change uses two (2) records to maintain data integrity. This assures that previously recorded data is not overwritten. If it is necessary to make small backward time changes, less than one (1) hour, user should wait until current hour has progressed far enough to make change that does not cross an hour boundary.

4.5

Replacing XFCG4 Battery Pack


This Chapter presents the procedures for removal and installation of XFCG4 battery pack. To access the battery pack, open XFCG4 door. Battery pack is located behind a front mounted keeper plate. On the XFCG4 6713/6714 models, the Battery is located directly behind a hinged plate on which the I/O module DIN rails are mounted if applicable. To extend the life of the battery pack, fully charge the battery prior to installation. A system using solar panels may not fully charge the battery. Also a fast charge, which the solar panel cant provide, improves the life of the battery. To recharge a battery, a quick charge will remove the buildup in the battery much more effectively than a trickle charge. A battery slowly drained by low light conditions on a solar charged system or setting in storage for instance, will be less likely to recover than a battery pack that was quickly discharged from a short for instance. Store batteries in a cool environment for less drainage. 4.5.1 Step by Step Instructions In the following procedure, the common name for a component or its jumper number if available (abbreviated J) or part is followed by a number in parentheses. This refers to the call out item number referenced on each drawing. 1) Collect data from unit. 2) Back up configuration files following the instructions listed previously in this chapter titled: Backing Up Configuration Files. 3) Make sure the J13 (see Figure 41) memory backup jumper covers the top two pins. This enables the memory backup. 4) Verify LL battery alarm is not being displayed on XFCG4 or measure lithium battery and make sure it is > 3.0V.

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page 427

J1

J15 I/O EXP

J5
ON

S1
OFF

J4
(-)

J13
Jumpering across pins 1 & 2 of J1 enables lithium backup of RAM memory. If lithium backup is disabled, powering the unit down will cause a Cold Boot.

BT1

(+)

J9
1 14 13 25

XIMV INTERFACE

Lithium Battery Enable

Figure 41 XFCG4 Board Cutout-Maintenance When removing battery pack, DO NOT remove Lithium battery from XFCG4 board. This prevents any data stored in board RAM, from being lost. 5) Disconnect the battery charger from XFCG4 board terminals EXT CHGR +/J5 (see Figure 41). 6) Before removing battery pack, disconnect the Battery Cable from the XFCG4 board connector J1 (see Figure 41). 7) Remove battery compartment cover (see Figure 42 or Figure 43, Item 18), which secures battery pack in its mounting location, by slightly loosening the three mounting screws. It is not necessary to remove screws. 8) Remove battery pack from battery compartment. 9) Insert new battery pack into battery compartment. Battery pack must be positioned so its longest dimension fits snugly against keeper plate when plate is installed. 10) Reinstall keeper plate (see Figure 42 or Figure 43, Item 18) and tighten the three keeper plate mounting screws. Or close hinged plate and insert and tighten the upper and lower plate keeper. 11) Reconnect battery pack cable to XFCG4 board connector J1 (see Figure 41). 12) Reconnect battery charger to XFCG4 board terminals EXT CHGR +/terminals J5 (see Figure 41). 13) After closing XFCG4 door, check door mounted LCD for normal operational readings. Page 428 2103335-001 rev. AA

Figure 42 XFCG4 6410 Component/Cable Locations

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page 429

Figure 43 XFCG4 6413 Component/Cable Locations

Page 430

2103335-001 rev. AA

Table 41 XFCG4 6410 and 6413 Component Identifications


ID Number 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 Enclosure PCCU Internal Cable Door Radio Compartment Cover (6413/6414 only) External PCCU Connector LCD Display SD Card Ethernet Connector CPU Engine Card Connector CPU Engine Card Lithium Battery Battery Cover Communication Module Phoenix Connector Plug Module TFIO Module Interface Cable (6413/6414 only) XIMV Interface Cable (not on pulse models) XIMV (not on pulse models) Battery/Compartment Cover Door Latch Pipe Mounting Bracket Description

4.6

Replacing the Main Electronic Board (XFCG4 )


The XSeries main electronic board (XFCG4 board) is mounted to the backside of XFCG4 access door. It is mounted, to the door, on standoffs (see Figure 42 or Figure 43). On models XFCG4 6713 and XFCG4 6714, the XFCG4 board is mounted below the LCD Screen. The XFCG4 board, as with any electronic board, is susceptible to damage by static electricity or improper handling. To prevent this from occurring, user should wear a grounding strap. A grounding strap is a conductive device used to make connection between the person handling the board, and a high quality ground point. Before handling the board you must install ground strap on your body then connect it to a grounded point. This discharges electrical static buildup from the body to ground, preventing static from discharging to the board. Before removal of XFCG4 board, be certain any historical flow data has been saved to an external storage medium. Failure to do so could result in data loss when XFCG4 board is removed.

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page 431

4.6.1

Procedure 1) Collect data from unit. 2) Back up configuration files following the instructions listed previously in this chapter titled: Backing Up Configuration Files. 3) Make sure the J13 (see Figure 44) memory backup jumper covers the top two pins. This enables the memory backup. 4) Verify LL battery alarm is not being displayed on XFCG4 or measure lithium battery and make sure it is > 3.0V. 5) Disconnect the battery charger from XFCG4 board terminals EXT CHGR +/J5 (see Figure 44). 6) Disconnect the Battery Cable from the XFCG4 board connector J1 (see Figure 44). 7) Disconnect communication connector(s) J3, J18 or J15 (see Figure 44). 8) Disconnect XIMV Port connector J9 and XFCG4 LCD port connector J2 (see Figure 44). 9) Slide, to the right, green terminal strips J4, J6, J7, and J8 (Figure 9-1, Item 12-15) from their associated XFCG4 board Connector. DO NOT lift connectors upward. Pay particular attention to J4 and J6 connectors and label if necessary to insure correct installation when replacement board is in place. 10) If TFIO modules are installed, remove cable from J15 (see Figure 44). 11) If G4 unit has installed optional keypad, remove cable from J16 (see Figure 44). 12) Remove four mounting screws and lock washers securing XFCG4 board (see Figure 42 or Figure 43) to door mounted standoffs. When removing the XFCG4 board, grasp its outer edges. This prevents damage to circuitry and components.

13) Replace and secure XFCG4 board on four standoffs and secure in place using four screws and lock washers. DO NOT over tighten screws. Doing so could cause damage to board or associated circuitry. 14) Reinstall connectors removed in Steps 5 through 11 in reverse order. 15) If you would like to restore the configuration files follow the instructions found in section 4.3 Restoring Configuration Files and also in the PCCU32 Help Files.

Page 432

2103335-001 rev. AA

Figure 44 XFCG4 Removable Board Connections for Maintenance

4.7

Replacing CPU Engine Board


One of the major differences in the XFCG4 is the incorporation of a 32-bit CPU engine card. This engine card holds the main processor, as well as the Flash, RAM and serial E2PROM. Should the engine card require replacing, perform the following procedure. 4.7.1 Procedures The engine card holds your machines configuration. The configuration is in non-volatile Flash, but it is always a good idea to keep a copy of your configuration files on your laptop. See section 4.2 Backing up Configuration Files and section 4.3 Restoring Configuration Files for instructions.

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page 433

1) Collect data from unit. 2) Back up configuration files following the instructions listed in section 4.2 Backing up Configuration Files previously in this chapter. 3) Make sure the J13 (see Figure 41) memory backup jumper covers the top two pins. This enables the memory backup. 4) Verify LL battery alarm is not being displayed on XFCG4 or measure lithium battery and make sure it is > 3.0V. 5) Disconnect the battery charger from XFCG4 board terminals EXT CHGR +/J5 (see Figure 41). 6) Disconnect the Battery Cable from the XFCG4 board connector J1 (see Figure 41). 7) Gently (with your fingers) spread the connector fingers extending down from the CPU engine card connector (see Figure 45). These fingers extend down to the semi-circular notches on the engine card. When gently spread, these fingers will release the engine card and it will spring up at a 30 degree angle from the main board. 8) Gently pull the engine card out at this 30 degree angle. It should require very little force. Be gentle.

Figure 45 CPU Engine Card Removal 9) To replace the engine card simply reverse the process. Insert the new engine card at the same 30 degree angle (see Figure 46). Gently press the engine card in until you are unable to see the gold plated edge connector pins at the top of the engine card. 10) When fully inserted, gently press the engine card down toward the main board. It should snap into the connector fingers mentioned in the previous step.

Page 434

2103335-001 rev. AA

Figure 46 CPU Engine Card Replacement

4.8

Replacing Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) Board


The LCD board is mounted on the backside of hinged doors behind the XFCG4 board. To access and remove Display board, perform the following procedures. 4.8.1 Procedure DO NOT remove the XFCG4 board mounted Lithium battery since it provides power to RAM. It is recommended that historical flow data be downloaded before accessing and removing LCD board to prevent potential loss of stored data.

1) Collect data from unit. 2) Back up configuration files following the instructions listed in section 4.2 Backing up Configuration Files previously in this chapter. 3) Make sure the J13 (see Figure 41) memory backup jumper covers the top two pins. This enables the memory backup. 4) Verify LL battery alarm is not being displayed on XFCG4 or measure lithium battery and make sure it is > 3.0V. 5) Disconnect the battery charger from XFCG4 board terminals EXT CHGR +/J5 (see Figure 41). 6) Disconnect the Battery Cable from the XFCG4 board connector J1 (see Figure 41). 7) Disconnect XFCG4 LCD port connector J2 (see Figure 44). 8) If your unit is a 6713 or a 6714, removal of Electronic Board is not required, please skip to Step 16. Otherwise, continue to the next step. 2103335-001 rev. AA Page 435

9) Disconnect communication connector(s) J3, J15 or J18 (see Figure 44). 10) Disconnect XIMV Port connector J9 (see Figure 44). 11) Slide, to the right, green terminal strips J4, J6, J7, and J8 (see Figure 4 4) from their associated XFCG4 board Connector. DO NOT lift connectors upward. Pay particular attention to J4 and J6 connectors and label if necessary to insure correct installation when replacement board is in place. 12) If TFIO modules are installed, remove cable from J15 (see Figure 44). 13) If G4 unit has installed optional keypad, remove cable from J16 (see Figure 44). 14) Using a philllips head screwdriver, remove four mounting screws and lock washers securing XFCG4 board (see Figure 42 or Figure 43) to door mounted standoffs. When removing the XFCG4 board, grasp its outer edges. This prevents damage to circuitry and components.

15) Place the electronic board on a safe, clean non-metal surface. 16) Using a 3/16 nut driver, remove four display board hexagon mounting standoffs. Lift board from door mounted standoffs. 17) Install replacement screen and secure with standoffs. Be careful not to over-tighten nylon standoffs, has this will strip the threads inside. 18) Replace and secure XFCG4 board on four standoffs and secure in place using four screws and lock washers. DO NOT over tighten screws. Doing so could cause damage to board or associated circuitry. 19) If your unit is a 6713 or a 6714 please skip to Step21. Otherwise, continue to the next step. 20) Reinstall connectors removed in Steps 9 through 13 in reverse order. 21) Reconnect LCD port connector J2 (see Figure 44). 22) Reconnect cattery cable to XFCG4 board connector J1 (see Figure 44). 23) Reconnect battery charger to EXT CHGR +/- J5 (see Figure 44). 24) Once unit has powered up, it may be necessary to adjust the LCD contrast. To adjust display contrast, use an extra small screw driver to turn potentiometer R32 completely clockwise, then move screw back counter clockwise until screen is readable. 25) If you need to restore the configuration files follow the instructions found in section 4.3 Restoring Configuration Files and also in the PCCU32 Help Files.

4.9

Replacing XIMV
Under no circumstances shall the XFCG4 XIMV cover be removed. Removal of this cover, and entry into interior of XIMV, voids XIMV warranty. If the XIMV requires servicing, the entire assembly, including cable, must be removed from XFCG4, securely packaged for shipping and returned to Totalflow.

Page 436

2103335-001 rev. AA

4.9.1

Procedure 1) Collect data from unit. 2) Back up configuration files following the instructions listed in section 4.2 Backing up Configuration Files previously in this chapter. 3) Make sure the J13 (see Figure 44) memory backup jumper covers the top two pins. This enables the memory backup. 4) Verify LL battery alarm is not being displayed on XFCG4 or measure lithium battery and make sure it is > 3.0V. 5) Disconnect the battery charger from XFCG4 board terminals EXT CHGR +/J5 (see Figure 44). 6) Disconnect the Battery Cable from the XFCG4 board connector J1 (see Figure 44). 7) Using meter run installed Manifold high/low control valves, equalize pressure to XIMV (see Figure 47). 8) Using high/low tap valves, close off both lines. These two valves connect meter run high/low output lines to XFCG4. 9) Vent manifold to atmosphere using vent valve. 10) Completely disconnect high/low manifold lines from XIMV. 11) Do not disconnect XIMV cable with power connected. Disconnect XFCG4 XIMV cable J9 (see Figure 44) from XFCG4 board. Cable is secured to XFCG4 board with a board mounting screws which must be removed using a standard screwdriver. 12) Loosen XFCG4 2 mounting post clamps and rotate XFCG4 a sufficient distance to allow removal of XIMV. Clearance of approximately 7 is required for removal. After rotation, tighten clamps to hold XFCG4 in place before removing XIMV. When rotating XFCG4, be careful not to place twisting stress on attached cables.

13) Using a Phillips screwdriver, remove eight mounting screws, washers and lock washers securing XIMV to XFCG4 cabinet. Access mounting hardware from underside of XFCG4. 14) Tilt XIMV slightly upwards, then remove unit. 15) A weather sealing gasket is affixed to top side of XIMV mounting flange. Remove any remaining gasket that is adhered to the bottom of the cabinet. Bottom of cabinet should be clean and free of any materials that may keep the new gasket from sealing during installation of replacement XIMV. 16) To install XIMV, perform steps 10 to 14 in reverse order. When installing XIMV, the eight mounting screws should be securely tightened to keep out external environmental elements. 17) Reconnect power by performing steps 5 and 6 in reverse order. Before placing unit back into operation, the XFCG4 MUST be calibrated. Refer to section 4.10 Calibration for detailed 2103335-001 rev. AA Page 437

procedures.

Figure 47 Flow Computer with Discrete Manifold

4.10

Replacing Static Pressure Transducer


Under no circumstances shall the XFCG4 static pressure transducer cover be removed. Removal of this cover, and entry into interior of static pressure transducer, voids the warranty. If the static pressure transducer requires servicing, the entire assembly, including cable, must be removed from XFCG4, securely packaged for shipping and returned to Totalflow. 4.10.1 Procedure 1) Collect data from unit. 2) Back up configuration files following the instructions listed in section 4.2 Backing up Configuration Files previously in this chapter. 3) Make sure the J13 (see Figure 44) memory backup jumper covers the top two pins. This enables the memory backup. 4) Verify LL battery alarm is not being displayed on XFCG4 or measure lithium battery and make sure it is > 3.0V. 5) Disconnect the battery charger from XFCG4 board terminals EXT CHGR +/J5 (see Figure 44).

Page 438

2103335-001 rev. AA

6) Disconnect the Battery Cable from the XFCG4 board connector J1 (see Figure 44). 7) Using user installed static pressure transducer impulse line isolation valve, close and isolate static pressure to transducer (see Figure 48). 8) Using user installed static pressure transducer calibration three way valve, close and isolate pressure to transducer and open test port to vent static pressure from transducer. 9) Remove static pressure impulse line connections from transducer. 10) Do not disconnect cable with power connected. Disconnect XFCG4 transducer cable from XFCG4 board. Cable is secured to XFCG4 board with a board mounting screw which must be removed. 11) Remove cable from static pressure transducer connector. 12) If unit is pipe mounted, loosen pipe mounting bolts until unit may be rotated. Rotate a sufficient distance to allow removal of static pressure transducer. After rotation, tighten clamps to hold XFCG4 in place before removing static pressure transducer. Skip to step 14. 13) If unit is direct mounted, loosen mounting bolts until unit can be lifted off of pulse box.

Figure 48 Direct Mount Pulse Meter with Static Pressure Transducer 14) Using a Phillips screwdriver, remove eight mounting screws, washers and lock washers securing static pressure transducer to XFCG4 cabinet. Access mounting hardware from underside of XFCG4. 15) Tilt static pressure transducer slightly upwards then remove unit. A weather sealing gasket is affixed to top side of static pressure transducer mounting flange. During reinstallation of transducer, weather sealing gasket must be reinstalled between the transducer and bottom of XFCG4 to keep out moisture and dust. 16) To install replacement static pressure transducer, perform steps 2 to 15 in reverse order. When installing the transducer, the eight mounting screws should be securely tightened to keep external environmental elements from entering FCU interior. 2103335-001 rev. AA Page 439

Before placing static pressure transducer back into operation, the XFCG4 MUST be calibrated. Refer to Calibration Procedure, in this chapter for detailed procedures.

4.11

Calibration
The calibration mode allows you to calibrate, check and zero the static and differential pressure. In addition, this mode allows you to set the (bias) for the resistance temperature detector (RTD). During the initial calibration, the parameters shown in Table 42 will need to be configured. Table 42 Calibration Configurable Parameters
Parameter Fixed Temperature RTD Installed Temperature Base (Tb) Default Value 60.0000 No 60.000 Degrees F Units Degrees F

4.11.1 Required Test Equipment The following test equipment is required to calibrate the XFCG4 XIMV : PCCU32 version 6.05 or later Deadweight tester or equivalent calibration standard Test Gauge capable of dual range measurement (PSIG and Inches) Barometer or another means which can determine barometric pressure Nitrogen or compressed air source If a method other than the 'compressed nitrogen/deadweight tester' method is used to calibrate static pressure cell, you must ensure that the prescribed flange tap valves are blocked to prevent false differential pressure from being applied to DP cell. Also ensure that both high and low sides are pressured up during SP calibration. 4.11.2 Hold Mode When calibrating the XIMV or setting up a fixed temperature, the PCCU will instruct the XFCG4 to ignore live values for the flow calculations for the period of time the XFCG4 is being calibrated. This prevents real time XFCG4 flow calculations from being affected during the calibration. During this time the XFCG4 uses SP, DP and temperature captured at the time calibration mode was entered. (This is called the HOLD mode.) To exit the Hold mode: 1) Exit calibration mode. 2) Unplug PCCU cable at XFCG4 connector. Totalflow recommends performing a five point check before and after calibration. During normal operation, either cell could be knocked out of calibration (typically due to a slug of liquid). WinCCU, the host software, is capable of recalculating the volume based on the differences between the previous five point check and the current five point Page 440 2103335-001 rev. AA

check. After a secure audit trail is archived, WinCCU recalculates the flow volumes based on the previous and current markers, this allows more accurate results of the flow volume. 4.11.3 Checking Static Pressure (SP) The XFCG4 allows you to check the static pressure calibration and log the pressure marker check points. You should perform this check prior to and directly following the calibration. During normal operation of the XFCG4, the display provides continuous SP readouts. However during this procedure the XFCG4 is placed in a temporary hold mode. You can enter as many SP pressure markers as you desire. Recording too many markers could cause the XFCG4 to overwrite existing older events. Only the last five checks are used by the WINCCU editor for calibration adjustment. Enter a low, midlow, mid, mid-high and high value. During this procedure, you will pressure both sides of the cell by closing both the high and low side orifice valves, open the vent to atmosphere, then closing the atmosphere vent and opening both high and low bypass valves.

The resulting comparison pressure must not be greater than the static pressure cell's maximum pressure. 4.11.4 Calibrating Static Pressure A three or five point pressure method is used to calibrate the XFCG4 static pressure cell. These different pressures are applied to the cell from a known traceable source with resultant pressure values entered into the XFCG4 using PCCU software. When doing the following procedures wait for the XFCG4 display to stabilize. If the XFCG4 is not in the calibration mode the display will not necessarily match applied cell pressures. The XFCG4 uses an absolute static pressure (SP) Cell. Absolute pressure measures the pressure referenced to a vacuum or sealed chamber. This is different than a gauge cell which measures the pressure referenced to the atmosphere. It is recommended that the initial calibration point be at vented conditions and when doing so that the barometric pressure reading (in psi) be used as the initial point. Since the static pressure cell is an absolute device, it always measures the true pressure relative to a vacuum or sealed chamber. Thus when vented, it measures true barometric pressure. For other points of calibration, add reading of PSI and barometric pressure to arrive at psia, then enter this reading. To convert barometric pressure measured from inches of mercury to Barometric Pressure (psi), perform the following calculation: 2103335-001 rev. AA Page 441

Barometric pressure, in inches of mercury x .4912 or ( 2.036) equals Barometric Pressure in psi. 4.11.5 Checking Differential Pressure (DP) As discussed in section Checking Static Pressure (SP) Calibration, it is recommended that checks of the differential pressure (DP) be done prior to and directly following calibration. You can enter as many DP pressure markers as you desire. Recording too many markers may cause the XFCG4 to overwrite existing older events. Only the last five checks are used by the WinCCU editor for calibration adjustment. Enter a low, mid-low, mid, mid-high and high value. During this procedure, you will pressure the high side of the cell by closing both the high and low side orifice valves, open the vent to atmosphere and the low side bypass valve, and closing the high side bypass valve. 4.11.6 Calibrating Differential Pressure (DP) A three or five point pressure method is used to calibrate the XFCG4 differential pressure cell. These different pressures are applied to the cell from a known traceable source with resultant pressure values entered into the XFCG4 using PCCU software. During factory calibration, the differential pressure (DP) is set to zero to compensate for any leaks that may be detected. After field calibration of the unit, the correction made at the factory remains as is. This ensures that the readings received in the field are accurate. The user may not change the factory set shift. If readings appear incorrect, you may need to check for leaks and then recalibrate the DP. When calibrating, wait for the readings to stabilize before entering the new values.

4.12

On-Board I/O Calibration Overview


The calibration mode enables the calibration of the analog inputs, analog outputs (TFIO Module) and pulse inputs. 4.12.1 Hold Mode When calibrating, PCCU will instruct the XFCG4 to ignore live values for the period of time the XFCG4 is being calibrated. This prevents real time XFCG4 calculations from being affected during the calibration. During this time the XFCG4 uses the last know value at the time calibration mode was entered. (This is called the HOLD mode.) To exit the Hold mode: 1) Exit calibration mode. 2) Unplug PCCU cable at XFCG4 connector. 4.12.2 Calibrating On-Board Analog Input The Totalflow XFCG4 comes standard with 2 analog inputs on the XFCG4 board. As you enter calibration, the XFCG4 enters the Hold Mode and displays the current values.

Page 442

2103335-001 rev. AA

The Current Values section will display the current values continuously by checking the "Update" box. When different analog inputs are selected, their assigned register numbers are displayed on the top of the screen. Follow the instructions in the PCCU32 Help files for specific software steps. Generally you need to complete the following procedures. If you intend to use a 4-20ma transmitter on the analog input, please refer to Appendix D. Manufacturers specifications can be extremely misleading. Often a manufacturers specification will claim to operate from 10 to 30VDC. They are NOT always clear that this 10-30VDC must be applied across the 4-20ma transmitter ONLY (and NOT across the transmitter/load resistor series combination). Again, please refer to the explanation in the appendix. 4.12.2.1 Calibration 1) Connect an accurate power source capable of 1 - 5 volts to the AI terminals to be calibrated. 2) In Calibration Control for the AI you are calibrating, select either 3 Point or 5 Point for number of calibration points. 3 Point for low, 50% and 100% values and 5 Point for low, 25%, 50%, 75% and 100% values. 3) In the Current Value box, check the Update button. This causes the AI to look for it's source at the terminals instead of a Test Value. 4) Begin the calibration starting with the first selection, Low Calculation Point. 5) Apply 1 volt to the AI terminals. 6) Enter a value (typically zero) representing the low calibration point and representing the desired engineering units. Click the OK button. The current reading value on the pop up entry screens will be placed in the reading column and represent values from the previous calibration. User entered values will be displayed in the entry column. 7) Move to the 100% Calibration Value. 8) Apply 5 volts to the AI terminals. 9) Enter a value representing full range and representing the desired engineering units. Click the OK button. 10) If 3 Point calibration was selected, move to the 50% Calibration Value. 11) Apply 3 volts to the AI terminals. 12) Enter a value representing 50% and representing the desired engineering units. If Performing a 5 point calibration, you will need to add additional steps for the 25% and 75% Calculation points. 4.12.3 Calibrating On-Board Pulse and Digital Inputs Totalflow XFCG4 comes standard with 2 high speed pulse inputs on board. These may also be used as digital inputs. The following procedure is for calibrating pulse inputs. As you enter the calibration screen and have selected the P/I that you 2103335-001 rev. AA Page 443

would like to calibrate, the XFCG4 enters the Hold Mode and displays the current values and their register number. The Current Values section will display the current values continuously by checking the "Update" box. When different analog inputs are selected, their assigned register numbers are displayed on the top of the screen. Follow the instructions in the PCCU32 Help files for specific software steps. Generally you need to complete the following procedure. 4.12.3.1 Calibration 1) Click on the K-Factor button, enter a value and click the OK button. Input pulses are multiplied by the K-Factor. To have a one to one pulse count, use a factor of 1. Please take into consideration that these inputs may have the debounce enabled or disabled. This feature is discussed in the PCCU32 Help files and is also turned on or off within PCCU32.

4.13

Calibrating TFIO Module Analog Outputs


The following procedure is for calibrating analog outputs contained on the XFCG4 TFIO analog output Modules. As you enter the calibration screen and have selected the A/O that you would like to calibrate, the XFCG4 enters the Hold Mode and displays the current values and their register number. The Current Values section will display the current values continuously by checking the "Update" box. When different analog inputs are selected, their assigned register numbers are displayed on the top of the screen. Follow the instructions in the PCCU32 Help files for specific software steps. Generally you need to complete the following procedures. If you intend to use a 4-20ma transmitter on the analog input, please refer to Appendix D. Manufacturers specifications can be extremely misleading. Often a manufacturers specification will claim to operate from 10 to 30VDC. They are NOT always clear that this 10-30VDC must be applied across the 4-20ma transmitter ONLY (and NOT across the transmitter/load resistor series combination). Again, please refer to the explanation in the appendix. 4.13.1 Calibration 1) Connect a meter capable of reading 4 - 20 ma signal to the analog output terminals to be calibrated. 2) Click on the Low Cal button and verify that the meter's reading has stabilized at approximately 4 ma. 3) Enter the meter's reading in the Enter Measured Value window and click the OK button. 4) Click on the High Cal button and verify that the meter's reading has stabilized at approximately 20 ma. 5) Enter the meter's reading in the Enter Measured Value window and click the OK button. 6) To test the calibration, click on the appropriate AO button in the Current Values section and enter a value 0 - 100% and note the reading on the meter. (25% = 8 ma, 50% = 12ma, 75% = 16 ma, 100% = 20 ma)

Page 444

2103335-001 rev. AA

4.14

How to Change Orifice Plate


Use one of the following procedures when changing an orifice plate.

4.14.1 Taking Meter Run Out-of-Service Procedure (Simplex Fitting) 1) Take meter run out of service. 2) Replace the orifice plates. 3) If you would like to record a Volume Calculation, go to the Entry screen, select the measurement tube, and move to the Commands tab. Change the value for the Reset Log Period to Yes. This forces a new record to be written based on the old orifice plate size. If you would also like to simultaneously zero the accumulated volume, you may use the Reset Volume command instead. While seemingly unnecessary, if the Volume Calculation Period is set to anything less than 60 minutes, Totalflow recommends performing either the Reset Log Period or the Reset Volume command to enhance the audit trail created by the event. 4) In PCCU, enter the new orifice plate diameter. 5) Return meter to service. 4.14.2 Leaving Meter Run In-Service Procedure (Senior Fitting) 1) Place XFCG4 in HOLD, by entering the calibration mode, so constant SP, DP and Temperature values are used, while the orifice plate is being changed. 2) Replace the orifice plate. 3) Exit the calibration mode, releasing the Hold of the SP, DP and Temperature. 4) If you would like to record a Volume Calculation, go to the Entry screen, select the measurement tube, and move to the Commands tab. Change the value for the Reset Log Period to Yes. This forces a new record to be written based on the old orifice plate size. If you would also like to simultaneously zero the accumulated volume, you may use the Reset Volume command instead. While seemingly unnecessary, if the Volume Calculation Period is set to anything less than 60 minutes, Totalflow recommends performing either the Reset Log Period or the Reset Volume command to enhance the audit trail created by the event. 5) In PCCU, enter the new orifice plate diameter. At top of next Volume Calculation Period, the XFCG4 will do calculations based on new orifice plate diameter for the part of the period after the log was reset.

4.15

Zero Transducer
During the process of setting pressure markers to determine the need for a calibration of either the static pressure (SP) or the differential pressure (DP), you may conclude that the SP or the DP pressures are out of alignment exactly the same amount at each pressure marker (linear shift). When this occurs, you may either recalibrate the XFCG4 or you may set the transducer to zero. The preferred

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page 445

method is to recalibrate the XFCG4. This maintains the XFCG4 records in a manner that is assures accountability and continuity when other measurement issues arise. By using the Zero Transducer command, all references to previous pressure markers are non-existent, eliminating the ability to adjust volumes based on previous markers. Using the zero transducer capability assumes that the shift is Linear, meaning that at different levels of pressure that the XIMV is off by exactly the same amount. If this is not the case, you need to recalibrate the XIMV instead. 4.15.1 Static Pressure The SP can be zeroed without recalibrating. If the SP shifts, user can enter a new barometric pressure value. This shifts the SP XIMV curve. After the HOLD state begins, select Zero Transducer. 4.15.2 Differential Pressure The DP can be zeroed without recalibrating. If DP shifts, user can enter a new zero (0). This shifts the DP curve. After the HOLD state begins, select Zero.

Page 446

2103335-001 rev. AA

5.0

TROUBLESHOOTING
As an aid to troubleshooting the XFCG4, this chapter will provide troubleshooting guidelines for the various subsystems. This chapter contains a troubleshooting flowchart (see Figure 51). As you follow the logic in this flowchart, you will be directed to specific test instructions that are found in this chapter or you may be directed to the Power Troubleshooting Flowchart (see Figure 54) or possibly the Communication Troubleshooting Flowchart (see Figure 59). In addition to these flowcharts, this chapter contains step by step procedures for troubleshooting an XFCG4 with or without an installed radio communication unit. 5.1.1 Troubleshooting Support If troubleshooting instructions do not lead to a resolution and assistance is required, user can contact the Totalflow Service Department. USA: (800) 4423097 or International: 001918-338-4880 5.1.2 Visual Alarm Codes As noted in Chapter 1, the units LCD annunciator area shows many different status indicators related to device operations. This section contains info on those codes that reflect errors or provide information useful in troubleshooting. Alarm codes indicate that an operational problem exists. The user is informed of operational problems and operational limit violations by observing the alarm codes on the right side of the LCD display. 5.1.3 SLEEP Mode Totalflow units are designed to go into a low power mode, SLEEP, when an insufficient supply voltage is present for a period of time. At issue here is locating the reason for the SLEEP alarm, simply waking up the unit will not suffice; therefore, issues relating to the systems power supply should be investigated. 5.1.4 Solar Panel When a solar panel is attached to the XFCG4 to provide a charging source for the battery, cleanliness and positioning play an important roll, as do proper electrical and cabling techniques. More detailed information on power consumption may be found at www.abb.com/totalflow. 5.1.5 Communication Troubleshooting the communications for this unit requires that both pieces of equipment be tested: the XFCG4 Comm ports and the Communication device. This is discussed in more detail in the Communications Overview section. Other communication troubleshooting information is shared in the following categories: RS-232 Communications RS485 Communications RS422 Communications

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page 51

START

Return to START

Go To Troubleshooting Alarm Codes

YES

Receive Alarm? NO

Return to START

Go To Power Troubleshooting

YES

Batteries Dead? NO

Return to START

Go To COMM Troubleshooting

YES

COMM Trouble? NO

Return to START

Call Totalflow Technical Support

YES

Still Having Trouble? NO

END

Figure 51 Troubleshooting Flowchart

5.2

Troubleshooting Visual Alarm Codes


5.2.1 Overview When a visual indicator is present (see Figure 52) the following section will assist in determining the probable cause and steps required to correct the condition. For the purpose of troubleshooting, only those codes considered alarms or codes used to assist troubleshooting are discussed here. The entire list of status and

Page 52

2103335-001 rev. AA

alarm codes may be found in Chapter 1. Table 51 contains a description of each XFCG4 alarm code. An alarm can be a word, character, letter or symbol. An application can be assigned to an annunciator and any alarms or status codes associated with that application will be displayed.

Figure 52 Liquid Crystal Display and Indicators Table 51 Visual Alarm Codes
Indicator Description I/O Sub-System L L
L Low Lithium Battery Alarm: When L (low lithium) is displayed, lithium battery voltage is below 2.5 VDC. If battery voltage is above 2.5VDC, A1 appears shaded. A new lithium battery measures approximately 3.6 VDC.

Alarm

L C

Low Charger: Displayed if XFCG4 battery charging voltage is less than (+) 0.4 VDC higher than battery voltage. If charging voltage is (+) 0.4 VDC greater than battery voltage, then annunciator is shaded. Measurement Application A to D Failure: Displayed if A to D Converter absolute differential pressure, absolute static pressure or temperature readings exceed maximum counts or are less than minimum counts. If A to D Converter readings are within range, AD is shaded. Communication Protocols

A D

! +

Transmitting Data: Sending a response Receiving Data: Processing request. Nak: Negative Acknowledgement w/packet list. Ack: Positive Acknowledge of receipt of request. Communication Protocols, Cont. Waiting for Ack: Waiting for response after transmission.

N N N N

N N N N

Exception Alarm Processing. ID Recognized: Recognized and receiving request. Listen Cycle: Flashes if this remote port is active and running Totalflow Remote Protocol. Flashes in sync with listening cycle that occurs at 1, 2 or 4 second intervals.

MODBUS ASCII: MODBUS ASCII protocol selected for the port assigned to this annunciator.

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page 53

Indicator m L

Description MODBUS RTU: MODBUS RTU protocol is selected for the port assigned to this annunciator. Local Protocol: Displayed when PCCU port is active and running Totalflow Local Protocol. ID Recognized: The ID has been recognized but is waiting for Sync.

Alarm N N N

5.2.2

Troubleshooting a Blank LCD Screen When the LCD is blank, this means that the unit has entered SLEEP mode. This generally indicates the battery voltage has dropped below 10.9 VDC. 5.2.2.1 Step by Step Instructions 1) Make a local connection with the XFCG4. This wakes up the unit so that you may check all alarm conditions and determine the problem. 2) Check battery pack cable. It must make a good secure electrical connection with the main electronic board BATT CONN connector J1 (see Figure 53). 3) Check battery pack cable is securely connected. 4) Check battery pack voltage. If voltage is low, replace with another battery pack. 5) If voltage is still low, investigate power issues following the Power Troubleshooting Flow Chart (see Figure 54).

Figure 53 Battery Charger and Battery Pack Connections

Page 54

2103335-001 rev. AA

5.2.3

Troubleshooting a Low Lithium Alarm (LL) When the Low Lithium alarm appears, the lithium battery should be replaced immediately. Failure to replace lithium battery could result in loss of data, following a power loss. Instructions for replacing the lithium battery may be found in Chapter 4 Maintenance.

5.2.4

Troubleshooting a Low Charger Alarm (LC) The Low Charger alarm is typically displayed if battery charging voltage is less than (+) 0.4 VDC higher than battery voltage or low light conditions exist and system is charged using a solar power charger. 5.2.4.1 Step by Step Instructions 1) Check battery pack cable. It must make a good secure electrical connection with the main electronic board BATT CONN connector J1 (see Figure 53). 2) Check battery pack cable is securely connected. 3) Check battery pack charging source in PCCU. Under I/O Subsystem in the tree view, open ON-BOARD and select Auxiliary I/O. Charger voltage and battery voltage are displayed here. If charger is less than +0.4 VDC proceed to Power Troubleshooting section.

5.2.5

Troubleshooting a Analog to Digital Failure Alarm (AD) The XFCG4 must have a Measurement Tube Application running to receive this error. If the A to D Failure alarm code is present, or if the device is in the SLEEP mode, but is still receiving minimum voltage, it may be necessary to test the data link between the main electronic board and the transducer. Follow the instructions below to check transducer. Probable causes of receiving the A to D Failure include: A/D Converter is over or under range (DP, SP or Tf) Loose wiring connections Faulty RTD probe

If A to D Converter readings are within range, AD is shaded. 5.2.5.1 Step by Step Instructions 1) Begin by collecting data from unit. 2) View event log in PCCU for codes (see PCCU Help Files for more information): 99 A/D converter could not be read 100 A/D converter could be read again. 3) If event code is found, follow guidelines for returning transducer to Totalflow for repair or replacement. If event code is not found, continue to next step. 4) In the PCCU Entry screen, monitor the readings by clicking on the I/O Subsystem, On-board and Analog Inputs. Check SP, DP and temperature to determine which measurement channel is causing the alarm.

If alarm is caused by the SP or DP channel, equalize and vent manifold.

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page 55

5)

6)

7)

8) 9) 10)

11) 5.2.6

If alarm disappears: SP or DP cell is not ranged properly or manifold may have blockage. If alarm is still present, replace transducer. If alarm is caused by the temperature channel, skip to Step 9, otherwise go to next step. Set XIMV back to Factory calibration. If this corrects the alarm, recalibrate XIMV to correct field calibration. If alarm is not corrected, continue to next step. Perform Warm start on unit: Verify that unit is not displaying a LL (Low Lithium) alarm, then remove power from unit. Restore power to unit. If A/D Failure alarm is not corrected, continue to next step. Perform Save and Restore function. Follow procedure in Chapter 4, Maintenance for Backing up Configuration Files. Be sure to restore these files to the S: Drive. Perform a Cold start on unit following reset procedures covered in this chapter. If problem is not corrected, continue to next step. Check RTD wiring at XIMV. Perform the following three procedures found next in this chapter: RTD Continuity Test RTD Resistive Test RTD Impedance Test Contact Totalflow to repair or replace XIMV.

Resistive Temperature Detector (RTD) Continuity Test Should the readings from the RTD be suspect, follow the instructions below to test the RTD probe. 5.2.6.1 Required Equipment Digital MultiMeter (DMM) w/ alligator clip leads

5.2.6.2 Step by Step Instructions 1) Begin by disconnecting power and communications from XIMV. 2) Disconnect RTD from XIMV. 3) Perform continuity test on wires leading to probe. Set DMM to 200 OHM or Continuity Audio. 4) Check continuity of first wire pair (typically red or black) by connecting one lead to each wire. Meter should read zero or close to zero. 5) If there is continuity, skip to Step 7. If there is NO continuity, verify wiring at RTD head is correct. 6) If wiring at connection head is correct, the RTD is defective. Replace probe. Otherwise continue to next step. 7) Check continuity of second wire pair (typically white) by connecting one lead to each wire. Meter should read zero or close to zero. 8) Check continuity of each wire (first pair either red or black as identified in step 4) to probe or shield. If there IS continuity, the RTD is defective. Replace probe. If there is NO continuity, continue to next step.

Page 56

2103335-001 rev. AA

9) Check continuity of each second wire pair (white or as identified in step 7) to probe or shield. If there IS continuity, the RTD is defective. Replace probe. If there is NO continuity, continue to next step. 10) Check continuity of each first wire pair (as identified in Step 4) to each second wire pair (as identified in Step 7). Meter should read approximately 100 to 140 Ohms. If this is the case, continue to next step. If NOT, RTD is defective and should be replaced. 11) If probe is still not functioning correctly, recheck wiring using supplied diagram. If no wiring error was found, perform RTD Current Source Troubleshooting test. 5.2.7 RTD Current Source (Resistive) Test If readings from the RTD are still suspect following the RTD Probe Continuity test, follow the instructions below to test the current source on the termination board to verify it is receiving power. 5.2.7.1 Required Equipment Totalflow Diagnostics Kit 2017373 Digital MultiMeter w/ alligator clip leads

5.2.7.2 Step by Step Instructions 1) Begin by disconnecting power and communications from main electronic board, if not already done. 2) Disconnect RTD from main electronic board, if not already done. 3) Set DMM to 200mVDC. 4) Select RTD test resistance value by selecting resistor test connector from FCU Diagnostic Kit, or make one using a resistor appropriate for your unit: Substitute RTD probe wiring by connecting either a 100 OHM or 123 OHM resistor across connector terminals 3 and 4. Connect a jumper wire between terminals 2 and 3. Connect a jumper wire between terminals 4 and 5. 5) Clip the positive lead of the DMM to the upper side of the RTD test resistor. 6) Clip the negative lead of the DMM to the lower side of the RTD test resistor. 7) Supply power to the unit. 8) Once running, the measured value across the RTD test resistor should be either: 100 OHM Resistor Min. of 100mv to a maximum of 125mv 123 OHM Resistor Min. of 123mv to a maximum of 155mv 9) The RTD measurement temperature on the FCU display should read either: 100 OHM Resistor 31.0F to 33.0F 123 OHM Resistor 140.8F to 142.8F 10) If either of the measured values are outside of range, remove power and replace RTD (2011905-xxx). 11) Return power and perform steps 9 and 10 again. If either of the measured values are outside of range, remove power and replace main electronic board (2102838-xxx).

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page 57

12) Return power and perform steps 9 and 10. If either of the measured values are outside of the range, remove power and replace XIMV. 5.2.8 RTD Impedance Test If readings from the RTD are still suspect following the RTD Probe test, follow the instructions below to test the current source on the termination board to verify it is receiving power. 5.2.8.1 Required Equipment Ice Bath Digital MultiMeter

5.2.8.2 Step by Step Instructions 1) Immerse RTD Probe in ice bath. 2) Perform a continuity check between any two similarly colored wires. Measured resistance should be 1 OHM or less. 3) Perform a continuity check between any two dissimilar colored wires. Measured resistance should be approximately 100 Ohms. 4) Perform a continuity check between shield wire and any other wires. Measured resistance should be in the Megohm range. 5) If any values are returned out of range, RTD Probe is defective. Replace RTD.

5.3

Power Troubleshooting
5.3.1 Overview This section focuses on determining what has caused the XFCG4 to loose power. Generally loss of power can be attributed to only the power supply system. However, if the power supply system is used for powering a transceiver, or other peripheral equipment, a problem with that equipment may drain the Battery and cause the XFCG4 to lose power. Notice that the Power Troubleshooting Flowchart (see Figure 54) takes you through several tests but also directs you to the Communication Troubleshooting Flowchart located further in this chapter.

Page 58

2103335-001 rev. AA

START

Go To Power Supply Test

Go To Solar Panel Charging System Test

NO

AC Charging System ?

YES

Go To AC Charging System Test

RETURN

Perform Isolation Tests Sequentially as Required

Go To Auxiliary Equipment Power Isolation Test

Go To TFIO Module Isolation Test

Go To Remote COMM Test Chart

YES END

Power Issue Located?

NO Return to Test Sequence

Figure 54 Power Troubleshooting Flowchart 5.3.2 Power Supply Test Various equipment configurations will necessitate moving to one or more additional tests from this location.

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page 59

5.3.2.1 Step by Step Instructions 1) Check that the power supply voltage setting, the power supply current rating and the cables used for the installation meet the recommended requirements. 2) If this is a new installation and external equipment is being powered from the XFCG4, call Totalflow Technical Support for help in evaluating your cable and power supply installation requirements. 3) Correct and retest as necessary. 4) Check for a poor cable connection in the cable between the XFCG4 and J1 battery pack and J5 charging source (see Figure 55). Verify all field wiring screw terminals are tight. 5) Correct and retest, as necessary. 6) Verify that there are no other devices that may drop an excessive voltage across them in the power supply circuit (to the XFCG4). 7) Correct and retest, as necessary. 8) Disconnect charging source cable at XFCG4 board J5 connector. 9) Replace battery with a known good battery, using Battery Pack Replacement Procedure located in Chapter 4, Maintenance. 10) Reconnect charging source cable to XFCG4 board J5 connector. 11) Measure voltage at the charging source cable. Measure voltage at battery pack. Compare voltage. If charging source voltage is less than (+)0.4 VDC higher than battery voltage, return to Figure 54 and continue. 5.3.3 Solar Panel Charging System Test If your system setup includes an solar panel charger connected to the XFCG4 board, and it is not supplying the required voltage to the XFCG4 unit, you may need to test the solar panel. The following instructions contain the steps required to do so. 5.3.3.1 Step by Step Instructions 1) Check solar panel angle and direction. In the northern hemisphere, panel should face due south and in the southern hemisphere, due north. 2) Correct and retest, as necessary. 3) Check solar panel for any physical damage or obstructions to sunlight. Sunlight obstruction prevents solar panel from receiving enough sunlight to charge installed battery pack. 4) Correct and retest, as necessary. 5) Solar panel should be positioned so it receives the most sunlight. Do not place it in a shaded area. 6) Correct and retest, as necessary. 7) Check solar panel wiring to be certain it is correctly connected to associated J5 charger input termination block (see Figure 55). 8) Correct and retest, as necessary.

Page 510

2103335-001 rev. AA

DISPLAY

SD CARD

COMM2 COMM 1

COMM1 DIGITAL I/O

Figure 55 XFC G4 Main Electronic Board 9) Measure solar panel voltage at connector using a DMM connecting the (+) and (-) leads to the (+) and (-) solar panel wires. Loaded voltage should be greater than or equal to specification listed in Table 52. If solar panel is not above minimum, replace solar panel and retest. 10) Disconnect solar panel from XFCG4 board. 11) Set DMM range to read over 20 VDC. 12) Determine if Open Circuit voltage is greater than or equal to specification listed in Table 52, by clipping positive lead of the DMM to positive wire and clipping negative lead of the DMM to negative wire. If solar panel is not above minimum, continue to next step. 13) Using selected Resistor from Table 52 for your solar panel Wattage, attach selected Resistor between the two solar panel wires. 14) Clip the positive lead of the DMM to the one side of the test resistor.

2103335-001 rev. AA

COMM 2

1 3

Page 511

15) Clip the negative lead of the DMM to the other side of the test resistor. 16) Determine if loaded voltage is greater than or equal to specification listed in Table 52. If solar panel is not above minimum, replace solar panel and retest. 17) If a issue still exists, return to the Power Troubleshooting flowchart and continue testing. Table 52 Specifications for Solar panels Pane l
10 20 30

Max
10W 20W 30W

Volts @PMax
16.8V 16.8V 16.8V

Open Circuit
21V 21V 21V

Load Resistance
30 25W 15 25W 10 40W

Loaded Voltage
1618VDC 1618VDC 1618VDC

5.3.4

AC Charging System Test If your system setup includes an AC charger connected to the XFCG4 board, and it is not supplying the required voltage to the unit, you may need to test the AC charger. The following instructions contain the steps required to do so. 5.3.4.1 Step by Step Instructions 1) Check DC wiring to J5 charger input termination block connector (see Figure 56). Be certain wiring is correct. 2) Correct and retest as necessary. 3) Check input AC power supply voltage to external AC charging unit. Be certain primary AC voltage is correct. 4) Correct and retest as necessary. 5) If primary AC voltage input level is correct, wiring to XFCG4 board terminal is correct and there is no DC output from the charger, replace charger fuse (see Figure 56). 6) Correct and retest as necessary. 7) If fuse is not faulty or there is no charger DC output voltage after replacing fuse, replace AC charging unit. 8) Correct and retest as necessary. 9) If a issue still exists, return to the Power Troubleshooting flowchart and continue testing.

Page 512

2103335-001 rev. AA

Figure 56 AC-DC Charger Wiring Instructions 5.3.5 Auxiliary Equipment Isolation Test This test will need to be performed if your battery pack output voltage is not remaining consistent and no errors were found during the previous Power Supply, Solar Panel Charging System or AC Charging Circuit troubleshooting tests. 5.3.5.1 Step by Step Instructions 1) Disconnect solar panel charger or AC charger from J5 charger input. 2) Disconnect battery pack cable from J1 XFCG4 board and substitute known good battery, if not already done. 3) Disconnect any auxiliary equipment that draws power from XFCG4 or battery pack. This is not limited to, but should include, removing the J4 Communication connector if used. 4) Connect current measurement troubleshooting cable (Part No. 2017350xxx see Figure 57), to known good battery and reconnect to XFCG4 board.
BLACK DMM CONNECTOR

TO CHARGER REGULATOR RED DMM CONNECTOR

TO BATTERY CABLE

Figure 57 Current Measurement Troubleshooting Cable 5) Using DMM, connect to troubleshooting cable and measure average current. If equal to or greater than 80 ma at 12 VDC, disconnect battery pack and reconnect one auxiliary item. Continue to next step. 6) If average current is less than specification, replace main electronic board following instructions in Chapter 4, Maintenance.

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page 513

7) Reconnect battery pack and measure average current. If average current is less than or equal to equipment specification, disconnect battery pack, reconnect next Auxiliary item. Continue to next step. 8) Repeat Step 6 until all auxiliary items have been tested and/or equipment causing the power drain has been located. 9) If power drain has not been located, return to Power Troubleshooting Flow Chart (see Figure 54). 5.3.6 TFIO Module Isolation Test If unit is configured to include TFIO modules, this test will need to be performed, if your units battery pack output voltage is not remaining consistent and no errors were found during the previous Auxiliary Equipment Isolation Test. 5.3.6.1 Step by Step Instructions 1) Disconnect solar panel charger or AC charger from J5 charger input. 2) Disconnect battery pack cable from XFCG4 board J1 connector, and substitute known good battery, if not already done. 3) Disconnect TFIO module cable from J15 I/O expansion connector, remote communications equipment and auxiliary equipment. 4) Connect current measurement troubleshooting cable (Part No. 2017350xxx see Figure 57) to known good battery, and connect to XFCG4 board. 5) Using DMM, measure average current. If equal to or greater than 80 ma at 12 VDC, disconnect battery pack, reconnect TFIO module cable with one module connected and continue to next step. 6) Using DMM, measure average current. Low Power TFIO modules generally do not draw over 0.30 ma at 12 VDC. If average current drops less than or equal to 0.30 ma, disconnect battery pack and connect one additional module. Repeat this step for additional modules until all have been connected or equipment fault has been located. 7) If power drain has not been located, return to Power Troubleshooting Flow Chart (see Figure 54). 5.3.7 SLEEP Mode The SLEEP mode is a safety feature which maintains the RAM but discontinues data measurement calculations and control functions. When the XFCG4 is in the SLEEP mode, the word SLEEP is displayed on the LCD. If XFCG4 battery voltage falls below 11VDC, the XFCG4 enters SLEEP mode. If battery voltage is still below 10.9 VDC, when you disconnect locally, the XFCG4 returns to SLEEP mode. If battery voltage is above 11VDC, XFCG4 remains awake. The XFCG4 has a real-time clock which maintains time and date during the SLEEP mode and writes an event record when entering and leaving the SLEEP mode. Upon wake-up, the XFCG4 performs the following functions: Stores present calculation periods accumulations in historical record. Zeros present calculation periods accumulations. Ends current daily record and start new daily record.

Page 514

2103335-001 rev. AA

5.3.7.1 Step by Step Instructions 1) Connect locally to the XFCG4. This should WAKE-UP the unit for you to determine the cause 2) Check battery pack cable. It must make a good secure electrical connection with XFCG4 board BAT CONN connector J1 (see Figure 53). 3) If battery pack cable is securely connected, check battery pack voltage. If voltage is low, replace with another battery pack. 5.3.8 Reset Procedures The XFCG4 operating system can be reset through either a cold or warm start procedure. The decision to use these procedures should only be made by an experienced technician. 5.3.8.1 Cold Start A cold start clears all the data that is stored in RAM as well as resetting all entered variables to their factory default values or to the values last written to the tfCold drive by the Save and Restore utility. A cold start should be used for new XFCG4 installations. This will ensure that all memory is clear and the operating program is at its default settings. Discretionary use of this procedure is advised. 5.3.8.2 Cold Start Proceudres (Hardware) Pressing the Reset button with the Memory Backup Enable jumper pulled performs a Cold Start. 1) If an external charging source is connected, it must be disconnected. Slide external battery pack charger, CHGR INPUT +/- terminal block J5 (see Figure 53), from the XFCG4 board green terminal block. 2) Disconnect battery pack connector from XFCG4 board BAT CONN connector J1 (see Figure 53). 3) Disable memory backup, J13 (see Figure 58) by moving the pin jumper to pins 2 and 3. 4) To return to service reconnect 12VDC battery pack connector to XFCG4 board BAT CONN connector J1 (see Figure 53), and observe LCD . 5) If removed, reconnect external battery pack charging source to CHGR INPUT connector J5 (see Figure 53). 6) Enter all necessary parameters or send a saved station file. See Chapter 3, XFCG4 Startup. 7) When XFCG4 has been cold started, the 24-hour clock will be reset to 00:00:00. 8) Enable memory backup J13 (see Figure 58), by moving the pin jumper to pins 1 and 2. 5.3.8.3 Cold Start Procedure (Software) Where the hardware restart requires physically disconnecting and reconnecting jumpers from the main electronic board, performing a software restart involves typing in a command in PCCU. If an error was made while typing, you must begin the procedure again.

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page 515

1) Using PCCU, in the terminal mode, type this command exactly as shown: boot=COLD 5.3.8.4 Warm Start A warm start does not clear the data stored in RAM. The warm start will only reset the XFCG4 microprocessor and not disturb any data that has been stored in RAM. A warm start should be used when taking a unit out service to perform maintenance or troubleshooting. A warm start can be used when a power or communication interruption caused the XFCG4 microprocessor to lock-up. 5.3.8.5 Warm Start Procedures (Hardware) Pressing the Reset button with the Memory Backup Enable jumper in the enabled position performs a Warm Start. 1) If an external charging source is connected, it must be disconnected. Slide external battery pack charger, CHGR INPUT +/- terminal block J5, (see Figure 53) from the XFCG4 board green terminal block. 2) Enable memory backup J13 (see Figure 58), by moving the pin jumper to pins 1 and 2. 3) Disconnect battery pack connector from XFCG4 board BATT CONN connector J1 (see Figure 53). The XFCG4 is now out of service. 4) To place XFCG4 in service, connect battery pack connector J1 (see Figure 53). 5) Connect the CHGR INPUT +/- terminal block J5 (see Figure 53).

Figure 58 Lithium Battery Backup Enable/Disable 5.3.9 SLEEP Mode A unit will go into Sleep mode if the main power source drops below 10.9 volts and stays there for a period of 2 minutes. Sleep Mode will preserve the units historical data that was collected prior to it going to sleep. The date/time will also be kept during the time the device is in Sleep Mode. The unit can be awakened by simply connecting the PCCU to it and the unit will stay awake as long as the PCCU is

Page 516

2103335-001 rev. AA

connected. If the battery is below 10.9 volts when you disconnect, the unit will go back to sleep after 2 minutes. For more information in troubleshooting this mode, see chapter 5, Troubleshooting. The SLEEP mode is a safety feature which maintains the RAM but discontinues data measurement calculations and control functions. When the XFCG4 is in the SLEEP mode, the word SLEEP is displayed on the LCD. If XFCG4 battery voltage falls below 11VDC, the XFCG4 enters SLEEP mode. If battery voltage is still below 10.9 VDC, when you disconnect locally, the XFCG4 returns to SLEEP mode. If battery voltage is above 11VDC, XFCG4 remains awake. The XFCG4 has a real-time clock which maintains time and date during the SLEEP mode and writes an event record when entering and leaving the SLEEP mode. Upon wake-up, the XFCG4 performs the following functions: Stores present calculation periods accumulations in historical record. Zeros present calculation periods accumulations. Ends current daily record and start new daily record.

5.3.9.1 Step by Step Instructions 1) Connect locally to the XFCG4. This should WAKE-UP the unit for you to determine the cause 2) Check battery pack cable. It must make a good secure electrical connection with XFCG4 board BAT CONN connector J16 (see Figure 53). 3) If battery pack cable is securely connected, check battery pack voltage. If voltage is low, replace with another battery pack.

5.4

Troubleshooting Communications
5.4.1 Communications Overview These troubleshooting procedures are applicable to all XSeries Flow Computers with an installed radio. Use Figure 59 as an aid for troubleshooting communication problems. The three basic types of radio communications that can be used between the XFCG4 and a radio receiver are: RS-232 Communications, using a RS-232 module RS-485 Communications, using a RS-485 module RS-422 Communications (available, but not detailed)

The radio/modem may be powered one of two ways: always on or switched. Your specific system set up will determine what steps you need to power the radio/modem. When switching power to a radio with Inhibit (SLEEP) mode, the communication 1 port or 2 switched power line, will go to the radios inhibit (SLEEP) mode input. Power out will go to the radios. Before removal or installation of either the above communication interface modules, it is important that you disconnect XFCG4 external battery charger and main XFCG4 battery pack cable connectors from XFCG4 board. Refer to Figure 53.

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page 517

START

Verify unit ID#, Security Code and Protocol are Correct.

Verify jumper and terminal & pin wiring are correct.

YES END

Does Unit Respond to Host Comm Request?

NO

Transceiver Supply voltage Test

NO Transceiver Supply voltage within Specs? Investigate Transceiver Issues

YES

Investigate Power Supply Issues Figure 5-1

NO

Voltage supply from XRC unit > 11.9 VDC?

12V Communication Supply Voltage Test

YES Substitute Communication Test Cable

YES

Unit Respond to Host Comm Request?

NO

Is Communication RS-232?

NO

Is Communication RS-485?

NO

Contact Totalflow Technical Support

YES

YES

RS-232 Communication Test

RS-485 Communication Test

YES

Does Unit Respond?

NO

Transceiver Comm Check

NO Test Passed?

YES

Figure 59 Communication Troubleshooting Flow Chart

Page 518

2103335-001 rev. AA

5.4.1.1 Setting Up Communication After installation of communication equipment and before placing the communication system into operation, the user should note the following: Verify RS-232 or RS485 interface modules and jumpers are installed or set correctly. Verify that radio cable or wiring is correctly installed at the radio. Verify field wiring terminations on the XFCG4 board. Check XFCG4 identifier (ID). Log the ID for future reference. Log XFCG4 access security code, baud rate, listen cycle, protocol and interface for future reference. The following helpful hints aid the user after communication equipment has been installed and setup: If you have the comm port assigned to an annunciator, the XFCG4 displays the after it recognizes the XFCG4 ID. Check baud rate of XFCG4 transmission and timing. The baud rate and timing settings can be changed when PCCU is in Entry mode. Default settings are 1200 baud, listening time is 4 seconds, and communications interface is turned off. Minimum power required for operating remote communications is 11.9VDC (default) or as set by user. Should the power fall below this level, remote communications will be terminated. Test remote communications using RS-232 troubleshooting cable (2011781-xxx). Use RS-232 to RS485 communication Converter (1800255-xxx) in conjunction with RS-232 troubleshooting cable to test RS-485 remote communications.

5.4.2

Transceiver Supply Voltage Test Using wiring information and guidelines supplied by transceiver manufacturer, verify that transceiver is receiving manufacturers suggested voltage. If unit is receiving sufficient voltage, continue to the 12V Communication Test. If transceiver is not receiving sufficient voltage, investigate power supply issues. These may involve wiring irregularities at either the AC charger/power supply system or XFCG4 board.

5.4.3

12V Communication Supply Voltage Test 5.4.3.1 Step by Step Instructions If transceiver does not feature a SLEEP mode and power is supplied through an optional relay, perform Step 1, Switched Power Supply Voltage Test. If transceiver features a SLEEP mode, or is continuously powered, perform Step 2.

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page 519

1) If transceiver does not feature a SLEEP mode and receives power through the XFCG4 switched power, activate Port 1 or 2 Switched Power Out (pin 3) and, using a digital multimeter (DMM) set to Volts DC, measure voltage at J4 between: pin-1 (GND) and pin-3 (SWVBAT) (voltage should be greater than 11.9VDC for this unit). If voltage is equal to or less than 11.9, return to test sequence outlined in the Power Troubleshooting flowchart (see Figure 54). 2) If transceiver features a SLEEP mode or is continuously powered, using a DMM set to Volts DC, measure voltage at J4 between: pin-1 (GND) and pin-2 (VBAT) (voltage should be greater than 11.9VDC for this unit). If voltage is equal to or less than 11.9, return to test sequence outlined in the Power Troubleshooting Flowchart (see Figure 54).

Figure 510 XFCG4 Communication Wiring

Page 520

2103335-001 rev. AA

5.4.4

Transceiver Check 5.4.4.1 Step by Step Instructions 1) If available, use a wattmeter to check transceiver output power. Refer to manufacturers documentation for measuring instructions. 2) If available, use two hand-held transceivers, and verify communication path between master and remote sites. Voice-activated interface can be used, if available. 3) Verify that transceiver is set to the correct frequency. Refer to manufacturers documentation for checking frequency instructions. 4) If a directional antenna is used, verify the orientation to the antenna to the master site. If a communication problem still exists and the unit has passed the transceiver check test, contact Totalflow Technical Support for additional help.

5.4.5

RS-232 Communication Test The following test procedure is directed from Figure 59 and will assist the user in what may be the possible cause for an indicated error message. Before performing this test, please verify that the field wiring is correct (see Table 53). Table 53 RS-232 Field Wiring on XFCG4 Electronic Board Description
PIN 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Connector J4Comm 1 and 2 Ground V Battery Switched V Battery TXD/BUS+ N/A RXD/BUSN/A RTS CTS DTR CD TXD/BUS+ RXD/BUSRTS CTS Operate

When troubleshooting RS-232 mode, verify termination settings of Comm 1-J11 and Comm 2-J12 on XFCG4 have pins 2 and 3 jumpered.

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page 521

5.4.5.1 Step by Step Instructions Voltage on the following steps may be hard to see using a digital multimeter. If available, an oscilloscope will provide a more accurate reading. To verify, the host software must be continuously polling the XFCG4. Generally speaking, these tests performed on the termination board will only verify incorrect or damaged wiring. If all previous testing passed, and all wiring, jumper and terminations have been verified correct, the board will need to be replaced. Contact Totalflow Technical Support. See Getting Help in the introduction of this manual for instructions. 1) Using an oscilloscope, measure receiving data (RXD) voltage on electronic board J4 between: COMM 1, pin 1 (Ground) and COMM 1, pin 6 (Receive Data) or COMM 1, pin 1 (Ground) and COMM 2, pin 13 (Receive Data). When the unit is receiving data from host, voltage should vary between 5VDC and +5VDC. This would indicate that the unit is receiving data, continue to step 2. If unit is not receiving data, investigate wiring issues (see Table 53). 2) Using an oscilloscope, measure Request to Send (RTS) voltage on electronic board J4 between: COMM 1, pin 1 (Ground) and COMM ,1 pin 8 (Request to Send) or COMM 1, pin 1 (Ground) and COMM 2, pin 14 (Request to Send). When unit is communicating to with host, voltage should be +5VDC and remain +5VDC until XFCG4 transmit stops. This would indicate that the unit is transmitting data. Continue to step 3. If unit is not receiving data, investigate wiring issues (see Table 53). 3) Using an oscilloscope, measure transmit data (TXD) voltage on electronic board J4 between: COMM 1, pin 1 (Ground) and COMM 1 pin 4 (Transmit Data) or COMM 1, pin 1 (Ground) and COMM 2, pin 12 (Transmit Data). When the unit is transmitting to host, voltage should vary between -5 VDC and +5VDC. This would indicate that the unit is transmitting data. If unit is still not responding, continue to next test as directed in Figure 59. 5.4.6 RS-485 Communication Test The following RS-485 Serial Communication Test procedure is directed from Figure 59 and will assist the user in what may be the possible cause for indicated error message. Before performing this test, please verify that the field wiring (see Table 54) is correct. When troubleshooting RS-485 mode, verify termination settings of COMM 1 J11 and COMM 2 J12 on XFCG4 board are correctly jumpered (see Table 55).

Page 522

2103335-001 rev. AA

Table 54 RS-485 Field Wiring on XFCG4 Board Description


PIN 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

Connector J4Comm 1 and 2


Ground VBattery Switched VBattery TXD/BUS+ BUS+ RXD/BUSBUSRTS N/A N/A N/A TXD/BUS+ RXD/BUSRTS N/A Operate

Table 55 RS-485 Terminations Communication Port Jumper First or Intermediate Unit Last or Only Unit 1 J11 pins 23 pins 12 2 J12 pins 23 pins 12

5.4.7

RS-485 Communication Test Voltage on the following steps may be hard to see using a digital multimeter. If available, an oscilloscope will provide a more accurate reading. To verify, the host software must be continuously polling the meter. 5.4.7.1 Step by Step Instructions 1) Using an oscilloscope, measure line driver voltage on XFCG4 board J4 between: COMM 1, pin 7 (BUS-) and COMM 1, pin 5 (BUS+) or COMM 2, pin 13 (BUS-) and COMM2, pin 12 (BUS+). When the unit is receiving data from host, voltage should vary between +5VDC and 0 VDC. This would indicate that the unit is receiving data.

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page 523

2) Using an oscilloscope, measure remote request to send (RRTS) voltage XFCG4 board J6 between: COMM 1, pin 2 (Ground) and COMM 1, pin 8 (RTS) or COMM 1, pin 2 (Ground) and COMM 2, pin 14 (RTS). When the unit is transmitting data, voltage should vary between +5VDC and 0 VDC. This would indicate that the RRTS is working correctly. 3) If any inaccuracy exists, investigate wiring errors or damaged wires. 4) If a communication problem still exists, and the unit has passed the tests in steps 1 and 2, additional testing will be required. Call Totalflow Technical Support for additional help. Before removal or installation of either the above communication interface modules, it is important that you disconnect XFCG4 external battery charger and main XFCG4 battery pack cable connectors from XFCG4 board.

Page 524

2103335-001 rev. AA

Appendix A 420 milliamp Transmitters


A.1

Powering 420 Milliamp Transmitters


4-20 milliamp (ma) transmitters are essentially variable constant current sources. They need to have sufficient voltage applied to them to ensure that they will be able to drive 20ma into a 250 OHM load. Different transmitter technologies will have different powering requirements. Many 4-20ma transmitters claim to be operational between 10 and 30VDC. This can be somewhat misleading. If it is a two-wire (line powered) transmitter and it is sourcing the maximum loop current of 20ma, 5VDC is dropped across the 250 OHM resistor. Dropping 5VDC across the load resistor only leaves 5 to 25VDC (of the before mentioned 10 to 30VDC) to operate the transmitter. There is a good chance that 5VDC will NOT be enough to properly operate the transmitter at its maximum output of 20ma. Example: Voltage dropped across the load resistor at maximum loop current: E = I x R = 20ma x 250 OHM = 5VDC The figure below shows a 4-20ma loop being powered by a 12VDC source; possibly, a solar panel with battery backup. If the battery has been discharged to 12 volts, then only 7 volts would remain to operate the transmitter. This may not be enough to fully operate the transmitter at higher loop currents.

The following discussion does NOT pertain to 1-5VDC transmitters. Totalflow flow meters employ a 250 OHM resistor to convert the 4-20ma transmitter current loop to a 1-5VDC signal. In some meters this conversion is made by attaching a 250 OHM resistor across the 4-20ma input pins (see next figure, schematic A). Some meters use a small three-pin jumper to select an onboard 250 OHM resistor (see next figure, schematic B). Still other meters employ an electronic switch to select the 250 OHM resistor (see next figure, schematic C). In the figures, VCC represents the voltage source used to power the transmitter. In many instances, VCC would be tied to the meters VBAT. With a solar powered system, such as many Totalflow installations, available voltage to power the 4-20 transmitter can become an issue. Batteries in a battery backed solar installation can drop to 12VDC or less. Some transmitters may not be able to drive 20ma into a 250 OHM load with only 12VDC applied to them. Fully charged batteries, connected to an operational battery charger, may be sitting at about 13.5-14VDC.

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page A1

Again, the 4-20ma transmitter that you choose must be fully operational at voltages as low as VCC - 5VDC. Again, VCC is the source voltage available at your site and 5VDC represents the voltage dropped across the meters 250 OHM resistor at maximum loop current (20ma). Totalflow can provide a 12 to 24VDC converter (part # 2100358-001). This converter can be powered from the meters VBAT. The converters 24VDC output can then be used to power the 4-2ma transmitter loop. In other words; VCC (Figure 1-1) would now be 24VDC. Subtracting the 5 volts dropped across the 250 OHM resistor would leave 19VDC to power the transmitter.

Page A2

2103335-001 rev. AA

Another possible solution would be to reduce the 250 OHM resistor to a smaller value, possibly 125 Ohms. An underpowered transmitter could more easily drive 20ma into the lesser resistance. Field calibrating the AI would negate any differences between the 250 OHM and the 125 OHM resistors. However, as you reduce the size of the resistor, you lessen the overall resolution. A.2

Example 1
If your 4-20ma transmitter can drive full range (20ma through the 250 OHM resistor) you have essentially converted a 4-20ma current range into a 1-5VDC voltage range. The analog to digital (A/D) converter used in Totalflow equipment expects a 1-5VDC signal. During field calibration, we might have the 4ma of loop current represent 10bbls of fluid per hour and 20ma represent 100bbls. The conversion to voltage (using the 250 OHM resistor) would be as follows: 1VDC = 10bbls/hour 5VDC = 100bbls/hour Assuming that the A/D converter is ranged between 0 and 5VDC, and that the converter is resolving 15 bits, you would expect to resolve about 150VDC (or .0006ma). These numbers translate to about .003bbl (3 thousandths of a barrel, or about one half fluid ounce).

A.3

Example 2
If your 4-20ma transmitter can NOT drive full range (20ma through the 250 OHM resistor) you may want to reduce the value of the resistor. For example we will drop it to 125 OHM (or half). A 4-20ma current would now be converted to a .5 2.5VDC voltage range. Again, during field calibration, we would have the 4ma current represent 10bbls per hour and the 20ma signal represent 100bbls per hour. The voltage conversion (using the 125 OHM resistor) would be as follows: .5VDC = 10bbls/hour 2.5VDC = 1000bbls/hour The A/Ds full range is still 0-5VDC; however, we are only using about half of its range capability. Just like the resistor value, our ability to resolve barrels of fluid per hour has been cut in half. Our overall accuracy remains unchanged, but we can only resolve about .006bbl (6 thousandths of a barrel, or about one fluid ounce).

A.4

Conclusion
If the 4-20ma transmitter you are using cannot drive a full 20ma through the 250 OHM resistor, you can reduce the resistive value. However, as the resistive value is reduced, resolution (not overall accuracy) will be reduced proportionately. If you drop the resistive value by half (250 Ohms to 125 Ohms), the resolution will also be reduced by half. To reduce the resistive value of an onboard resistor you can add an external resistor across the analog input pins. This places the two resistors in parallel with one another. The parallel combination produces an equivalent resistance that is

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page A3

less than either of the two resistors alone. The value of this equivalent resistance is calculated as shown in the figure.
Flowmeter Onboard 250 ohm resistor selected using three-pin shunt 1 3
R2 250 Ohm

External to flowmeter 2-wire (line powered) 4-20ma transmitter External resistor added across onboard resistor

VCC

R1 250 Ohm

R1 x R2 250 x 250 = = R1 + R2 250 + 250 62500 500

Equivalent Resistance =

= 125 Ohms

Page A4

2103335-001 rev. AA

Appendix B XFCG4 Modbus Register Maps


Totalflow G4 devices provide access to application data by numeric tags. These numeric tags consist of three values application number, array number and register number. These three values uniquely identify any accessible application data item. These values are commonly expressed as app.array.register. B.1

System Application Registers


Format for register list is app#.array#.register#. The System application is always instantiated in application slot 0.

Register 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 0.10 0.11 0.12 0.13 0.14 0.15 0.16 0.17 0.18 0.19 0.20 0.21 1.0 1.1-(X) 2.1-(X) 3.0 3.1-(X) 4.1-(X)

Description Board Part Number Prom Number Prom Description System Date/Time Device ID Location Read Level Security Code Write Level Security Code Server Account Password Directory IP Address DNS Address WINS Address DNS Name Subnet Mask Gateway OS Part Revision Log String Blackfin Firmware # Login User Number of App Enumerations Application Enumerations Application Descriptions Number of Applications Application Table Application Names

Type String String String String String String String String String String String String String String String String String String String String String String Byte Byte String Byte Byte String

Access Read Only Read Only Read Only Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Write Only Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read Only Write Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write

Note

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page B1

Register 5.1-(X) 6.1-(X) 7.0 7.1 7.2 7.3 7.4 7.5 7.6 7.7 7.8 7.9 7.10 7.11 7.12 7.13 8.0 8.1 8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 8.6 8.7 9.0 9.1 9.2 9.3 9.4 9.5 9.6 9.7 9.8 9.9 9.10

Description Application Revisions Application Parameters Low Charger Very Low Battery Wakeup (Obsolete) Security Switch System Shutdown Force Watchdog Reset Throw Exception Network Connection MMI connection State Watchdog Enable Lithium Status Factory Configuration Ethernet Enable Slow Clock Mode Last 2 byte of Prom Year Month Day Hour Minute Second FLASH Checksum System Date/Time Available Task Memory Available RAM File Space Available Flash File Space Available SD Card Disk Space Boot Time Tick Count Enable DHCP Update DNS Number of Threads Software Date

Type String String Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Int16 Int16 Int16 Int16 Int16 Int16 Int16 Uint16 Uint32 Uint32 Uint32 Uint32 Uint32 Uint32 Uint32 Uint32 Uint32 Uint32 Uint32

Access Read Only Read/Write Read Only Read Only Write Only Read Only Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read Read Read/Write Read Read Read/Write Read/Write Read Only Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read/Write Read Only Read/Write Read/Write Read Only Read Only

Note

Page B2

2103335-001 rev. AA

Register 10.0 10.1 10.2 12.0 12.1-(X) 13.0-(X) 14.0 -(X) 15.0-(X) 16.0-(X) 17.0-(X) 18.0-(X) 19.0-(X) 20.0-(X) 21.0-(X) 22.0-(X)

Description Current CPU usage (%) Average CPU usage (%) Radio Voltage Factory Configuration Application Part Numbers Test Registers Thread Handle Array Thread Name Array Thread % in User Mode Thread priority Thread Start Time App info Data App restart App Update App Group

Type Float Float Float String String

Access Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only

Note

UInt32 String Float UChar UInt32 Struct UInt32 String String

Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only

B.1.1 1)

System Application Register Notes


Application Spare System App IOS App XFC Display Communications App AGA3 Tube App AGA4 Tube App Liquid tube App Trend App RAMS App Valve Control App Holding Registers App Therms Master App XMV App IEC App Instantiation Slot 255 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

Standard Instantiation Slot Table

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page B3

Application Therms Slave App LevelMaster App Pump Interface App Obsolete FS2 App Operations App Host Interface App Selectable Units Gas Orifice Tube App Selectable Units Turbine Tube App Instromet Ultrasonic tube App V-Cone Tube App TotalSonic Tube App TotalSonic Interface App Units Conversion App Enron Aga3 Gas Orifice Tube App Enron AGA7 Pulse Input Tube App Test App Selectable units TotalSonic App Pemex Selectable Units AGA3 Pulse Accumulator Selectable Units AGA3 Modbus App Selectable Units AGA7 Modbus App Pemex Selectable Units AGA7 App Valve Control With KDT App Oil Custody Transfer App Selectable Units Liquid Tube App Selectable units Wedge Gas Tube App Chrom App BTU App GCM Interface App Report App NGC I/O Interface App Control App Chrom Post Process App BTU Modbus Slave App NGC LCD Display App

Instantiation Slot 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48

Page B4

2103335-001 rev. AA

Application Analysis Trend File App Selectable Units Liquid Orifice App Nist14 Gas Equation App Nist14 Liquid Equation App Selectable Units VCONE App ASME IAPWS-IF97 Steam Tube App Coriolis Tube App Plunger Lift Control App Wireless Remote I/O App Coriolis Interface App Safety System App NGC Interface TCP Server NGC Interface TCP Client TGP Modbus App Simulated I/O TFIO Interface App XFC AMU Interface

Instantiation Slot 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 99 100 101 102

B.2

Display Application Registers


Format for register list is app#.array#.register#. The display application can be instantiated in any application slot.

REGISTER 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4

DESCRIPTION Number of Files Number of Displays Current File Current Display Display Lock Display Clear Display Save Restore Factory Default Display File Name (12 Characters) Display Name (24 Characters) Display Units (14 Characters) Display Format (Width.dec) Group Description (24 Characters)

TYPE Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte String String String String String

ACCESS Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write

NOTE 1 2 3 3 3 4 5 6

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page B5

REGISTER 2.0 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8 2.9 2.10 2.12 2.13 2.14 2.15 3.0 3.1 3.2 4.0 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 4.5 5.0 5.1 6.0 6.1 6.2 6.3 6.4 6.5 6.6 6.7 7.0

DESCRIPTION Display Interval (Seconds) Name X Location (0-23) Name Y Location (0-1) Units X Location (0-23) Units Y Location (0-1) Data X Location (0-23) Data Y Location (0-1) Annunciator/Plot X Location (0-23) Annunciator/Plot Y Location (0-1) Plot Type Plot Direction Plot Line Width Plot Border Display Attributes File Attributes Data Scale Factor Data High Limit Data Low Limit Data Register Plot Array Register Enumeration Array Register Group Scroll Control Register Display Scroll Control Register Locate/Lock Register Scroll Lock Timeout Scroll Lock Timer Annunciator A1 Annunciator A2 Annunciator A3 Annunciator A4 Annunciator A5 Annunciator A6 Annunciator A7 Annunciator A8 Display Annunciator A1

TYPE Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Float Float Float Register Register Register Register Register Register Uint32 Uint32 Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte

ACCESS Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Write Only Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write

NOTE

7 8

9 10 11

12 13 14 14 15 16 16 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17

Page B6

2103335-001 rev. AA

REGISTER 7.1 7.2 7.3 7.4 7.5 7.6 7.7 8.(X)

DESCRIPTION Display Annunciator A2 Display Annunciator A3 Display Annunciator A4 Display Annunciator A5 Display Annunciator A6 Display Annunciator A7 Display Annunciator A8 Common Enumerations

TYPE Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte String

ACCESS Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read

NOTE

18

B.2.1 1) 2)

Display Application Register Notes

If the number of files being written is greater than the number of file present, spare files will be created. If the number written is less than the number present, excess files will be deleted. Refers to the number of displays in the current group. If number written is greater than number present, spare displays will be created. If number written is less than number present, excess displays will be deleted. X.0.2 X.0.4 are used to navigate from group to group, display to display within a group. Setting display lock prevents the display from scrolling. Display clear causes the entire display to be refreshed. After making changes to display parameters in arrays 1 through 4, display Save should be written to written the new parameters to the display file. Setting Factory Default causes the display to be set to Spare. 0 = No Plot (Annunciators), 1 = 16x24 pixel, 2 = 8x48 pixel. 0 = Left to Right, 1 = Right to Left. Bit Mask: Bit 0 = Left, Bit 1 = Right, Bit 2 = Top, Bit 3 = Bottom. Bit Mask: Bit 0 = Include in Scroll List, Bit 1 = Allow Keypad Entry, Bit 2 = Validate Keypad entry (Data High/Data Low).

3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8) 9) 10)

11) Bit Mask: Bit 0 = Include in Scroll List, Bit 1 = Allow Keypad Entry. 12) Starting Register in an array to plot. Allows historical data (such as last 24 hours or last 24 days)
to be plotted. You can also plot Trend data.

13) Used to show digital states such as Open/Close, Running/Idle/Stopped. 14) Normally used with DIs in Push to Read mode. If x.4.3 is assigned, display will scroll from
group to group while the DI is pressed. If x.4.4 is assigned, display will scroll displays within the group while the DI is pressed.

15) Writing a register (xx.xx.xxxx) to the Locate Register will cause the display system to search all
files/displays for the requested register. If it is located, the display containing the register is locked on the display. Used by the calibrate screen to lock the point being calibrated.

16) Allows the display to timeout and resume normal scrolling activity if the operator leaves the
display locked for an extended period of time.

17) Annunciator Values are determined by the App Type Enumerations. See the System App
Documentation for an Enumeration List.

18) These are common enunciators that are used for represented values. i.e.
"Disabled","Enabled" // Enabled/Disabled

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page B7

"Closed","Open" "False","True" "Off","On" "No","Yes" B.3

// Open/Closed // True/False // On/Off // Yes/No

Alarm System Application Registers


Format for register list is app#.array#.register#. The Alarm System application can be instantiated in any application slot. Low order array numbers are used for the BTU application, since the BTU application is derived from a Rams application. Refer to the BTU Application Register document.

REGISTE R 100.0-XX 101.0-XX 102.0-XX 103.0 103.1 103.2 103.3 103.4 103.5 103.6 103.7 103.8 103.9 103.10 103.11 103.12 103.13 103.14 103.15 103.16 103.17 103.18 103.19 103.20 103.21 103.22

DESCRIPTION Alarm Records Exception Blocks Float Registers(User settable value) Report Counter Current Number of Alarms Alarms Last Reported Alarm Reset Auto Clear Cry-Out Enable Cry-Out Frequency Cry-Out Now Ignore DCD Clear Cry-Out Timer Clear Logged Alarms Cry-Out Timer Log Mode Hold Frequency (In Minutes) Number of Exception Blocks Alarms Enabled Change Alarms Exception Register Apps Insert a New Exception Block Delete an Exception Block Repote Mode Aknowledge all # Number Logged Alarms Not acknowledge CPU Load Time Trigger

TYPE Structure Structure Structure Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte

ACCESS Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read Only Read Only Read Only Write Only Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read Only Read/Write Write Only Write Only Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read Read

NOT E 1A 1B 1C 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

12 13

15 16

Page B8

2103335-001 rev. AA

REGISTE R 103.23 104.0 105.0 106.X 107.X 108. X 109. X 110. X 111. X 112. X 113. X 114. X 115. X 116. X 117. X 118. X 119. X 120.0 120.1 120.2 121. X 122. X 123. X 124.0 124.1 124.2 124.3 125. X 126. X

DESCRIPTION Last Alarm Code Get Alarms Report Get All Alarm Logs Get Specific Alarm Log Alarm Type of Alarm at Exception Block X Users Alarm Code of Alarm at Exception Block X Enable Alarm Flags of Alarm at Exception Block X Alarm Input Register of Alarm at Exception Block X Alarm Threshold of Alarm at Exception Block X Alarm Output Value of Alarm at Exception Block X Trigger Type of Alarm at Exception Block X Trigger Reference of Alarm at Exception Block X Reset Alarm Logic of Alarm at Exception Block X Filter Type of Alarm at Exception Block X Filter Threshold of Alarm at Exception Block X Filter Units of Alarm at Exception Block X Log Type of Alarm at Exception Block X Current Alarm Log Record Position Number of Alarm Logs CPU Load Hold Off Timer Alarm Description of Alarm at Exception Block X Current State of Alarm at Exception Block X Alarm Severity of Alarm at Exception Block X Faults All RAMS Warnings All RAMS Faults This RAM App Warnings This RAM App Threshold Type of Alarm at Exception Block X Threshold Constant of Alarm of at Exception Block X

TYPE Byte Structure Structure Structure Byte UInt Byte Register Register Register Byte Register Byte Byte Float Byte Byte UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 String Byte Byte UInt UInt UInt UInt Byte Float

ACCESS Read Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read Read/Write Read Only Read/Write Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read/Write Read/Write

NOT E 1

17

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page B9

REGISTE R 127.0 128.0 128.1 128.2 128.3 129.0 129.1 129.2 129.3 129.4 130.0 131.X 132.X 133.X 134.X 135.X 136.X

DESCRIPTION Current Active Alarms Current Last Logged Alarm Fault Current Last Logged Alarm Warning Current First Logged Alarm Fault Current First Logged Alarm Warning Current Last Logged Alarm Fault Current Last Logged Alarm Warning Current First Logged Alarm Fault Current First Logged Alarm Warning RAMS Port Name Transmit Records Only Alarm Count of currently active alarms of Severity X Alarm Acknowledge Get Alarm Acknowledge Log Record All Alarms Not Acknowledged All Alarms Not Acknowledged End of Array

TYPE Structure SInt SInt SInt SInt String String String String String Structure Uint Byte Struct Record Struct Record Struct Record Struct

ACCESS Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Write/Read Read Only Read Only Read/Write Read Only Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write

NOT E

14

18 19 20 20 20

B.3.1 1)

Alarm System Application Register Notes

These are special structures used by the Totalflow WinCCU/PCCU32 applications. Currently they can not be accessed via templates or ini files. A. XX = MAX_ALARMS = 255 B. XX = num_exceptions,user selectable up to 255 C. XX = RAMFLTS = 16 Allows the user to enter floating point numbers as constants that can be used when building an Alarm Page. The constants can be compared against variables in the device to generate an alarm. Number Cry-outs that were not acknowledged by the host.. Number of alarms that have not been sent and/or alarms that have been sent and not acknowledged by the host. Number of alarms in the last successful Cry-out. Successful meaning that the Cry-out was acknowledged by the host. Reset the number of alarms last reported counter. Primarily used when polling for alarms or Alarm by Exception, setting to 1 will cause the alarms to be cleared each time the device is polled for alarms.

2)

3) 4) 5) 6) 7)

Page B10

2103335-001 rev. AA

8)

Alarm Cry-out is enabled by selecting the port on which alarms will be broadcast. Selections are: 0 Disabled, 1 - COM1, 2 COM2

9) The time in minutes between Cry-Outs. 10) Set to 1 when it is time to Cry-Out. 11) Cry-out checks the Data Carrier Detect (DCD) line to see if the communications channel is quiet
before it initiates a Cry-out. This keeps it from transmitting when the Host is trying to communicate with the unit. Some communications equipment may not support DCD and with nothing connected to the DCD terminal, the DCD input might float to a true state keeping Cry-out from transmitting alarms. Setting this register to 1 will instruct Cry-out to ignore DCD.

12) If you correct the situation that is generating an alarm, you can then set this register to 1 to clear
the alarm so that it will not Cry-out at the next scheduled Cry-out time. This command however, causes the system to scan immediately for alarms and if there was another existing alarm condition, it will Cry-out immediately instead of waiting for the next scheduled Cry-out time.

13) The amount of time left before the next scheduled Cry-out as specified by the Cry-out
Frequency.

14) 15) 16) 17) 18) 19) 20)

Used to append Rams alarms to be transmitted to an existing Remote alarm record. Report Mode Poll=1 Cry Out=0 Acknowledge All Alarms any value sets this byte. X= the specific alarm log to get X = the alarm number (0-255) X = the alarm number (0-255), Returns 0 filled structure if already acknowledged X = arbitrary value, returns all un-acknowledged alarm logs

B.4

Holding Registers
Format for register list is array#.register#. The Holding Registers application can be instantiated in any application slot.

REGISTER 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.(X) 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.(X) 2.0 2.1 2.2 2.(X) (X).0 (X).1

DESCRIPTION Holding Array 1 Register 1 Holding Array 1 Register 2 Holding Array 1 Register 3 Holding Array 1 Register (X) Holding Array 2 Register 1 Holding Array 2 Register 2 Holding Array 2 Register 3 Holding Array 2 Register (X) Holding Array 3 Register 1 Holding Array 3 Register 2 Holding Array 3 Register 3 Holding Array 3 Register (X) Holding Array (X) Register 1 Holding Array (X) Register 2

TYPE Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable Programmable

ACCESS Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write

NOTE 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page B11

REGISTER (X).2 (X).(X) 100.0 100.1 100.(X) 101.0 101.1 101.(X) 10(X).0 10(X).1 10(X).(X) 251.0 251.1 251.2 251.(X) 252.0 252.1 252.2 252.(X) 253.0 253.1 253.2 253.(X) 254.0 254.1 254.2 254.(X) 255.0 255.1 255.2 255.(X) 255.255

DESCRIPTION Holding Array (X) Register 3 Holding Array (X) Register (X) Holding Array 1 Register 0 Description Holding Array 1 Register 1 Description Holding Array 1 Register (X) Description Holding Array 2 Register 0 Description Holding Array 2 Register 1 Description Holding Array 2 Register (X) Description Holding Array (X) Register 0 Description Holding Array (X) Register 1 Description Holding Array (X) Register (X) Description Array 1 Descriptor Flag Array 2 Descriptor Flag Array 3 Descriptor Flag Array (X) Descriptor Flag Holding Array 1 Description Holding Array 2 Description Holding Array 3 Description Holding Array (X) Description Holding Array 1 Data Type Holding Array 2 Data Type Holding Array 3 Data Type Holding Array (X) Data Type Holding Array 1 Persistence Holding Array 2 Persistence Holding Array 3 Persistence Holding Array (X) Persistence Holding Array 1 Capacity Holding Array 2 Capacity Holding Array 3 Capacity Holding Array (X) Capacity Number of Holding Arrays

TYPE Programmable Programmable String String String String String String String String String Byte Byte Byte Byte String String String String Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Uint16 Uint16 Uint16 Uint16 Uint16

ACCESS Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write

NOTE 1 1

2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 6

Page B12

2103335-001 rev. AA

B.4.1 1) 2) 3) 4)

Holding Register Notes

The number, type, and size of Holding Register arrays are user programmable. Array descriptor Flag indicates if the array has a descriptor contained in array 252. Each Holding Register array can be assigned a 24 character name. The data type of each Holding Register array is user programmable. The following data types are supported: 0 - 32 Bit Floating Point 1 - 16 Bit Integer 2 - 16 Bit Unsigned Integer 3 - 32 Bit Integer 4 - 32 Bit Unsigned Integer 5 - 8 Bit Byte 6 - 24 Character String 7 - 4 Byte Register (app.array.register) Each Holding Register array can be made persistent through a warm start. If the array persistence flag is set to 1, each write operation to a register in the array causes the array data to be written to file. This can be very slow. It will also increase processor usage considerably. If registers in an array are being updated frequently, the array should not be made persistent. The number of registers in each Holding Register array is limited only by available memory. Up to 250 Holding Register arrays can be allocated, however, available memory will probably be exhausted first.

5)

6) 7)

B.5

Reports Application Registers


Format for register list is array#.register#. The Holding Registers application can be instantiated in any application slot.

REGISTER 0.0-6 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 1.0-1 1.0 1.1 2.0-0 2.0 3.0-1

DESCRIPTION BYTE Registers Baud Rate Data Bits Parity Stop Bits Interface Port Type Trigger Byte Int16 Registers Radio Key Delay Radio Unkey Delay Int32 Registers Timeout String Registers

TYPE BYTE BYTE BYTE BYTE BYTE BYTE BYTE BYTE 16 Bit Int 16 Bit Int 16 Bit Int 32 Bit Int 32 Bit Int String

ACCESS Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write

NOTE

Read/Write Read/Write

Read/Write

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page B13

3.0 3.1 4.0-0 4.0 5.0 5.31 6.0 6.31 7.0 (X) 8.0 8.31 9.0 9.31 10.0 10.31

Report ID Report Port Name Float Registers Float Accumulator Output Files Template Files BTU Apps Trigger Registers Header Files Report Modes Analysis Times

String String Float Float String String String String Byte Int32

Read/Write Read/Write

Read Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write 1

B.5.1 1)
B.6

Reports Register Notes

Auto, Manual, Disabled, Triggered

Operations Application Registers


Format for register list is array#.register#. The Operations application can be instantiated in any application slot. Register 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.(X) 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.(X) 2.0 2.1 2.2 2.(X) 3.0 3.1 3.2 3.(X) 4.0 4.1 4.2 Description Periodic Operations 1 Trigger Register Periodic Operations 2 Trigger Register Periodic Operations 3 Trigger Register Periodic Operations (X) Trigger Register Periodic Operations 1 Trigger Type Periodic Operations 2 Trigger Type Periodic Operations 3 Trigger Type Periodic Operations (X) Trigger Type Periodic Operations 1 Trigger Interval Periodic Operations 2 Trigger Interval Periodic Operations 3 Trigger Interval Periodic Operations (X) Trigger Interval Periodic Operations 1 Operation Periodic Operations 2 Operation Periodic Operations 3 Operation Periodic Operations (X) Operation Periodic Operations 1 Register 1 Periodic Operations 2 Register 1 Periodic Operations 3 Register 1 Type Register Register Register Register Byte Byte Byte Byte Uint32 Uint32 Uint32 Uint32 Byte Byte Byte Byte Register Register Register Access Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Note 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Page B14

2103335-001 rev. AA

Register 4.(X) 5.0 5.1 5.2 5.(X) 6.0 6.1 6.2 6.(X) 7.0 7.1 7.2 7.(X) 8.0 8.1 8.2 8.(X) 9.0 9.1 9.2 9.(X) 10.0 10.1 10.2 10.(X) 11.0 11.1 11.2 11.(X) 12.0 12.1 12.2 12.(X) 13.0 13.1

Description Periodic Operations (X) Register 1 Periodic Operations 1 Register 2 Periodic Operations 2 Register 2 Periodic Operations 3 Register 2 Periodic Operations (X) Register 2 Periodic Operations 1 Output Register Periodic Operations 2 Output Register Periodic Operations 3 Output Register Periodic Operations (X) Output Register Math Operation 1 Result Math Operation 2 Result Math Operation 3 Result Math Operation (X) Result Math Operation 1 Operation Math Operation 2 Operation Math Operation 3 Operation Math Operation (X) Operation Math Operation 1 Register 1 Math Operation 2 Register 1 Math Operation 3 Register 1 Math Operation (X) Register 1 Math Operation 1 Register 2 Math Operation 2 Register 2 Math Operation 3 Register 2 Math Operation (X) Register 2 Bit Operation 1 Result Bit Operation 2 Result Bit Operation 3 Result Bit Operation (X) Result Bit Operation 1 Operation Bit Operation 2 Operation Bit Operation 3 Operation Bit Operation (X) Operation Bit Operation 1 Register 1 Bit Operation 2 Register 1

Type Register Register Register Register Register Register Register Register Register Float Float Float Float Byte Byte Byte Byte Register Register Register Register Register Register Register Register Uint32 Uint32 Uint32 Uint32 Byte Byte Byte Byte Register Register

Access Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write

Note 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page B15

Register 13.2 13.(X) 14.0 14.1 14.2 14.(X) 15.0 15.1 15.2 15.(X) 16.0 16.1 16.2 16.(X) 17.0 17.1 17.2 17.(X) 18.0 18.1 18.2 18.(X) 19.0 19.1 19.2 19.(X) 20.0 20.1 20.2 20.(X) 21.0 21.1 21.2 21.(X) 22.0

Description Bit Operation 3 Register 1 Bit Operation (X) Register 1 Bit Operation 1 Register 2 Bit Operation 2 Register 2 Bit Operation 3 Register 2 Bit Operation (X) Register 2 Compare Operation 1 Result Compare Operation 2 Result Compare Operation 3 Result Compare Operation (X) Result Compare Operation 1 Operation Compare Operation 2 Operation Compare Operation 3 Operation Compare Operation (X) Operation Compare Operation 1 Register 1 Compare Operation 2 Register 1 Compare Operation 3 Register 1 Compare Operation (X) Register 1 Compare Operation 1 Register 2 Compare Operation 2 Register 2 Compare Operation 3 Register 2 Compare Operation (X) Register 2 Array Operation 1 Result Array Operation 2 Result Array Operation 3 Result Array Operation (X) Result Array Operation 1 Operation Array Operation 2 Operation Array Operation 3 Operation Array Operation (X) Operation Array Operation 1 Register Array Operation 2 Register Array Operation 3 Register Array Operation (X) Register Array Operation 1 Size

Type Register Register Register Register Register Register Bool Bool Bool Bool Uint16 Uint16 Uint16 Uint16 Register Register Register Register Register Register Register Register Float Float Float Float Uint16 Uint16 Uint16 Uint16 Register Register Register Register Uint16

Access Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write

Note 4 4 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6

Page B16

2103335-001 rev. AA

Register 22.1 22.2 22.(X) 23.0 23.1 23.2 23.(X) 24.0 24.1 24.2 24.(X) 25.0 25.1 25.2 25. (X) 26.0 26.1 26.2 26.(X) 27.0 27.1 27.2 27.(X) 28.0 28.1 28.2 28.(X) 29.0 29.1 29.2 29.(X) 30.0 30.1 30.2 30.(X)

Description Array Operation 2 Size Array Operation 3 Size Array Operation (X) Size Periodic Operation 1 Descriptor Periodic Operation 2 Descriptor Periodic Operation 3 Descriptor Periodic Operation (X) Descriptor Math Operation 1 Descriptor Math Operation 2 Descriptor Math Operation 3 Descriptor Math Operation (X) Descriptor Bit Operation 1 Descriptor Bit Operation 2 Descriptor Bit Operation 3 Descriptor Bit Operation (X) Descriptor Compare Operation 1 Descriptor Compare Operation 2 Descriptor Compare Operation 3 Descriptor Compare Operation (X) Descriptor Array Operation 1 Descriptor Array Operation 2 Descriptor Array Operation 3 Descriptor Array Operation (X) Descriptor Select Operation 1 Descriptor Select Operation 2 Descriptor Select Operation 3 Descriptor Select Operation (X) Descriptor Select Operation 1 Switch Select Operation 2 Switch Select Operation 3 Switch Select Operation (X) Switch Select Operation 1 Input 1 Select Operation 2 Input 1 Select Operation 3 Input 1 Select Operation (X) Input 1

Type Uint16 Uint16 Uint16 String String String String String String String String String String String String String String String String String String String String String String String String Register Register Register Register Register Register Register Register

Access Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write

Note 6 6 6 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page B17

Register 31.0 31.1 31.2 31.(X) 32.0 32.1 32.2 32.(X) 33.0 33.1 33.2 33.(X) 34.0 34.1 34.2 34.(X) 35.0 35.1 35.2 35.(X) 36.0 36.1 36.2 36.(X) 37.0 37.1 37.2 37.(X) 38.0 38.1 38.2 38.(X) 39.0 39.1 39.2

Description Select Operation 1 Input 2 Select Operation 2 Input 2 Select Operation 3 Input 2 Select Operation (X) Input 2 Select Operation 1 Output Select Operation 2 Output Select Operation 3 Output Select Operation (X) Output Lag Operation 1 Description Lag Operation 2 Description Lag Operation 3 Description Lag Operation (X) Description Lag Operation 1 Interval Lag Operation 2 Interval Lag Operation 3 Interval Lag Operation (X) Interval Lag Operation 1 Input Register Lag Operation 2 Input Register Lag Operation 3 Input Register Lag Operation (X) Input Register Lag Operation 1 Output Lag Operation 2 Output Lag Operation 3 Output Lag Operation (X) Output Lead Operation 1 Description Lead Operation 2 Description Lead Operation 3 Description Lead Operation (X) Description Lead Operation 1 Interval Lead Operation 2 Interval Lead Operation 3 Interval Lead Operation (X) Interval Lead Operation 1 Input Register Lead Operation 2 Input Register Lead Operation 3 Input Register

Type Register Register Register Register Float Float Float Float String String String String Uint32 Uint32 Uint32 Uint32 Register Register Register Register Float Float Float Float String String String String Uint32 Uint32 Uint32 Uint32 Register Register Register

Access Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write

Note 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 12 12 12 12 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 12 12 12 12 15 15 15 15 15 15 15

Page B18

2103335-001 rev. AA

Register 39.(X) 40.0 40.1 40.2 40.(X) 41.0 41.1 41.2 41.(X) 42.0 42.1 42.2 42.(X) 43.0 43.1 43.2 43.(X) 44.0 44.1 44.2 44.(X) 45.0 45.1 45.2 45.(X) 46.0 46.1 46.2 46.(X) 47.0 47.1 47.2 47.(X) 48.0 48.1

Description Lead Operation (X) Input Register Lead Operation 1 Output Lead Operation 2 Output Lead Operation 3 Output Lead Operation (X) Output Queue Operation 1 Descriptor Queue Operation 2 Descriptor Queue Operation 3 Descriptor Queue Operation (X) Descriptor Queue Operation 1 Interval Queue Operation 2 Interval Queue Operation 3 Interval Queue Operation (X) Interval Queue Operation 1 Array Register Queue Operation 2 Array Register Queue Operation 3 Array Register Queue Operation (X) Array Register Queue Operation 1 Array Size Queue Operation 2 Array Size Queue Operation 3 Array Size Queue Operation (X) Array Size Queue Operation 1 Input Register Queue Operation 2 Input Register Queue Operation 3 Input Register Queue Operation (X) Input Register Queue Operation 1 Output Queue Operation 2 Output Queue Operation 3 Output Queue Operation (X) Output Ramp Operation 1 Descriptor Ramp Operation 2 Descriptor Ramp Operation 3 Descriptor Ramp Operation (X) Descriptor Ramp Operation 1 Slope Ramp Operation 2 Slope

Type Register Float Float Float Float String String String String Uint32 Uint32 Uint32 Uint32 Register Register Register Register Uint16 Uint16 Uint16 Uint16 Register Register Register Register Float Float Float Float String String String String Float Float

Access Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write

Note 15 15 15 15 15 12 12 12 12 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 12 12 12 12 17 17

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page B19

Register 48.2 48.(X) 49.0 49.1 49.2 49.(X) 50.0 50.1 50.2 50.(X) 51.0 51.1 51.2 51.(X) 52.0 52.1 52.2 52.(X) 53.0 53.1 53.2 53.(X) 54.0 54.1 54.2 54.(X) 55.0 55.1 55.2 55.(X) 56.0 56.1 56.2 56.(X) 57.0

Description Ramp Operation 3 Slope Ramp Operation (X) Slope Ramp Operation 1 Input Register Ramp Operation 2 Input Register Ramp Operation 3 Input Register Ramp Operation (X) Input Register Ramp Operation 1 Output Ramp Operation 2 Output Ramp Operation 3 Output Ramp Operation (X) Output Pulse Operation 1 Descriptor Pulse Operation 2 Descriptor Pulse Operation 3 Descriptor Pulse Operation (X) Descriptor Pulse Operation 1 Interval Pulse Operation 2 Interval Pulse Operation 3 Interval Pulse Operation (X) Interval Pulse Operation 1 Trigger Register Pulse Operation 2 Trigger Register Pulse Operation 3 Trigger Register Pulse Operation (X) Trigger Register Pulse Operation 1 Trigger Flags Pulse Operation 2 Trigger Flags Pulse Operation 4 Trigger Flags Pulse Operation (X) Trigger Flags Pulse Operation 1 Output Pulse Operation 2 Output Pulse Operation 4 Output Pulse Operation (X) Output Limit Operation 1 Descriptor Limit Operation 2 Descriptor Limit Operation 3 Descriptor Limit Operation (X) Descriptor Limit Operation 1 High Limit

Type Float Float Register Register Register Register Float Float Float Float String String String String Uint32 Uint32 Uint32 Uint32 Register Register Register Register Byte Byte Byte Byte Float Float Float Float String String String String Float

Access Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write

Note 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 12 12 12 12 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 12 12 12 12 19

Page B20

2103335-001 rev. AA

Register 57.1 57.2 57.(X) 58.0 58.1 58.2 58.(X) 59.0 59.1 59.2 59.(X) 60.0 60.1 60.2 60.(X) 61.0 61.1 61.2 61.(X) 62.0 62.1 62.2 62.(X) 63.0 63.1 63.2 63.(X) 64.0 64.1 64.2 64.(X) 65.0 65.1 65.2 65.(X)

Description Limit Operation 2 High Limit Limit Operation 3 High Limit Limit Operation (X) High Limit Limit Operation 1 Low Limit Limit Operation 2 Low Limit Limit Operation 3 Low Limit Limit Operation (X) Low Limit Limit Operation 1 Velocity Limit Operation 2 Velocity Limit Operation 3 Velocity Limit Operation (X) Velocity Limit Operation 1 Input Register Limit Operation 2 Input Register Limit Operation 3 Input Register Limit Operation (X) Input Register Limit Operation 1 Output Limit Operation 2 Output Limit Operation 3 Output Limit Operation (X) Output Scale Operation 1 Descriptor Scale Operation 2 Descriptor Scale Operation 3 Descriptor Scale Operation (X) Descriptor Scale Operation 1 Input High Limit Scale Operation 2 Input High Limit Scale Operation 3 Input High Limit Scale Operation (X) Input High Limit Scale Operation 1 Input Low Limit Scale Operation 2 Input Low Limit Scale Operation 3 Input Low Limit Scale Operation (X) Input Low Limit Scale Operation 1 Output High Limit Scale Operation 2 Output High Limit Scale Operation 3 Output High Limit Scale Operation (X) Output High Limit

Type Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Register Register Register Register Float Float Float Float String String String String Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float

Access Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write

Note 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 12 12 12 12 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page B21

Register 66.0 66.1 66.2 66.(X) 67.0 67.1 67.2 67.(X) 68.0 68.1 68.2 68.(X) 69.0 69.1 69.2 69.(X) 70.0 70.1 70.2 70.(X) 71.0 71.1 71.2 71.(X) 72.0 72.1 72.2 72.(X) 73.0 73.1 73.2 73.(X) 74.0 74.1 74.2

Description Scale Operation 1 Output Low Limit Scale Operation 2 Output Low Limit Scale Operation 3 Output Low Limit Scale Operation (X) Output Low Limit Scale Operation 1 Input Register Scale Operation 2 Input Register Scale Operation 3 Input Register Scale Operation (X) Input Register Scale Operation 1 Output Scale Operation 2 Output Scale Operation 3 Output Scale Operation (X) Output PID Operation 1 Descriptor PID Operation 2 Descriptor PID Operation 3 Descriptor PID Operation (X) Descriptor PID Operation 1 Input Register PID Operation 2 Input Register PID Operation 3 Input Register PID Operation (X) Input Register PID Operation 1 Setpoint PID Operation 2 Setpoint PID Operation 3 Setpoint PID Operation (X) Setpoint PID Operation 1 Dead Band PID Operation 2 Dead Band PID Operation 2 Dead Band PID Operation (X) Dead Band PID Operation 1 Proportional Gain PID Operation 2 Proportional Gain PID Operation 2 Proportional Gain PID Operation (X) Proportional Gain PID Operation 1 Integral Reset PID Operation 2 Integral Reset PID Operation 3 Integral Reset

Type Float Float Float Float Register Register Register Register Float Float Float Float String String String String Register Register Register Register Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float

Access Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write

Note 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 12 12 12 12 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21

Page B22

2103335-001 rev. AA

Register 74.(X) 75.0 75.1 75.2 75.(X) 76.0 76.1 76.2 76.(X) 77.0 77.1 77.2 77.(X) 78.0 78.1 78.2 78.(X) 255.0 255.1 255.2 255.3 255.4 255.5 255.6 255.7 255.8 255.9 255.10 255.11 255.12 255.13 255.14 255.15 255.16 255.17

Description PID Operation (X) Integral Reset PID Operation 1 Derivative Rate PID Operation 2 Derivative Rate PID Operation 3 Derivative Rate PID Operation (X) Derivative Rate PID Operation 1 Mode PID Operation 2 Mode PID Operation 3 Mode PID Operation (X) Mode PID Operation 1 Action PID Operation 2 Action PID Operation 3 Action PID Operation (X) Action PID Operation 1 Output PID Operation 2 Output PID Operation 3 Output PID Operation (X) Output Number of Periodic Operations Number of Math Operations Number of Bit Operations Number of Compare Operations Number of Array Operations Enable Period Descriptors Enable Math Descriptors Enable Bit Descriptors Enable Compare Descriptors Enable Array Descriptors Number of Select Operations Enable Select Descriptors Number of Lag Operations Enable Lag Descriptors Number of Lead Operations Enable Lead Descriptors Number of Queue Operations Enable Queue Descriptors

Type Float Float Float Float Float Uchar Uchar Uchar Uchar Uchar Uchar Uchar Uchar Float Float Float Float Uint16 Uint16 Uint16 Uint16 Uint16 Uint16 Uint16 Uint16 Uint16 Uint16 Uint16 Uint16 Uint16 Uint16 Uint16 Uint16 Uint16 Uint16

Access Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write

Note 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 7 8 9 10 11 22 22 22 22 22 23 22 24 22 25 22 26 22

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page B23

Register 255.18 255.19 255.20 255.21 255.22 255.23 255.24 255.25 255.26 255.27

Description Number of Ramp Operations Enable Ramp Descriptors Number of Pulse Operations Enable Pulse Descriptors Number of Limit Operations Enable Limit Descriptors Number of Scale Operations Enable Scale Descriptors Number of PID Operations Enable PID Descriptors

Type Uint16 Uint16 Uint16 Uint16 Uint16 Uint16 Uint16 Uint16 Uint16 Uint16

Access Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write

Note 27 22 28 22 29 22 30 22 31 22

B.6.1 1)

Operations Application Register Notes

Periodic Operations can be executed at a cyclic interval (such as every 5 seconds), at a specific time of day (such as 8:00), or they can be triggered by another register. If the operation trigger type in array 1 is 0 (Interval), the operation is executed at the interval specified by the corresponding register in array 2. If the operation trigger type is 1 (Time), the operation is executed at the time of day specified by the corresponding register in array 2. If the operation trigger type is 2 (Triggered), the operation is executed each second if the register specified by the corresponding register in array 0 is non-zero. Periodic Operations combine the capabilities of Math, Bit, Compare, and Array operations. The registers in array 3 contain operation codes specifying the operation to be performed. The registers in arrays 4 and 5 contain the operands of the operations. The registers in array 6 specify where the results of the operations will be placed. The following operation codes are supported: 0 - No Operation 1 - R1 + R2 (Addition) 2 - R1 R2 (Subtraction) 3 - R1 * R2 (Multiplication) 4 - R1 / R2 (Division) 5 - R1 ^ R2 (Power of) 6 - sqrt(R1)(Square Root) 7 - sin(R1) (Trig Sine) 8 - cos(R1) (Trig Cosine) 9 - tan(R1) (Trig Tangent) 10 - ABS(R1) (Remove sign) 11 - Log(R1) (Logarithm) 12 - 1 / R1 (Reciprocal) 13 - R1 % R2 (Modulo) 20 - R1 & R2 (Bitwise AND) 21 - R1 | R2 (Bitwise OR) 22 - R1 ^ R2 (Bitwise XOR) 23 - R1 ~ R2 (Bitwise Complement) 24 - R1 << R2 (Bitwise Shift Left) 25 - R1 >> R2 (Bitwise Shift Right) 26 - R1 = !R2 (Bitwise NOT) 30 - (R1 & R2) == 0 (True if Equal to Zero) 31 - (R1 & R2) != 0 (True if Not Equal to Zero)

2)

Page B24

2103335-001 rev. AA

32 - (R1 | R2) == 0 (True if Equal to Zero) 33 - (R1 | R2) != 0 (True if Not Equal to Zero) 34 - (R1 ^ R2) == 0 (True if Equal to Zero) 35 - (R1 ^ R2) != 0 (True if Not Equal to Zero) 40 - R1 == R2 (True if Equal) 41 - R1 != R2 (True if Not Equal) 42 - R1 > R2 (True if Greater than) 43 - R1 >= R2 (True if Greater than or equal to) 44 - R1 < R2 (True if Less than) 45 - R1 <= R2 (True if Less than or equal to) 46 - R1 == 0 (True if Equal to zero) 47 - R1 != 0 (True if Not Equal to zero) 48 - R1 > 0 (True if Greater than zero) 49 - R1 < 0 (True if Less than zero) 60 - Integer R1 + R2 (Addition) 61 - Integer R1 R2 (Subtraction) 62 - Integer R1 * R2 (Multiplication) 63 - Integer R1 / R2 (Division) 64 - Integer abs(R1) (Remove sign) 65 - Integer R1 % R2 (Modulo) 70 - Array Addition 71 - Array Linear Average 72 - Array Square Root Average 73 - Array Minimum 74 - Array Maximum 80 - Copy Array 81 - Move Array 254 - Out = R2 = R1 255 - Out = R1

3)

Math Operations are executed when the corresponding register in array 7 is read. The registers in array 8 contain operation codes specifying the math operation to be performed. The registers in arrays 9 and 10 contain the operands of the operations. The result of the math operation is returned in the corresponding register in array 7. The following math operation codes are supported: 0 - No Operation 1 - R1 + R2 (Addition) 2 - R1 R2 (Subtraction) 3 - R1 * R2 (Multiplication) 4 - R1 / R2 (Division) 5 - R1 ^ R2 (Power of) 6 - sqrt(R1)(Square Root) 7 - sin(R1) (Trig Sine) 8 - cos(R1) (Trig Cosine) 9 - tan(R1) (Trig Tangent) 10 - ABS(R1) (Remove sign) 11 - Log(R1) (Logarithm) 12 - 1 / R1 (Reciprocal) 13 - R1 % R2 (Modulo) Bit Operations are executed when the corresponding register in array 11 is read. The registers in array 12 contain operation codes specifying the bit operation to be performed. The registers in arrays 13 and 14 contain the operands of the operations. The result of the bit operation is returned in the corresponding register in array 11. The following bit operation codes are supported:

4)

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page B25

20 21 22 23 24 25 26 30 31 32 33 34 35 -

R1 & R2 (Bitwise AND) R1 | R2 (Bitwise OR) R1 ^ R2 (Bitwise XOR) R1 ~ R2 (Bitwise Complement) R1 << R2 (Bitwise Shift Left) R1 >> R2 (Bitwise Shift Right) R1 = !R2 (Bitwise NOT) (R1 & R2) == 0 (True if Equal to Zero) (R1 & R2) != 0 (True if Not Equal to Zero) (R1 | R2) == 0 (True if Equal to Zero) (R1 | R2) != 0 (True if Not Equal to Zero) (R1 ^ R2) == 0 (True if Equal to Zero) (R1 ^ R2) != 0 (True if Not Equal to Zero)

5)

Compare Operations are executed when the corresponding register in array 15 is read. The registers in array 16 contain operation codes specifying the compare operation to be performed. The registers in arrays 17 and 18 contain the operands of the operations. The result of the compare operation is returned in the corresponding register in array 15. The following compare operation codes are supported: 40 - R1 == R2 (True if Equal) 41 - R1 != R2 (True if Not Equal) 42 - R1 > R2 (True if Greater than) 43 - R1 >= R2 (True if Greater than or equal to) 44 - R1 < R2 (True if Less than) 45 - R1 <= R2 (True if Less than or equal to) 46 - R1 == 0 (True if Equal to zero) 47 - R1 != 0 (True if Not Equal to zero) 48 - R1 > 0 (True if Greater than zero) 49 - R1 < 0 (True if Less than zero) Array Operations are executed when the corresponding register in array 19 is read. The registers in array 20 contain operation codes specifying the array operation to be performed. The registers in arrays 21 and 22 contain the operands of the array operations. The result of the operation is returned in the registers in array 19. The following operation codes are supported: 70 - Array Addition 71 - Array Linear Average 72 - Array Square Root Average 73 - Array Minimum 74 - Array Maximum 80 - Copy Array 81 - Move Array Register 255.0 contains the number of Periodic Operations. It determines the size of arrays 0 through 6 and 23. Register 255.1 contains the number of Math Operations. It determines the size of arrays 7 through 10 and 24. Register 255.2 contains the number of Bit Operations. It determines the size of arrays 11 through 14 and 25. through 18 and 26.

6)

7) 8) 9)

10) Register 255.3 contains the number of Compare Operations. It determines the size of arrays 15 11) Register 255.4 contains the number of Array Operations. It determines the size of arrays 19
through 22 and 27.

12) These registers only exist if 255.5 thru 9 , 11, 13, 15, 17, 19, 21, 23, 25 and 27 are set to a 1 ( or
yes).

Page B26

2103335-001 rev. AA

13) Select Operations are executed when the corresponding register in array 32 is read. The
registers in array 29 contain the value that is used to switch the output between two input values . The registers in arrays 30 and 31 contain the inputs to the operation.. The result of the select operation is returned in the corresponding register in array 32.

14) Lag Operations are executed when the corresponding register in array 36 is read. The registers
in array 34 contain the value that is used as the lag interval . The register in array 35 contains the input to the operation.. The result of the lag operation is returned in the corresponding register in array 36.

15) Lead Operations are executed when the corresponding register in array 40 is read. The registers
in array 38 contain the value that is used as the lead interval . The register in array 39 contains the input to the operation.. The result of the lead operation is returned in the corresponding register in array 40.

16) Queue Operations are executed when the corresponding register in array 46 is read. The
registers in array 42 contain the value that is used as the queue interval . The register in array 45 contains the input to the operation. The register in array 43 specifies the starting register address for the array. The register in array 44 specifies the number of registers in the array. The result of the queue operation is returned in the corresponding register in array 46.

17) Ramp Operations are executed when the corresponding register in array 50 is read. The
registers in array 48 contain the value that is used as the slope. The register in array 39 contains the input to the operation.. The result of the ramp operation is returned in the corresponding register in array 50.

18) Pulse Operations are executed when the corresponding register in array 55 is read. The
registers in array 52 contain the value that is used as the pulse interval . The register in array 53contains the trigger input.. The result of the pulse operation is returned in the corresponding register in array 55.

19) Limit Operations are executed when the corresponding register in array 61 is read. The registers
in array 60 contain the input to the operation. The registers in array 57 are used as the high limit values for the input data. The registers in array 58 are used as the low limit values for the input data. The registers in array 59 specify the value in engineering units per second that the output is allowed to change in response to the input. The result of the limit operation is returned in the corresponding register in array 61.

20) Scale Operations are executed when the corresponding register in array 68 is read. The
registers in array 67 contain the input to the operation. The registers in array 63 are used as the high limit values for the input data. The registers in array 64 are used as the low limit values for the input data. The registers in array 65 are used as the high limit values for the output data. The registers in array 66 are used as the low limit values for the output data. The result of the scale operation is returned in the corresponding register in array 68.

21) PID Operations are executed when the corresponding register in array 78 is read. The registers
in array 70 contain the input to the operation. The registers in array 71 are used as the set points for the operation. The registers in array 72 are used as the dead band values for the set points and the inputs. The registers in array 73 are used as the proportional gain of the operation. The registers in array 74 are used as the integral reset values of the operation. The registers in array 75 are used as the derivative rate of the operation. The registers in array 76 are used for the auto (1) / manual (0) mode of the operation. The registers in array 77 are used for the action ( direct =0, reverse=1) of the operation. The result of the PID operation is returned in the corresponding register in array 78.

22) The value in this register is either a 0 to disable associated descriptors or a 1 to enable the
associated descriptors.

23) Register 255.10 contains the number of Select Operations. It determines the size of arrays.28
thru 32.

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page B27

24) Register 255.12 contains the number of Lag Operations. It determines the size of arrays 33 thru
36.

25) Register 255.14 contains the number of Lead Operations. It determines the size of arrays 37 thru
40.

26) Register 255.16 contains the number of Queue Operations. It determines the size of arrays 41
thru 46.

27) Register 255.18 contains the number of Ramp Operations. It determines the size of arrays 47
thru 50.

28) Register 255.20 contains the number of Pulse Operations. It determines the size of arrays 51
thru 55.

29) Register 255.22 contains the number of Limit Operations. It determines the size of the arrays 56
thru 61.

30) Register 255.24 contains the number of Scale Operations. It determines the size of the arrays 62
thru 68.

31) Register 255.26 contains the number of PID Operations. It determines the size of the arrays 69
thru 78.

Page B28

2103335-001 rev. AA

B.7

Communications Application Registers


Format for register list is app#.array#.register#. The Communications application can be instantiated in any application slot.

REGISTER 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 0.10 0.11 0.12 0.13 0.14 0.15 0.16 0.17 0.18 0.19 0.20 0.21 0.22 0.23 0.24 0.25 0.40 0.50 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3

DESCRIPTION Port Flags Reset/Initialize Flags Interface Type (RS-232/485/422) Baud Rate Number of Data Bits Parity Number of Stop Bits Protocol Link Establishment Interval Wait for download timeout(seconds) Scheduler Mode Exception Retry Limit MODBUS Slave Address MODBUS Register Format Host Retry Limit Communications Task Priority Switched V-Batt Enable Pager On/Off Trailing Pad Characters Modem Mode (ASCII/BINARY) Packet Trace Enable Interface On/Off ISR Thread Priority Port Type Port Open Keep Port Open Flag Modbus Host Scan Enabled Port Name

TYPE Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte

ACCESS Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write

NOTE 1 2 3 4 5 6 19 8

10

12

13

20

Power-Up Delay (Milli-Seconds) Transmit Key Delay (Milli-Seconds) Transmit Unkey Delay (ms) Timeout (Milli-Seconds)

Uint16 Uint16 Uint16 Uint16

Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page B29

REGISTER 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 1.10 1.11 2.0 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8 2.9 2.10 2.11 2.12 2.13 2.14 3.0 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 4.0 5.0 5.1-(X) 6.1-(X)

DESCRIPTION Modem Inactivity Timeout(Minutes) Modem Connect Timeout(Seconds) Modem Disconnect Timeout(Seconds) MODBUS Group (Assigned) MODBUS Group (Current) TCP Port (Socket) Response Delay (Before Raising RTS) Record Number Schedule Start Time Schedule Stop Time Schedule Cycle Interval Schedule Duration Number of Polls Number of Errors Number of Fall Behinds Number of Initializations Modbus Host Poll Loop Time Modbus Host Poll Loop Min Time Modbus Host Poll Loop Max Time Number of Interrupts Number of Received Characters Number of Transmitted Characters Port Status Modbus Directory Modem Dial String Modem Initialization String Serial Comm Port Name TCP/IP Address PassThru Second Port Request/Response Timing DO Number of supported protocols Protocol Enumerations Protocol Descriptions

TYPE Uint16 Uint16 Uint16 Uint16 Uint16 Uint16 Uint16 Uint16 Uint32 Uint32 Uint32 Uint32 Uint32 Uint32 Uint32 Uint32 Uint32 Uint32 Uint32 Uint32 Uint32 Uint32 Uint32 String String String String String String Register Byte Byte String

ACCESS Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read Only Read Only Read Only

NOTE

14 14

15 15 15 15 16 16 16 16

17

19 19 19 19

Page B30

2103335-001 rev. AA

B.7.1 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8) 9) 10) 11)

Communication Application Register Notes

Use only as directed by Totalflow support. 0 = RS-232, 1 = RS-485, 2 = RS-422, 64 = Modem. 0 = 1200, 1 = 2400, 2 = 4800, 3 = 9600, 4 = 19200, 5 = 38400, 6 = 57600, 7 = 115200. Only 5, 7, or 8 Data bits supported. 0 = None, 1 = Even, 2 = Odd. 1 or 2 Stop Bits. 0 = COM0 , 1 = COM1 , 2 = COM2, -1 = None 0 = 4 seconds, 1 = 2 seconds, 2 = 1 seconds, 3 = Always On. 1 = Time of Day, 2 = Time of Day/Cycle 0 = 32 Bit Totalflow, 64 = 32 Bit, 65 = 16 Bit Word Swapped, 66 = 16 Bit Modicon, 68 = 16 Bit ROS Modulo 10000

12) Use only as directed by Totalflow support. 13) Used by many host protocols (MODBUS Host, ADP Host, ETS Host) Appends NULL
characters to transmitted packets.

14) Prints packets received/transmitted, not supported by all protocols. To print packets on COM0:
x.0.19=1, to print on COM1: x.0.19=2, to print on COM3: x.0.19=3. To disable packet dump, x.0.19=0.

15) Because of the addressing limitations of MODBUS, some SCADA systems assign devices to
groups. To use this feature, configure the devices group by setting x.1.7. The SCADA host broadcast writes the current group to x.1.8. Only devices assigned to the current group respond to their slave address.

16) Communications Schedule is used to conserve power during times of inactivity. 17) Not all protocols maintain communications statistics. 18) Some protocols scan a directory for request blocks or register maps. If you wish to share a
register map across ports, change the protocol directory to point to a common directory.

19) By assigning this register to a digital output, an oscilloscope can be used to measure protocol
request/response timing. When using multiple XMVs on a common bus, this can be used to verify each device is reliably being scanned once a second (API 21.1 compliance).

20) All FLASH images do not contain all protocols. Register x.5.0 contains the number of protocols
in the FLASH image. Registers x.5.1 through x.5.(x.5.0) contains the protocol type codes each protocol in the FLASH image. Registers x.6.1 through x.6.(x.5.0) contain the text descriptions for each protocol in the FLASH image. Protocol No Protocol TFLocal TFRemote Terminal Modbus Slave ASCII Modbus Slave RTU Modbus Host ASCII Enumeration 255 0 2 3 1 5 8 Description No protocol used Typical MMI/Serial connection Remote Protocol Used by radios or secondary Serial Port on Board General Terminal mode used by serial devices Modbus Slave for ASCII encoding Modbus Slave for RTU encoding Modbus Host for ASCII encoding

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page B31

Protocol Modbus Host RTU Tank Gauge Totalflow TCP Modbus TCP Client Modbus TCP Server Totalflow BlueTooth PassThru Alicat

Enumeration 9 7 10 11 12 13 51 52

Description Modbus Host for RTU encoding Protocol used for LevelMaster General Totalflow Ethernet protocol Protocol for TCP Modbus Response client Protocol for TCP Modbus Request Server BlueTooth Protocol for the Totalflow device Enable Port signal pass through

21) Port Type is referenced as TCP/IP=1 or Serial=0

B.8

Safety Controller Application Registers


B.8.1 Array Types
Type String Unsigned byte Register Address Boolean Floating point Unsigned long Unsigned byte Unsigned byte Register Address String Floating Point Floating Point Floating Point Boolean Boolean Boolean Unsigned Integer Unsigned Integer Register Address String Size 25 char 8 bits 32 bits 8 bits 32 bits 32 bits 8 bits 8 bits 32 bits 25 char 32 bits 32 bits 32 bits 8 bits 8 bits 8 bits 16 bits 16 bits 32 bits 25 char Description See individual register descriptions See individual register descriptions See individual register descriptions See individual register descriptions See individual register descriptions See individual register descriptions Fail Reason[x] Fail Reason Index[x] AI Address [x] AI Name[x] AI Value[x] AI High Limit[x] AI Low Limit[x] AI High Alarm[x] AI Low Alarm[x] AI Reset Holdoff [x] AI Time Limit[x] AI Timer [x] DI Address [x] DI Name[x] 1,6 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2,10 2 2 3 3 Note

Ary.Reg 0.x 1.x 2.x 3.x 4.x 5.x 6.x 7.x 10.0-x 11.0-x 12.0-x 13.0-x 14.0-x 15.0-x 16.0-x 17.0-x 18.0-x 19.0-x 20.0-x 21.0-x

Page B32

2103335-001 rev. AA

Ary.Reg 22.0-x 23.0-x 24.0-x 25.0-x 30.0-x 31.0-x 32.0-x 33.0-x 34.0-x 35.0-x 36.0-x 37.0-x 38.0-x 39.0-x

Type Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Unsigned byte Unsigned byte Unsigned byte Boolean Boolean Boolean Register Address Register Address Register Address Register Address

Size 8 bits 8 bits 8 bits 8 bits 8 bits 8 bits 8 bits 8 bits 8 bits 8 bits 32 bits 32 bits 32 bits 32 bits

Description DI Value[x] DI Polarity[x] DI Alarm[x] DI Reset Holdoff[x] Well[x] Application Number (Plunger) Well[x] State (0-6) Well[x] Status (Enable) Well [x] Option Shutdown Well [x] Option Schedule Well [x] Adr State Well [x] Adr Status Well [x] Adr Hold DO Well [x] Adr Fail Reason DO Well [x] Adr Reset DO

Note 3 3,9 3 3,10 4 4,7 4,8 4,10 4,10 4 4, 5 4, 5 4, 5 4, 5

B.8.2

General Registers

B.8.2.1 String registers (x.0.x) 25 characters Ary.Reg 0.0 0.1 0.2 Description Program Name Program Revision State String Usage R/W: Read: Read: Note

B.8.2.2 Byte Registers (x.1.x) 8 bits Ary.Reg 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 1.10 Description n/u Option Safety Clear Log AI Size DI Size Well Size Manual Timer Manual Limit (secs) Option Well Schedule Well Open - Max Well Open Current Usage R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: Read: R/W: R/W: R/W R/W 10 8 10 Note

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page B33

Ary.Reg 1.11 1.12

Description Well Schedule Algorithim Well Next to Open ( or last opened)

Usage R/W R/W

Note 11

B.8.2.3 Register Addresss (x.2.x) 32 bits Ary.Reg 2.0 2.1 2.2 2.3 Description Safety Reset Button Power Monitor AI Shutdown Status: DO Remote Shutdown DI Usage R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: Note

B.8.2.4 Boolean registers (x.3.x) 8 bits Ary.Reg 3.0 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6 3.7 Description Safety State Reset Safety State Safety Reset Button Cal Hold Power Low Alarm Power High Alarm Safety State Output Remote Shutdown Value Usage Read: Read: R/W: Read: Read: Read: Read: R/W: Note

B.8.2.5 Floating Point Registers (x.4.x) Ary.Reg 4.0 4.1 4.2 Description Power Value Power Low Setpoint Power High Setpoint Usage R/W: R/W: R/W: Note

B.8.2.6 Ulong (x.5.x) 32 bits Ary.Reg 5.0-9 5.10 5.11 5.12 5.13 5.14 Description Fail Timestamp[1-10] Reset Timer Reset Limit Reset Timestamp Well Open Delay - Timer Well Open Delay - Limit Usage Read: Read R/W Read: Read: R/W Note

B.8.3 1)

Safety Controller Register Notes

Array size 10 x=0-(size-1)

Page B34

2103335-001 rev. AA

2) 3) 4) 5) 6)

Array size varies with AI count x=0-(size-1) Array size varies with DI count x=0-(size-1) Array size varies with Well count x=0-(size-1) Value will automaticaly be set by set Application number(30.x) Fail Reason: None Plunger Failed to Arrive Power Low DI x AI x LOW AI x HIGH REMOTE DISABLE RESET 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

7)

Plunger State: FAIL Closing Valve Valve Closed Plunger Arriving Blow Valve PlungerArrived AfterFlow 0 1 2 3 4 5 6

8)

Enable: Disabled Manual Enabled 0 1 2

9)

Polarity: Low Alarm High Alarm 0 1

10) Option:
Disabled Enabled 0 1

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page B35

11) Algorithim:
Priority Round Robin 0 1

B.9

TFIO Module Application Registers


Format for register list is app#.array#.register#. The IO interface is instantiated in the I/O interface application slot.

REGISTER 0.100 0.101 0.104 0.105 0.108 0.109 0.112 0.113 0.116 0.117 0.120 0.121 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 1.10 1.11 1.12 1.13 1.14 1.15

DESCRIPTION Current Pulse Count 1 Current Pulse Count 2 Previous Pulse Count 1 Previous Pulse Count 2 Total Pulse Count 1 Total Pulse Count 2 Pulse Output 1 Frequency Pulse Output 2 Frequency Pulse Output 1 Width Pulse Output 2 Width Raw Pulse Counter 1 Raw Pulse Counter 2 Dp Cal Flags Ap Cal Flags RTD Cal Flags AI1 Cal Flags AI2 Cal Flags Aix Cal Flags Statistics Filter Bias Ground and VREF Sample Count Temp Sample Count Pressure Sample Count Ground and VREF Limit Count Temp Limit Count Pressure Limit Count DP Thermal Recalc Threshold SP Thermal Recalc Threshold DP Hardware Revision

TYPE UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt16 UInt16 UInt16 UInt16 UInt16 UInt16 UInt16 UInt16 UInt16 UInt16 UInt16 UInt16 UInt16 UInt16 UInt16 UInt16

ACCESS Read Read Read Read Read Read Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read/Write Read/Write Read

NOTE

Page B36

2103335-001 rev. AA

REGISTER 1.16 1.17 2.0 2.1 2.4 2.5 2.8 2.11 2.12 2.13 2.14 2.15 2.16 2.17 2.18 2.65535 3.0 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6 3.7 3.8 3.9 3.10 3.11 3.12 3.13 3.14 3.15 3.16 3.17 4.0

DESCRIPTION SP Hardware Revision Hardware Init Result DI 1 State DI 2 State DO 1 State DO 2 State Switched VBatt LCD Power Low Lithium Security Switch Local Connection Input 1 Debounce Input 2 Debounce Thread Priority IIC Scan Enabled Prom Write Enabled DP Live Value SP Live Value RTD Live Value AI 1 Live Value AI 2 Live Value Battery Voltage Charger Voltage DP Ground SP Ground Main Ground DP Temp SP temp RTD Temp DP vref SP vref RTD vref RTD Ground Map AIS DP Live Value

TYPE UInt16 UInt16 Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float

ACCESS Read Read Read Read Read/Write Read/Write Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read/Write Read/Write Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read

NOTE

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page B37

REGISTER 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 5.0 5.1 5.2 5.3 5.4 5.5 5.6 5.14 5.15 5.16 5.17 5.18 5.19 5.20 5.21 5.22 5.30 5.31 5.32 5.33 5.34 5.35 5.36 5.37 5.38 5.48 5.49 5.50 5.51 5.52 5.53

DESCRIPTION SP Live Value RTD Live Value AI 1 Live Value AI 2 Live Value DP Zero Transducer Value DP 0% User Value DP 25% User Value DP 50% User Value DP 75% User Value DP 100% User Value DP Bias User Value DP Abort Cal DP Finish Cal SP Zero Transducer Value SP 0% User Value SP 25% User Value SP 50% User Value SP 75% User Value SP 100% User Value SP Bias User Value SP Abort Cal SP Finish Cal RTD Zero Transducer Value RTD 0% User Value RTD 25% User Value RTD 50% User Value RTD 75% User Value RTD 100% User Value RTD Bias User Value AI 1 Zero Transducer Value AI 1 0% User Value AI 1 25% User Value AI 1 50% User Value AI 1 75% User Value AI 1 100% User Value

TYPE Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float

ACCESS Read Read Read Read Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write

NOTE

Page B38

2103335-001 rev. AA

REGISTER 5.54 5.62 5.63 5.64 5.65 5.66 5.67 5.68 5.69 5.70 5.78 5.79 7.0 7.1 7.2 7.3 7.4 7.5 7.6 7.7 7.8 7.9 7.10 7.11 7.12 7.13 7.14 7.15 7.16 9.0 9.1 9.2 9.3 9.4 9.5

DESCRIPTION AI 1 Bias User Value AI 1 Abort Cal AI 1 Finish Cal AI 2 Zero Transducer Value AI 2 0% User Value AI 2 25% User Value AI 2 50% User Value AI 2 75% User Value AI 2 100% User Value AI 2 Bias User Value AI 2 Abort Cal AI 2 Finish Cal DP Raw Count SP Raw Count RTD Raw Count AI1 Raw Count AI2 Raw Count Battery Raw Count Charger Raw Count DP Ground Raw Count SP Ground Raw Count Main Ground Raw Count DP Temp Raw Count SP Temp Raw Count RTD Temp Raw Count DP Reference Raw Count SP Reference Raw Count RTD Reference Raw Count RTD Ground Raw Count DP Status Flag SP Status Flag RTD Status Flag AI1 Status Flag AI2 Status Flag Battery Status Flag

TYPE Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte

ACCESS Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read

NOTE

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page B39

REGISTER 9.6 9.7 9.8 9.9 9.10 9.11 9.12 9.13 9.14 9.15 9.16 9.17 9.18 9.19 9.20 9.21 9.22 9.23 9.24 9.25 9.26 9.27 9.28 9.29 9.30 9.31 9.32 9.33 9.34 9.35 9.36 9.37 9.38 9.39 9.40

DESCRIPTION Charger Status Flag DP Ground Status Flag SP Ground Status Flag Main Ground Status Flag Dp Temp Status Flag Sp Temp Status Flag RTD Status Flag DP Reference Status Flag SP Reference Status Flag RTD Reference Status Flag RTD Ground Status Flag DP Force Calc Flags SP Force Calc Flags DP Hold Calc Flags SP HOLD Calc Flags DP Temp Stability Statistics Enable DP Stability Statistics Enable SP Temp Stability Statistics Enable SP Stability Statistics Enable Battery Stability Statistics Enable Charger Stability Statistics Enable AI1 Stability Statistics Enable AI2 Stability Statistics Enable RTD Stability Statistics Enable DP Cal Low Point Flag DP Cal Mid Point Flag DP Cal High Point Flag DP Cal Mid Low Point Flag DP Cal Mid High Point Flag DP Cal Zero Point Flag DP Field Cal Flag DP Factory Cal Flag SP Cal Low Point Flag SP Cal Mid Point Flag SP Cal High Point Flag

TYPE Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte

ACCESS Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read

NOTE

Page B40

2103335-001 rev. AA

REGISTER 9.41 9.42 9.43 9.44 9.45 9.47 9.48 9.49 9.50 9.51 9.52 9.53 9.54 9.55 9.56 9.57 9.58 9.59 9.60 9.61 9.62 10.48 10.49 10.50 10.51 10.52 10.53 10.54 10.55 10.56 11.0 11.1 11.2 255.0 255.1

DESCRIPTION SP Cal Mid Low Point Flag SP Cal Mid High Point Flag SP Cal Zero Point Flag SP Field Cal Flag SP Factory Cal Flag AI1 Cal Low Point Flag AI1 Cal Mid Point Flag AI1 Cal High Point Flag AI1 Cal Mid Low Point Flag AI1 Cal Mid High Point Flag AI1 Cal Zero Point Flag AI1 Field Cal Flag AI1 Factory Cal Flag AI2 Cal Low Point Flag AI2 Cal Mid Point Flag AI2 Cal High Point Flag AI2 Cal Mid Low Point Flag AI2 Cal Mid High Point Flag AI2 Cal Zero Point Flag AI2 Field Cal Flag AI2 Factory Cal Flag Scans Started Scans Finished A/D Transfers A/D Interrupts Interrupt Timeouts A/D Start Failures Previous Scan Interval Minimum Scan Interval Maximum Scan Interval Part Number Serial Number Ethernet MAC Address Number of Modules Number of VC Modules

TYPE Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 String String String UInt32 UInt32

ACCESS Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read Read

NOTE

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page B41

REGISTER 255.2 255.3 255.4 255.5 254.0-X

DESCRIPTION Number of AO Modules Number of AI Modules Number of DI Modules Number of TI Modules Module Type

TYPE UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 String

ACCESS Read Read Read Read Read

NOTE

B.9.1

Valve Control Module (2100412)


Register array number is based on the bus address of the module: Address: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 UInt32 Array Number 192 194 196 198 200 202 204 206 Float Array Number 193 195 197 199 201 203 205 207 TYPE UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 ACCESS Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 NOTE

REGISTER 192.0 192.1 192.2 192.3 192.4 192.5 192.6 192.7 192.8 192.9 192.10 192.11 192.12 192.13 192.14

DESCRIPTION 1 Module Cal Flags 1 Module DI1 Current State 1st Module DI2 Current State 1 Module DI3 Current State 1 Module DI4 Current State 1st Module DI5 Current State 1 Module DI6 Current State 1st Module DI1 Active State 1 Module DI2 Active State 1 Module DI3 Active State 1st Module DI4 Active State 1 Module DI5 Active State 1 Module DI6 Active State 1st Module DO1 Current State 1 Module DO2 Current State
st st st st st st st st st st

Page B42

2103335-001 rev. AA

REGISTER 192.15 192.16 192.17 192.18 192.19 192.20 192.21 192.22 192.23 192.24 192.25 192.26 192.27 192.28 192.29 192.30 192.31 192.32 192.33 192.34 192.35 192.36 192.37 192.38 192.39 192.40 192.41 192.42 192.43 192.44 192.45 192.46 192.47 192.48 192.49

DESCRIPTION 1 Module DO3 Current State 1 Module DO4 Current State 1 Module DO5 Current State 1st Module DO6 Current State 1 Module DO7 Current State 1 Module DO8 Current State 1st Module DO1 Active State 1 Module DO2 Active State 1st Module DO3 Active State 1 Module DO4 Active State 1 Module DO5 Active State 1st Module DO6 Active State 1 Module DO7 Active State 1 Module DO8 Active State 1st Module DO1 Forced State 1 Module DO2 Forced State 1st Module DO3 Forced State 1 Module DO4 Forced State 1 Module DO5 Forced State 1st Module DO6 Forced State 1 Module DO7 Forced State 1 Module DO8 Forced State 1st Module DO1 Override Assignment 1 Module DO2 Override Assignment 1st Module DO3 Override Assignment 1 Module DO4 Override Assignment 1 Module DO5 Override Assignment 1st Module DO6 Override Assignment 1 Module DO7 Override Assignment 1 Module DO8 Override Assignment 1st Module DO1 Activation Time 1 Module DO2 Activation Time 1st Module DO3 Activation Time 1 Module DO4 Activation Time 1 Module DO5 Activation Time
st st st st st st st st st st st st st st st st st st st st st st st

TYPE UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32

ACCESS Read Read Read Read Read Read Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write

NOTE 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page B43

REGISTER 192.50 192.51 192.52 192.53 192.54 192.55 192.56 192.57 192.58 192.59 192.60 192.61 192.62 192.63 192.64 192.65 192.66 192.67 192.68 192.69 192.70

DESCRIPTION 1 Module DO6 Activation Time 1 Module DO7 Activation Time 1 Module DO8 Activation Time 1st Module DO1 Inactive Wait 1 Module DO2 Inactive Wait 1st Module DO3 Inactive Wait 1 Module DO4 Inactive Wait 1st Module DO5 Inactive Wait 1 Module DO6 Inactive Wait 1 Module DO7 Inactive Wait 1st Module DO8 Inactive Wait 1 Module DO1 Residual Time 1 Module DO2 Residual Time 1st Module DO3 Residual Time 1 Module DO4 Residual Time 1st Module DO5 Residual Time 1 Module DO6 Residual Time 1 Module DO7 Residual Time 1st Module DO8 Residual Time 1 Module Analog Output Counts
st st st st st st st st st st st st st

TYPE UInt32 UInt32 UInt32

ACCESS Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write

NOTE

UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32

Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read ACCES S Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read

REGISTER 193.0 193.1 193.16 193.17 193.18 193.19 193.20 193.21 193.22

DESCRIPTION 1st Module % of Full Scale 1st Module Scaled User Value 1 Module AO Output Binary 1 Module Input Current Meter Reading at 0 1st Module User Units at 4ma 1 Module Output Binary Code 1 Module Current Meter Reading at Full Scale 1st Module Input Units for 20ma 1 Module Value added to set before scaling
st st st st st

TYPE Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float

NOTE

Page B44

2103335-001 rev. AA

REGISTER 193.23 193.30 193.31 193.32 193.33 193.34 193.35 193.36

DESCRIPTION 1st Module Power-up value 1 Module Abort Calibration 1 Module After Cal Output 1st Module Cal Result Offset 1 Module Cal Result Slope 1 Module Cal Result User Offset 1st Module Cal Result User Slope 1 Module Cal Result Bias
st st st st st

TYPE Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float

ACCES S Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read

NOTE

B.9.2

Analog Output Module (2100415)


Register array number is based on the bus address of the module: Address: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 UInt32 Array Number 80 82 84 86 88 90 92 94 Float Array Number 81 83 85 87 89 91 93 95 TYPE UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 TYPE Float Float ACCESS Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read ACCESS Read/Write Read/Write NOTE NOTE

REGISTER 80.0 80.1 80.2 80.3 80.4 80.5 80.6 80.7 REGISTER 81.0 81.1

DESCRIPTION 1 Module AO1 Cal Stat Byte 1 Module AO2 Cal Stat Byte 1st Module AO3 Cal Stat Byte 1 Module AO4 Cal Stat Byte 1st Module AO1 DAC in/out 1 Module AO2 DAC in/out 1 Module AO3 DAC in/out 1st Module AO4 DAC in/out DESCRIPTION 1 Module AO 1 % Full Scale 1 Module AO 2 % Full Scale
st st st st st st st

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page B45

REGISTER 81.2 81.3 81.4 81.5 81.6 81.7 81.16 81.17 81.18 81.19 81.20 81.21 81.22 81.23 81.30 81.31 81.32 81.33 81.34 81.35 81.36 81.37 81.38 81.39 81.46 81.47 81.48 81.49 81.50 81.51 81.52 81.53 81.54 81.55 81.62

DESCRIPTION 1 Module AO 3 % Full Scale 1 Module AO 4 % Full Scale 1 Module AO 1 User Scaled Value 1st Module AO 2 User Scaled Value 1 Module AO 3 User Scaled Value 1 Module AO 4 User Scaled Value 1st Module AO 1 Output for Offsets 1 Module AO 1 Input at Zero 1st Module AO 1 Input Units for 4ma 1 Module AO 1Output for Fullscale 1 Module AO 1 Input at Fullscale 1st Module AO 1 Input Units for 20ma 1 Module AO 1 Value added to set 1 Module AO 1 PowerOn Value 1st Module AO 1 Abort Cal 1 Module AO 1 After Cal Output 1st Module AO 2 Output for Offsets 1 Module AO 2 Input at Zero 1 Module AO 2 Input Units for 4ma 1st Module AO 21Output for Fullscale 1 Module AO 2 Input at Fullscale 1 Module AO 2 Input Units for 20ma 1st Module AO 2 Value added to set 1 Module AO 2 PowerOn Value 1st Module AO 2 Abort Cal 1 Module AO 2 After Cal Output 1 Module AO 3 Output for Offsets 1st Module AO 3 Input at Zero 1 Module AO 3 Input Units for 4ma 1 Module AO 31Output for Fullscale 1st Module AO 3 Input at Fullscale 1 Module AO 3 Input Units for 20ma 1st Module AO 3 Value added to set 1 Module AO 3 PowerOn Value 1 Module AO 3 Abort Cal
st st st st st st st st st st st st st st st st st st st st st st st

TYPE Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float

ACCESS Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write

NOTE

Page B46

2103335-001 rev. AA

REGISTER 81.63 81.64 81.65 81.66 81.67 81.68 81.69 81.70 81.71 81.78 81.79 81.80 81.81 81.82 81.83 81.84 81.85 81.86 81.87 81.88 81.89 81.90 81.91 81.92 81.93 81.94 81.95 81.96 81.97 81.98

DESCRIPTION 1 Module AO 3 After Cal Output 1 Module AO 4 Output for Offsets 1 Module AO 4 Input at Zero 1st Module AO 4 Input Units for 4ma 1 Module AO 41Output for Fullscale 1 Module AO 4 Input at Fullscale 1st Module AO 4 Input Units for 20ma 1 Module AO 4 Value added to set 1st Module AO 4 PowerOn Value 1 Module AO 4 Abort Cal 1 Module AO 4 After Cal Output 1st Module AO 1 Cal Results Offset 1 Module AO 1 Cal Results Slope 1 Module AO 1 Cal Results Scaled Offset 1st Module AO 1 Cal Results Scaled Slope 1st Module AO 1 Cal Results Bias 1st Module AO 2 Cal Results Offset 1 Module AO 2 Cal Results Slope 1 Module AO 2 Cal Results Scaled Offset 1st Module AO 2 Cal Results Scaled Slope 1st Module AO 2 Cal Results Bias 1 Module AO 3 Cal Results Offset 1st Module AO 3 Cal Results Slope 1 Module AO 3 Cal Results Scaled Offset 1st Module AO 3 Cal Results Scaled Slope 1st Module AO 3 Cal Results Bias 1 Module AO 4 Cal Results Offset 1st Module AO 4 Cal Results Slope 1 Module AO 4 Cal Results Scaled Offset 1st Module AO 4 Cal Results Scaled
st st st st st st st st st st st st st st st st

TYPE Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float

ACCESS Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write

NOTE

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page B47

REGISTER 81.99

DESCRIPTION Slope 1st Module AO 4 Cal Results Bias

TYPE Float

ACCESS Read/Write

NOTE

B.9.3

Analog Input Module Registers (2100418)


Register array number is based on the bus address of the module: Address: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 UInt32 Array Number 112 114 116 118 120 122 124 126 Float Array Number 113 115 117 119 121 123 125 127

REGISTER 112.0 112.1 112.2 112.3 112.4 112.5 112.6 112.7 112.8 112.9 112.10 112.11 112.12 112.13 112.14 112.15 112.16 112.17 112.18

DESCRIPTION 1 Module AI 1 Cal Flags 1 Module AI 2 Cal Flags 1st Module AI 3 Cal Flags 1 Module AI 4 Cal Flags 1st Module AI 5 Cal Flags 1 Module AI 6 Cal Flags 1 Module AI 7 Cal Flags 1st Module AI 8 Cal Flags 1 Module AI 1 Raw A/D Value 1 Module AI 2 Raw A/D Value 1st Module AI 3 Raw A/D Value 1 Module AI 4 Raw A/D Value 1st Module AI 5 Raw A/D Value 1 Module AI 6 Raw A/D Value 1 Module AI 7 Raw A/D Value 1st Module AI 8 Raw A/D Value 1 Module AI 1 Input 1 Module AI 2 Input 1st Module AI 3 Input
st st st st st st st st st st st st

TYPE UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32

ACCESS Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write

NOTE

3 3 3

Page B48

2103335-001 rev. AA

REGISTER 112.19 112.20 112.21 112.22 112.23 112.24 112.25 112.26 112.27 112.28 112.29 112.30 112.31 REGISTER 113.0 113.1 113.2 113.3 113.4 113.5 113.6 113.7 113.16 113.17 113.18 113.19 113.20 113.21 113.31 113.32 113.33 113.34 113.35 113.36

DESCRIPTION 1 Module AI 4 Input 1 Module AI 5 Input 1 Module AI 6 Input 1st Module AI 7 Input 1 Module AI 8 Input 1 Module AI 1 Filter 1st Module AI 2 Filter 1 Module AI 3 Filter 1st Module AI 4 Filter 1 Module AI 5 Filter 1 Module AI 6 Filter 1st Module AI 7 Filter 1 Module AI 8 Filter DESCRIPTION 1 Module AI 1 Scaled Value 1st Module AI 2 Scaled Value 1 Module AI 3 Scaled Value 1 Module AI 4 Scaled Value 1st Module AI 5 Scaled Value 1 Module AI 6 Scaled Value 1 Module AI 7 Scaled Value 1st Module AI 8 Scaled Value 1 Module AI 1 Cal Zero 1st Module AI 1 Cal Point One 1 Module AI 1 Cal Point Two 1 Module AI 1 Cal Point Three 1st Module AI 1 Cal Point Four 1 Module AI 1 Cal Point Five 1 Module AI 1 Cal Done 1st Module AI 2 Cal Zero 1 Module AI 2 Cal Point One 1st Module AI 2 Cal Point Two 1 Module AI 2 Cal Point Three 1 Module AI 2 Cal Point Four
st st st st st st st st st st st st st st st st st st st st st st

TYPE UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 TYPE Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float

ACCESS Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write ACCESS Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write

NOTE 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 NOTE

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page B49

REGISTER 113.37 113.47 113.48 113.49 113.50 113.51 113.52 113.53 113.63 113.64 113.65 113.66 113.67 113.68 113.69 113.79 113.80 113.81 113.82 113.83 113.84 113.85 113.95 113.96 113.97 113.98 113.99 113.100 113.101 113.111 113.112 113.113 113.114 113.115 113.116

DESCRIPTION 1 Module AI 2 Cal Point Five 1 Module AI 2 Cal Done 1 Module AI 3 Cal Zero 1st Module AI 3 Cal Point One 1 Module AI 3 Cal Point Two 1 Module AI 3 Cal Point Three 1st Module AI 3 Cal Point Four 1 Module AI 3 Cal Point Five 1st Module AI 3 Cal Done 1 Module AI 4 Cal Zero 1 Module AI 4 Cal Point One 1st Module AI 4 Cal Point Two 1 Module AI 4 Cal Point Three 1 Module AI 4 Cal Point Four 1st Module AI 4 Cal Point Five 1 Module AI 4 Cal Done 1st Module AI 5 Cal Zero 1st Module AI 5 Cal Point One 1st Module AI 5 Cal Point Two 1st Module AI 5 Cal Point Three 1st Module AI 5 Cal Point Four 1st Module AI 5 Cal Point Five 1st Module AI 5 Cal Done 1st Module AI 6 Cal Zero 1st Module AI 6 Cal Point One 1st Module AI 6 Cal Point Two 1st Module AI 6 Cal Point Three 1st Module AI 6 Cal Point Four 1st Module AI 6 Cal Point Five 1st Module AI 6 Cal Done 1st Module AI 7 Cal Zero 1st Module AI 7 Cal Point One 1st Module AI 7 Cal Point Two 1st Module AI 7 Cal Point Three 1st Module AI 7 Cal Point Four
st st st st st st st st st st st

TYPE Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float

ACCESS Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write

NOTE

Page B50

2103335-001 rev. AA

REGISTER 113.117 113.127 113.128 113.129 113.130 113.131 113.132 113.133 113.143

DESCRIPTION 1st Module AI 7 Cal Point Five 1st Module AI 7 Cal Done 1st Module AI 8 Cal Zero 1st Module AI 8 Cal Point One 1st Module AI 8 Cal Point Two 1st Module AI 8 Cal Point Three 1st Module AI 8 Cal Point Four 1st Module AI 8 Cal Point Five 1st Module AI 8 Cal Done

TYPE Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float

ACCESS Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write

NOTE

B.9.4

Combo Digital Module (2100543)


Register array number is based on the bus address of the module: Address: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Float Array Number 64 66 68 70 72 74 76 78 UInt32 Array Number 65 67 69 71 73 75 77 79

REGISTER 64.0 64.1 64.2 64.3 64.4 64.5 64.6 64.7 64.8 64.9 64.10

DESCRIPTION 1 Module Digital Input 1 1 Module Digital Input 2 1st Module Digital Input 3 1 Module Digital Input 4 1 Module Digital Input 5 1st Module Digital Input 6 1 Module Digital Input 7 1st Module Digital Input 8 1 Module Digital Output 1 1 Module Digital Output 2 1st Module Digital Output 3
st st st st st st st

TYPE Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float

ACCESS Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read

NOTE

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page B51

REGISTER 64.11 64.12 64.13 64.14 64.15 64.16 64.17 64.18 64.19 64.20 64.21 64.22 64.23 REGISTER 65.0 65.1 65.2 65.3 65.4 65.5 65.6 65.7 65.8 65.9 65.10 65.11 65.12 65.13 65.14 65.15 65.16 65.17 65.18 65.19

DESCRIPTION 1 Module Digital Output 4 1 Module Digital Output 5 1 Module Digital Output 6 1st Module Digital Output 7 1 Module Digital Output 8 1 Module Output Polarity 1 1st Module Output Polarity 2 1 Module Output Polarity 3 1st Module Output Polarity 4 1 Module Output Polarity 5 1 Module Output Polarity 6 1st Module Output Polarity 7 1 Module Output Polarity 8 DESCRIPTION 1 Module Pulse Input 1 1st Module Pulse Input 2 1 Module Pulse Input 3 1 Module Pulse Input 4 1st Module Pulse Input 5 1 Module Pulse Input 6 1 Module Pulse Input 7 1st Module Pulse Input 8 1 Module Previous Pulse 1 1st Module Previous Pulse 2 1 Module Previous Pulse 3 1 Module Previous Pulse 4 1st Module Previous Pulse 5 1 Module Previous Pulse 6 1 Module Previous Pulse 7 1st Module Previous Pulse 8 1 Module Total Pulse Count 1 1st Module Total Pulse Count 2 1 Module Total Pulse Count 3 1 Module Total Pulse Count 4
st st st st st st st st st st st st st st st st st st st st st st

TYPE Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float TYPE UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32

ACCESS Read Read Read Read Read Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write ACCESS Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read

NOTE

NOTE

Page B52

2103335-001 rev. AA

REGISTER 65.20 65.21 65.22 65.23 65.24 65.25 65.26 65.27 65.28 65.29 65.30 65.31

DESCRIPTION 1 Module Total Pulse Count 5 1 Module Total Pulse Count 6 1 Module Total Pulse Count 7 1st Module Total Pulse Count 8 1 Module Raw Pulse Count 1 1 Module Raw Pulse Count 2 1st Module Raw Pulse Count 3 1 Module Raw Pulse Count 4 1st Module Raw Pulse Count 5 1 Module Raw Pulse Count 6 1 Module Raw Pulse Count 7 1st Module Raw Pulse Count 8
st st st st st st st st

TYPE UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32

ACCESS Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read

NOTE

B.9.5

4-Point Thermocouple Input Module (2100869)


Register array number is based on the bus address of the module: Address: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 UInt32 Array Number 128 130 132 134 136 138 140 142 Float Array Number 129 131 133 135 137 139 141 143 TYPE UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 ACCESS Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read NOTE

REGISTER 128.0 128.1 128.2 128.3 128.4 128.5 128.6 128.7

DESCRIPTION 1 Module J1 ThermalCouple ADC 1 Module J2 ThermalCouple ADC 1 Module J3 ThermalCouple ADC 1st Module J4 ThermalCouple ADC 1 Module J1 Junction Ref ADC 1 Module J2 Junction Ref ADC 1st Module J3 Junction Ref ADC 1 Module J4 Junction Ref ADC
st st st st st st

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page B53

REGISTER 128.8 128.9 128.10 128.11 128.12 128.13 REGISTER 129.0 129.1 129.2 129.3 129.4 129.5 129.6 129.7 129.8 129.9 129.10 129.11 129.12 129.13 129.14 129.15

DESCRIPTION 1 Module J1 Type 1 Module J2 Type 1 Module J3 Type 1st Module J4 Type 1 Module Line Filter 1 Module Noise Filter DESCRIPTION 1 Module J1 DegF Temp 1 Module J2 DegF Temp 1 Module J3 DegF Temp 1st Module J4 DegF Temp 1 Module J1 DegC Temp 1 Module J2 DegC Temp 1st Module J3 DegC Temp 1 Module J4 DegC Temp 1st Module J1 DegF Temp Bias 1 Module J2 DegF Temp Bias 1 Module J3 DegF Temp Bias 1st Module J4 DegF Temp Bias 1 Module J1 DegC Temp Bias 1 Module J2 DegC Temp Bias 1st Module J3 DegC Temp Bias 1 Module J4 DegC Temp Bias
st st st st st st st st st st st st st st st st

TYPE UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 TYPE Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float

ACCESS Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write ACCESS Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write

NOTE 5 5 5 5

NOTE

B.9.6

4-Point 100 Platinum RTD Input Module (2101018)


Register array number is based on the bus address of the module: Address: 0 1 2 3 4 5 UInt32 Array Number 128 130 132 134 136 138 Float Array Number 129 131 133 135 137 139

Page B54

2103335-001 rev. AA

Address: 6 7 REGISTER 128.0 128.1 128.2 128.3 128.4 128.5 128.6 128.7 128.8 128.9 128.10 128.11 128.12 128.13 REGISTER 129.0 129.1 129.2 129.3 129.4 129.5 129.6 129.7 129.8 129.9 129.10 129.11 129.12 129.13

UInt32 Array Number 140 142

Float Array Number 141 143 TYPE UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 UInt32 TYPE Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float ACCESS Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write ACCESS Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write NOTE 5 5 5 5 NOTE

DESCRIPTION 1 Module J1 ThermalCouple ADC 1 Module J2 ThermalCouple ADC 1st Module J3 ThermalCouple ADC 1 Module J4 ThermalCouple ADC 1st Module J1 Junction Ref ADC 1 Module J2 Junction Ref ADC 1 Module J3 Junction Ref ADC 1st Module J4 Junction Ref ADC 1 Module J1 Type 1 Module J2 Type 1st Module J3 Type 1 Module J4 Type 1st Module Line Filter 1 Module Noise Filter DESCRIPTION 1 Module J1 DegF Temp 1 Module J2 DegF Temp 1st Module J3 DegF Temp 1 Module J4 DegF Temp 1st Module J1 DegC Temp 1 Module J2 DegC Temp 1 Module J3 DegC Temp 1st Module J4 DegC Temp 1 Module J1 DegF Temp Bias 1 Module J2 DegF Temp Bias 1st Module J3 DegF Temp Bias 1 Module J4 DegF Temp Bias 1st Module J1 DegC Temp Bias 1 Module J2 DegC Temp Bias
st st st st st st st st st st st st st st st st st st

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page B55

REGISTER 129.14 129.15

DESCRIPTION 1 Module J3 DegC Temp Bias 1 Module J4 DegC Temp Bias


st st

TYPE Float Float

ACCESS Read/Write Read/Write

NOTE

B.9.7 1) 2) 3) 4) 5)

TFIO Module Register Notes

1 = Active, 0 = Inactive 1 = Open, 0 = Closed 0 = 0 10 v 1 = 4 20 ma 0 = 60hz 1 = 50hz 0 = J type, 1 = K type, 2 RTD type

B.10

AGA-3 Measurement Tube Application Registers


Tube measurement applications share several common data items. The items listed under this heading are common to all tube measurement applications. Usage and notes are specific to AGA-3 tube applications. Format for register list is array#.register# description. Application number depends on the order of application instantiation.

B.10.1
0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6

AGA-3 Tube Byte Registers


DESCRIPTION Contract Hour Reset Volume Command Reset Log Period Command Calibration Hold Mode AP/DP/TF Over Range Flags Tube Database Rev AGA-3 1985 Dynamic Select Bits USAGE Read/Write, 0-23 Write Write Read/Write Read Only Read Only Read/Write, used only for AGA-3, 1985, other tubes or calculation methods ignore this value, See note 1) Read/Write, used only for AGA-3, 1992, other tubes or calculation methods ignore this value, See note 2) Read/Write, used only for AGA-3, 1992, other tubes or calculation methods ignore this value, See note 3) Read/Write, see note 4) Read Only Read Only Read/Write, see note 5) Read/Write Read/Write, see note 6)

ARRAY.REGISTER

0.7

AGA-3 1992 Static Select Bits

0.8 0.9 0.10 0.11 0.12 0.13 0.14

AGA-3 1992 Dynamic Select Bits Volume Calc Type Calc Units Report Units Super Compressibility Method Use Square Root Average flag Characteristic Record Type

Page B56

2103335-001 rev. AA

ARRAY.REGISTER 0.15 0.16 0.17 0.18 0.19 0.20 0.21 0.22 0.23 0.24 0.25 0.26 0.27 0.28 0.29 0.30 0.31 0.32 0.33 0.34 0.35

DESCRIPTION Use Fixed H2O Gravity Config flags BTU Config flags Nitrogen Config flags Carbon Dioxide Config flags Hydrogen Sulfide Config flags Water Config flags Helium Config flags Methane Config flags Ethane Config flags Propane Config flags Normal Butane Config flags Iso-Butane Config flags Normal Pentane Config flags Iso-Pentane Config flags Normal Hexane Config flags Normal Heptane Config flags Normal Octane Config flags Normal Nonane Config flags Normal Decane Config flags Oxygen Config flags

USAGE Read/Write, for Fw calculation Read/Write, live analysis configuration, see note 7) Read/Write, live analysis configuration, see note 7) Read/Write, live analysis configuration, see note 7) Read/Write, live analysis configuration, see note 7) Read/Write, live analysis configuration, see note 7) Read/Write, live analysis configuration, see note 7) Read/Write, live analysis configuration, see note 7) Read/Write, live analysis configuration, see note 7) Read/Write, live analysis configuration, see note 7) Read/Write, live analysis configuration, see note 7) Read/Write, live analysis configuration, see note 7) Read/Write, live analysis configuration, see note 7) Read/Write, live analysis configuration, see note 7) Read/Write, live analysis configuration, see note 7) Read/Write, live analysis configuration, see note 7) Read/Write, live analysis configuration, see note 7) Read/Write, live analysis configuration, see note 7) Read/Write, live analysis configuration, see note 7) Read/Write, live analysis configuration, see note 7) Read/Write, live analysis configuration, see note 7)

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page B57

ARRAY.REGISTER 0.36 0.37

DESCRIPTION Carbon Monoxide Config flags Hydrogen Config flags

USAGE Read/Write, live analysis Read/Write, live analysis configuration, see note 7) Read/Write, live analysis configuration, see note 7) Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write, see note 8) Read/Write Read Only Read/Write Read/Write Read Only Read/Write Read/Write Read Only Write, Canadian Event Log Read/Write, see note 9) Read/Write, see note 9) Read/Write Read/Write, 0=absolute, 1=gauge Read/Write

0.38 0.39 0.40 0.41 0.42 0.43 0.44 0.45 0.46 0.47 0.48 0.49 0.50 0.51 0.52 0.53 0.54 0.55 0.56 0.57 0.58 0.59 0.60 0.61 0.62 0.63

Argon Config flags Number of live components Get/release calc lock Tube analysis stream index Flow rate / volume scale flags Aux contact 1 re-open interval Aux contact 1 current state Aux contact 1 manual set Aux contact 2 re-open interval Aux contact 2 current state Aux contact 2 manual set Remote Sense Action Remote Sense State Events Available Aux Contact 1 select bits low byte Aux Contact 2 select bits low byte Hold tube analog inputs Static pressure absolute/gauge select Programmable count before activating a2dfail Current count of a2dfail in deadband Vol period complete flag Log period complete flag Day period complete flag Disable tube check-pointing Stop logging events from protocols for Canadian events Stop logging events for Canadian events

Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read/Write 1=disable Read/Write 1=stop logging Read/Write 1=stop logging

Page B58

2103335-001 rev. AA

ARRAY.REGISTER 0.64 0.65 0.66 0.67

DESCRIPTION Log gage pressure Log Dp Check with pressure applied to Sp Stream source application Enable/Disable Slip Second Adjustment

USAGE Read/Write 0=log absolute 1=log gage if gage transducer Read Only Read/Write Read Only

B.10.1.7

Tube Byte Register Usage Notes:

1)

AGA-3 1985 Dynamic Factor Select Bits:

0x01, 1 0x02, 2 0x04, 4 0x08, 8 0x10, 16 0x20, 32 0x40, 64 0x80, 128 2)

/* Use Ftf */ /* Use Y */ /* Use Fr */ /* Use Fa */ /* Use Fpv */ /* Use Fw (water vapor factor) */ /* Use pipe tap equation */ /* tap cfg supported (Set by FCU ) */

AGA-3 1992 Static Factor Select Bits: 0x08 /* Use Live CD if set */ 0x10 /* Use Fws (Faux:well stream) */ 0x20 /* Static Pressure Tap is Upstream */ 0x40 /* Supports switchable characteristics */ AGA-3 1992 Dynamic Factor Select Bits: 0x02, 2 /* Use Y */ 0x10, 16 /* Use Fpv */ 0x20, 32 /* Use Fw (water vapor factor) */ Volume Calculation Type: 0 = NONE, 1=AGA-3 1985, 2=AGA-3 1992. Super-Compressibility Method: 0=NX19 with FIXED FT AND FP VALUES, 1=NX19 AUTO, 2=NX19 GRAVITY CO2 & N2, 3=NX19 CO2 & N2 & C1, 11=AGA-8 Gross, 12=AGA-8 Detail Characteristics Type: This was used in Totalflow old database format. This does not apply to X-series, DB2 format. Live Analysis Configuration flags: 0=USE FIXED ANALYSIS, 1=USE LIVE ANALYSIS FROM AIU, 2=USE LIVE ANALYSIS FROM OTHER PROTOCOL, 16=USE FIXED ANALYSIS ON ERROR. USE FIXED ANALYSIS ON ERROR may be added to selections 1 or 2. Flow rate / Volume scale flags: 0=MCF for volumes, SCF/HR for flow rates; 1=MCF for volumes, MCF/DAY for flow rates; 2=MMCF for volume, MCF/HR for flow rates; 3=MMCF for volumes, MMCF/DAY for flow rates. Aux Contact 1 & 2 select bits low byte: 1=trip contact on low charger; 2=trip contact on Dp low; 4=trip contact on Dp high; 8=trip contact on Ap low; 16=trip contact on Ap high; 32=trip contact on remote sense; 64=auto re-open; 128=trip contact on volume set-point. These registers can also be set from 16-bit integer registers 1.10 and 1.11.

3)

4) 5) 6) 7)

8)

9)

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page B59

B.10.2

Tube 16-bit Integer Registers


DESCRIPTION Primary Element Mask Calc Method Mask Calc Units Mask Report Units Mask Super Comp Method Mask USAGE Read Only, indicates primary element type, see note 1) Read Only, indicates calculation methods supported, see note 2) Read Only, not used Read Only, not used Read Only, indicates supercompressibility methods that may be selected. See note 3) Read/Write, live analysis updates are expected in this interval, expressed in seconds Read/Write, seconds Read/Write, number of daily records, change to this value deletes existing database and starts new database Read/Write, number of log period records, change to this value deletes existing database and starts new database Read/Write, number of event records, change to this value deletes existing database and starts new database Read/Write, control bits, see note 4) Read/Write, control bits, see note 4) Write, Canadian Event Log Read/WriteAnalysis Stream Id Read/Write Read/Write Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only, see note 5) Read Only, see note 6)

ARRAY.REGISTER 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4

1.5 1.6 1.7

Live Analysis Update Interval Volume Calc period Daily Record Capacity

1.8

Log Record Capacity

1.9 1.10 1.11 1.12 1.13 1.14 1.15 1.16 1.17 1.18 1.19 1.20

Event Record Capacity Aux Contact 1 Select Bits Aux Contact 2 Select Bits Return number of events available Therms Stream Id Modbus address of analyzer Therms use fixed or last good Daily Record Sequence Number Log Record Sequence Number Event Record Sequence Number DP Status Flags AP Status Flags

Page B60

2103335-001 rev. AA

ARRAY.REGISTER 1.21 1.22 1.23

DESCRIPTION TF Status Flags PI Status Flags Ext Status Flags

USAGE Read Only, see note 7) Read Only, see note 8) Read Only, see note 9)

B.10.2.8

Tube 16-bit Integer Register Usage Notes:

1) 2) 3)

Primary Element Mask: 1=Orifice Square Root Calculation Method Mask: 2=AGA-3 1985, 4=AGA-3 1992; The sum of these values (6) indicates 2 and 4 are valid choices. Super-Compressibility Method Mask: 1=NX19 with FIXED FT AND FP VALUES, 2=NX19 AUTO, 4=NX19 GRAVITY CO2 & N2, 8=NX19 CO2 & N2 & C1, 2048=AGA8 Gross, 4096=AGA8 Detail. The sum of these values (6159) indicates all of the choices listed above are valid. Aux Contact Select Bits: 1=trip contact on low charger; 2=trip contact on Dp low; 4=trip contact on Dp high; 8=trip contact on Ap low; 16=trip contact on Ap high; 32=trip contact on Remote Sense; 64=auto re-open; 128=trip contact on volume set-point; 256=trip contact on tf low; 512=trip contact on tf high; 1024=trip contact on flow rate low; 2048=trip contact on flow rate high; 16384=reverse contact logic. Dp Status Flags: 1=low limit exceeded; 2=high limit exceeded; 4=over-range; 8=zero flow; 16=back flow. Ap Status Flags: 1=low limit exceeded; 2=high limit exceeded; 4=over-range; 8=zero flow; 32768=gauge pressure device. Tf Status Flags: 1=low limit exceeded; 2=high limit exceeded; 4=over-range. PI Status Flags: 1=low limit exceeded; 2=high limit exceeded; 8=zero flow. Ext Status Flags: 1=low limit exceeded; 2=high limit exceeded; 8=zero flow.

4)

5) 6) 7) 8) 9)

B.10.3
2.0 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8 B.10.3.9

Tube 32-bit Integer Registers


DESCRIPTION Log period Julian timestamp of most recent AIU download Julian timestamp of most recent live component update (not AIU) Julian timestamp of prev day period Total slip seconds since boot Julian timestamp of last slip seconds Thread loop time (ms) Thread Min loop time (ms) Thread Max loop time (ms) Tube 32-bit Integer Register Notes: USAGE Read/Write, seconds Read/Write, see note 1) Read/Write, see note 1) Read Only, see note 1) Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only

ARRAY.REGISTER

1)

Julian time is number of seconds since midnight, 1/1/1970.

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page B61

B.10.4
3.0 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6 3.7 3.8 3.9 3.10 3.11 3.12 3.13 3.14 3.15 3.16 3.17 3.18 3.19 3.20 3.21 3.22 3.23 3.24 3.25 3.26 3.27 3.28 3.29 3.30 3.31 3.32 3.33

Tube Floating Point Registers


DESCRIPTION Current AP / cal checks AP High Limit AP Low Limit Current Temp Fixed Temp Temp High Limit Temp Low Limit Flow Rate High Limit Flow Rate Low Limit DP/ACF Percent High for Day DP/ACF Percent Low for Day Fixed F(b) AGA-3 1985 Fixed Cd AGA-3 1992 Zba Oriface coef of expansion Pipe coef of expansion Barometric Pressure F(t) for Fpv NX19 F(p) for Fpv NX19 Fixed Analysis BTU Fixed Analysis Gravity Fixed Analysis Nitrogen Fixed Analysis Carbon Dioxide Fixed Analysis Hydrogen Sulfide Fixed Analysis Water Fixed Analysis Helium Fixed Analysis Methane Fixed Analysis Ethane Fixed Analysis Propane Fixed Analysis Normal Butane Fixed Analysis Iso-Butane Fixed Analysis Normal Pentane Fixed Analysis Iso-Pentane Fixed Analysis Normal Hexane USAGE Read/Write, psi, see note 1) Read/Write, psi, see note 1) Read/Write, psi, see note 1) Deg F Deg F Deg F Deg F Read/Write, see note 2) Read/Write, see note 2) Read Only Read Only Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write, inches/Deg F Read/Write, inches/Deg F Read/Write, psia Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write, BTU/SCF Read/Write Read/Write, mole % Read/Write, mole % Read/Write, mole % Read/Write, mole % Read/Write, mole % Read/Write, mole % Read/Write, mole % Read/Write, mole % Read/Write, mole % Read/Write, mole % Read/Write, mole % Read/Write, mole % Read/Write, mole %

ARRAY.REGISTER

Page B62

2103335-001 rev. AA

ARRAY.REGISTER 3.34 3.35 3.36 3.37 3.38 3.39 3.40 3.41 3.42 3.43 3.44 3.45 3.46 3.47 3.48 3.49 3.50 3.51 3.52 3.53 3.54 3.55 3.56 3.57 3.58 3.59 3.60 3.61 3.62 3.63

DESCRIPTION Fixed Analysis Normal Heptane Fixed Analysis Normal Octane Fixed Analysis Normal Nonane Fixed Analysis Normal Decane Fixed Analysis Oxygen Fixed Analysis Carbon Monoxide Fixed Analysis Hydrogen Fixed Analysis Argon Fixed H2O Content Fixed H2O Bias Live Analysis Gravity Accumulator Live Analysis BTU Accumulator Live Analysis Nitrogen Accumulator Live Analysis Carbon Dioxide Accumulator Live Analysis Hydrogen Sulfide Accumulator Live Analysis Water Accumulator Live Analysis Helium Accumulator Live Analysis Methane Accumulator Live Analysis Ethane Accumulator Live Analysis Propane Accumulator Live Analysis Normal Butane Accumulator Live Analysis Iso-Butane Accumulator Live Analysis Normal Pentane Accumulator Live Analysis Iso-Pentane Accumulator Live Analysis Normal Hexane Accumulator Live Analysis Normal Heptane Accumulator Live Analysis Normal Octane Accumulator Live Analysis Normal Nonane Accumulator Live Analysis Normal Decane Accumulator Live Analysis Oxygen Accumulator

USAGE Read/Write, mole % Read/Write, mole % Read/Write, mole % Read/Write, mole % Read/Write, mole % Read/Write, mole % Read/Write, mole % Read/Write, mole % Read/Write, ppm Read/Write, ppm Read/Write, Read/Write, BTU/SCF Read/Write, mole % Read/Write, mole % Read/Write, mole % Read/Write, mole % Read/Write, mole % Read/Write, mole % Read/Write, mole % Read/Write, mole % Read/Write, mole % Read/Write, mole % Read/Write, mole % Read/Write, mole % Read/Write, mole % Read/Write, mole % Read/Write, mole % Read/Write, mole % Read/Write, mole % Read/Write, mole %

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page B63

ARRAY.REGISTER 3.64 3.65 3.66 3.67 3.68 3.69 3.70 3.71 3.72 3.73 3.74 3.75 3.76 3.77 3.78 3.79 3.80 3.81 3.82 3.83

DESCRIPTION Live Analysis Carbon Monoxide Accumulator Live Analysis Hydrogen Accumulator Live Analysis Argon Accumulator Log Site Code in Event Log Valve Control Accumulated Volume Aux Contact 1 Volume Setpoint Aux Contact 2 Volume Setpoint current contract day accumulated energy yesterdays contract day accumulated energy Current Energy rate Month Accum Volume Month Accum Volume, Not Reset by Reset Vol Month Accum Energy Month Accum Energy, Not Reset by Reset Vol Fixed AP value Current SCF flow Previous Month Accumulated Volume Previous Month Accumulated Volume not affected by reset volume command Previous Month Energy Previous Month Energy not affected by reset volume command

USAGE Read/Write, mole % Read/Write, mole % Read/Write, mole %

Read/Write, MCF Read/Write, MCF Read/Write, MCF Read Only, MBTU Read Only, MBTU Read Only MBTU/HR Read Only, MCF Read Only, MCF Read Only, MMBTU Read Only, MMBTU Read/Write Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only

B.10.4.10

Tube Floating Point Register Notes:

1) 2)

Static pressure values are in psia or psig depending on gauge pressure device selection. See Tube Byte Register 0.55. Flow Rate Limits units depend on Flow rate / volume scale flags. See Tube Byte Register 0.42.

B.10.5

Tube Register Cross References


Tube register cross references are structures containing the register access values for data used by the tube but owned by another application. The following structure defines data type Register. typedef struct { byte app; byte array; // Register Struct // Application // Register array

Page B64

2103335-001 rev. AA

int16 index; } Register;

// index into array

ARRAY.REGISTER 4.0 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 4.5 4.6 4.7 4.8

DESCRIPTION AP Register DP Register TF Register PI Register RS Register AC 1 Register AC 1 DI Register AC 2 Register AC 2 DI Register

USAGE Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page B65

B.10.6

Tube String Registers


ARRAY.REGISTE R 5.0 5.1 5.2 DESCRIPTION Tube ID Tube last analyis time Tube Description USAGE Read/Write Read Only Read/Write

B.10.7

Tube Last Calculation Period Analysis Registers, Floating Point


ARRAY.REGISTER 10.0 10.1 10.2 10.3 10.4 10.5 10.6 10.7 10.8 10.9 10.10 10.11 10.12 10.13 10.14 10.15 10.16 10.17 10.18 10.19 10.20 10.21 10.22 10.23 10.24 DESCRIPTION Last Calc Nitrogen Last Calc Carbon Dioxide Last Calc Hydrogen Sulfide Last Calc Water Last Calc Helium Last Calc Methane Last Calc Ethane Last Calc Propane Last Calc Normal Butane Last Calc Iso-Butane Last Calc Normal Pentane Last Calc Iso-Pentane Last Calc Normal Hexane Last Calc Normal Heptane Last Calc Normal Octane Last Calc Normal Nonane Last Calc Normal Decane Last Calc Oxygen Last Calc Carbon Monoxide Last Calc Hydrogen Last Calc Argon Last Calc Air Last Calc Heavy Hydrocarbons Last Calc Heat Content Last Calc Specific Gravity USAGE Read Only, mole % Read Only, mole % Read Only, mole % Read Only, mole % Read Only, mole % Read Only, mole % Read Only, mole % Read Only, mole % Read Only, mole % Read Only, mole % Read Only, mole % Read Only, mole % Read Only, mole % Read Only, mole % Read Only, mole % Read Only, mole % Read Only, mole % Read Only, mole % Read Only, mole % Read Only, mole % Read Only, mole % Read Only, mole % Read Only, mole % Read Only, BTU/SCF Read Only

Page B66

2103335-001 rev. AA

B.10.8

Tube Archive Registers, Read Only


The following registers access historical data records or record items. For all tube archive registers, register value 0 refers to the most recent record, 1 refers to the next most recent record, 2 refers to the next oldest record. The oldest record is referred to by register number MAX RECORDS 1. For Log Period registers, register value 0 refers to the last logged record. For Day Period, register value 0 refers to the current contract day record.

B.10.9

Tube Log Period Registers


ARRAY 200 201 202 204 205 206 207 208 209 250 DESCRIPTION Log Period Static Pressure Log Period Diff. Pressure Log Period Temperature Log Period Extension Log Period Volume Log Period Heating Value Log Period Flow time Log Period Total time Log Period Alarm bits Log Period Record USAGE Floating Point, PSIA Floating Point, Inches H2O Floating Point, Deg F Floating Point Floating Point, MCF Floating Point, MMBTU Unsigned Long, seconds Unsigned Long, seconds 32 bits, see note 1) See note 2)

B.10.9.11

Tube Log Period Usage Notes:

1)

Log Period Alarm Bits 0x00080000, 524288 - Flow rate high limit 0x00040000, 262144 - Flow rate low limit 0x00020000, 131072 - Temperature high limit 0x00010000, 65536 - Temperature low limit 0x00008000, 32768 - Static pressure high limit 0x00004000, 16384 - Static pressure low limit 0x00002000, 8192 - Dp high limit 0x00001000, 4096 - Dp low limit 0x00000800, 2048 - Zero flow 0x00000400, 1024 - Back flow 0x00000200, 512 - Remote sense (DI) 0x00000100, 256 - contact out (DO) 0x00000080, 128 - temperature channel A/D over-range 0x00000040, 64 - static pressure channel A/D over-range 0x00000020, 32 - differential pressure channel A/D over-range 0x00000010, 16 - low charger 0x00000008, 8 - low lithium battery 0x00000004, 4 - AIU / analyzer data not received 0x00000002, 2 - NX19 methane=1 / gravity=0 method 0x00000001, 1 - calculation error

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page B67

2)

Log Period Record definition typedef struct { unsigned long date; /* Julian Date / Time */ unsigned int sn; /* Sequence Number */ float dp; /* period avg DP */ float ap; /* period avg AP */ float tf; /* period avg TEMP */ float ext; /* period EXTENSION */ float vol; /* period VOLUME */ float btu; /* period ENERGY */ unsigned int ftime; /* period FLOWTIME */ unsigned int ptime; /* period TIME */ unsigned char aflags[3]; /* period ALARMS */ unsigned char vcode; /* Verification Code */ } LOGRECORD;

B.10.10 Tube Daily Registers


ARRAY 220 221 222 224 225 226 227 228 229 250 251 252 DESCRIPTION Daily Static Pressure Daily Diff. Pressure Daily Temperature Daily Extension Daily Volume Daily Heating Value Daily Flow time Daily Total time Daily Alarm bits Log Period Archive Record Daily Record Event Log See note 2) USAGE Floating Point, PSIA Floating Point, Inches H2O Floating Point, Deg F Floating Point Floating Point, MCF Floating Point, MBTU Unsigned Long, seconds Unsigned Long, seconds 32 bits, See note 1)

B.10.10.12

Tube Daily Register Usage Notes: - Flow rate high limit - Flow rate low limit - Temperature high limit - Temperature low limit - Static pressure high limit - Static pressure low limit - Dp high limit - Dp low limit - Zero flow

1)

Daily Alarm Bits 0x00080000, 524288 0x00040000, 262144 0x00020000, 131072 0x00010000, 65536 0x00008000, 32768 0x00004000, 16384 0x00002000, 8192 0x00001000, 4096 0x00000800, 2048

Page B68

2103335-001 rev. AA

0x00000400, 0x00000200, 0x00000100, 0x00000080, 0x00000040, 0x00000020, 0x00000010, 0x00000008, 0x00000004, 0x00000002, 0x00000001,

1024 - Back flow 512 - Remote sense (DI) 256 - contact out (DO) 128 - temperature channel A/D over-range 64 - static pressure channel A/D over-range 32 - differential pressure channel A/D over-range 16 - low charger 8 - low lithium battery 4 - AIU / analyzer data not received 2 - NX19 methane=1 / gravity=0 method 1 - calculation error

2)

Daily Record definition typedef struct { unsigned long date; unsigned int sn; unsigned int event; unsigned int firstlog; unsigned int lastlog; unsigned char c_hr; float ext; float vol; float btu; unsigned long ftime; unsigned long btime; unsigned long ptime; unsigned char aflags[3]; float ap; float minap; float maxap; float aplpct; float aphpct; float dp; float mindp; float maxdp; float dplpct; float dphpct; float tf; float mintf; float maxtf; float tflpct; float tfhpct; unsigned char vcode; } DAYRECORD;

/* Julian Date / Time */ /* Sequence Number */ /* Last Event Log Seq Num */ /* First Log Period Seq Num */ /* Last Log Period Seq Num */ /* Contract Hour */ /* Daily Extension */ /* Daily Volume */ /* Daily Energy */ /* Daily Flowtime */ /* Daily Back-flowtime */ /* period TIME */ /* period ALARMS */ /* Daily Avg AP */ /* Daily Minimum AP */ /* Daily Maximum AP */ /* Daily AP LO per cent */ /* Daily AP HI per cent */ /* Daily Avg DP */ /* Daily Minimum DP */ /* Daily Maximum DP */ /* Daily DP LO per cent */ /* Daily DP HI per cent */ /* Daily Avg Temp */ /* Daily Minimum TF */ /* Daily Maximum TF */ /* Daily DP LO per cent */ /* Daily DP HI per cent */ /* Verification Code */

B.10.11 Tube Event Registers


ARRAY 252 DESCRIPTION Event Log Record USAGE See note 1)

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page B69

B.10.11.13

Tube Event Registers Usage Notes:

1)

Tube Event Log Record definition typedef struct { unsigned long date; /* Julian Date/Time */ unsigned char flags; /* Event Flags */ unsigned int sn; /* Sequence Number */ unsigned int code; /* Event Code */ unsigned char oldval[4]; /* Previous Value */ unsigned char newval[4]; /* Current Value */ unsigned char vcode; /* Verification Code */ } EVTRECORD;

B.10.12 AGA-3 Tube Registers


The following register tables describe registers unique to AGA-3 measurement tubes. ARRAY.REGISTE R 6.0 6.1 6.2 6.3 6.4 6.5

DESCRIPTION 1985 Static Factor Select Bits Misc Select Bits Vol - Flow Rate unit selection for volume Vol - Flow Rate unit selection for flow rate Auto Fb Calc Log Dp Check with pressure applied to Sp

USAGE Read/Write, See note 1) Read/Write, See note 2) Read/Write, See note 3) Read/Write, See note 4) Read/Write, for AGA-3 1985 Read/Write

B.10.12.14

AGA-3 Byte Register Usage Notes:

1)

AGA-3 1985 Static Factor Select Bits 0x01, 1 /* Use Fpb */ 0x02, 2 /* Use Ftb */ 0x04, 4 /* Use Fg */ 0x08, 8 /* Use Fb */ 0x10, 16 /* Use Fws (Faux:well stream) */ 0x20, 32 /* Static Pressure Tap is Upstream */ 0x40, 64 /* Supports switchable characteristics, this bit not writable*/ AGA-3 Misc Select Bits 0x01, 1 /* RTD Installed */

2)

0x02, 2 /* Use RTD in calcs */ 0x04, 4 /* Reserved */ 0x08, 8 /* Check Security Code */ 0x10, 10 /* Orifice Plate type */ 0x20, 20 /* Use Live Analyzer Data in volume calc */ 0x40, 40 /* Use Fixed Ax data on analyzer error */ 0x80, 80 /* reserved */ Vol - Flow Rate unit selection for volume 0 = MCF

Page B70

2103335-001 rev. AA

1 = MMCF

3)

Vol - Flow Rate unit selection for flow rate 0 = per hour, if Vol - Flow Rate unit selection for volume = 0, rate will be SCF/HOUR; if Vol - Flow Rate unit selection for volume = 1, rate will be MCF/HOUR. 1 = per day, if Vol - Flow Rate unit selection for volume = 0, rate will be MCF/DAY; if Vol - Flow Rate unit selection for volume = 1, rate will be MMCF/DAY.

B.10.13 AGA-3 Float Registers


ARRAY.REGISTER 7.0 7.1 7.2 7.3 7.4 7.5 7.6 7.7 7.8 7.9 7.10 7.11 7.12 7.13 7.14 7.15 7.16 7.17 7.18 7.19 7.20 7.21 7.22 7.23 DESCRIPTION Current DP / cal checks DP High Limit DP Low Limit DP Zero CutOff Current Flow Rate SCF/Hr Last Vol Period volume MCF Accumulated Volume MCF Today's contract day volume MCF Orifice diameter Pipe diameter Pressure base Temperature base Fixed F(aux) Ratio of specific heats Fluid viscosity C-Prime Non-Flow weighted Accum AP Minute Flow Secs Yesterday's contract day volume SCF Current Flow Rate scaled per chkmcf Last Vol Period volume scaled per chkmcf Accumulated Volume scaled per chkmcf Today's contract day volume scaled per chkmcf Yesterday's contract day volume scaled USAGE Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only, See Note 1) Read Only, See Note 1) Read Only, See Note 1) Read Only, See Note 1) Read Only, See Note 1)

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page B71

ARRAY.REGISTER 7.24 7.25 7.26 7.27 7.28 7.29 7.30 7.31 7.32 7.33 7.34 7.35 7.36 7.37 7.38 7.39 7.40 7.41 7.42 7.43 7.44 7.45 7.46 7.47 7.48 7.49

DESCRIPTION per chkmcf Flow Rate Hi limit scaled per chkmcf Flow Rate Lo limit scaled per chkmcf Last Calc Ap Last Calc Dp Last Calc Tf Last Calc Extension Last Calc Y Exp Factor Last Calc Fpv Last Calc Fw Last Calc Volumetric FlowRate (Qv) SCF/Hour Last Calc Hv BTU/SCF Last Calc Specific Gravity Last Calc FIP, AGA3-1992 Last Calc Ev, AGA3-1992 Last Calc Orifice diameter at Tf, Inches, AGA3-1992, Last Calc Pipe diameter at Tf, Inches, AGA3-1992 Last Calc Base Density, lbsm/cf, AGA31992 Last Calc Mass Flow Rate (qm), lbsm/hour, AGA3-1992 Last Calc Coefficient of discharge (Cd), AGA3-1992 Last Calc Reynolds Number Factor (Fr), AGA3-1985 Last Calc Pressure Base Factor (Fpb), AGA3-1985 Last Calc Temperature Base Factor (Ftb), AGA3-1985 Last Calc Flowing Temperature Factor (Ftf), AGA3-1985 Last Calc Specific Gravity Factor (Fg), AGA3-1985 Last Calc Orifice Thermal Expansion Factor (Fa), AGA3-1985 Last Calcultate AGA3 1992 Zb

USAGE Read Only, See Note 1) Read Only, See Note 1) Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only

Page B72

2103335-001 rev. AA

ARRAY.REGISTER 7.50 7.51 7.52

DESCRIPTION Last Calcultate AGA3 1992 Zf DP/ACF Percent High for Day DP/ACF Percent Low for Day

USAGE Read Only Read Only Read Only

B.10.13.15

AGA-3 Float Register Usage Notes:

1)

These vary based on Vol - Flow Rate unit selection. See 0.42.

B.10.14 AGA-3 String Registers


ARRAY.REGISTER 8.0 8.1 8.2 DESCRIPTION Rate Unit String Volume Unit String starting at MCF Volume Unit String starting at SCF USAGE Note 1) Note 1) Note 1)

B.10.14.16

AGA-3 String Register Usage Notes:

1)

These vary based on Vol - Flow Rate unit selection. See 0.42.

B.10.15 AGA3 Int32 Registers


ARRAY.REGISTER 9.0 DESCRIPTION Tube Current Alarm Bits USAGE Read Only, See note 1)

B.10.15.17

AGA3 Int32 Register Usage Notes:

1)

Tube Alarm Bits -

0x00080000, 524288 - Flow rate high limit 0x00040000, 262144 - Flow rate low limit 0x00020000, 131072 - Temperature high limit 0x00010000, 65536 - Temperature low limit 0x00008000, 32768 - Static pressure high limit 0x00004000, 16384 - Static pressure low limit 0x00002000, 8192 - Dp high limit 0x00001000, 4096 - Dp low limit 0x00000800, 2048 - Zero flow 0x00000400, 1024 - Back flow 0x00000200, 512 - Remote sense (DI) 0x00000100, 256 - contact out (DO) 0x00000080, 128 - temperature channel A/D over-range 0x00000040, 64 - static pressure channel A/D over-range 0x00000020, 32 - differential pressure channel A/D over-range 0x00000010, 16 - low charger 0x00000008, 8 - low lithium battery

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page B73

0x00000004, 0x00000002, 0x00000001,


B.11

4 - AIU / analyzer data not received 2 - NX19 methane=1 / gravity=0 method 1 - calculation error

AGA-7 Tube Application Register


Tube measurement applications share several common data items. The items listed under this heading are common to all tube measurement applications. Usage and notes are specific to AGA-7 tube applications. Format for register list is array#.register# description. Application number depends on the order of application instantiation.

B.11.1
0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6

Tube Byte Registers


DESCRIPTION Contract Hour Reset Volume Command Reset Log Period Command Calibration Hold Mode AP/ACF/TF Over Range Flags Tube Database Rev AGA-3 1985 Dynamic Select Bits USAGE Read/Write, 0-23 Write Write Read/Write Read Only Read Only Read/Write, used only for AGA-3, 1985, other tubes or calculation methods ignore this value Read/Write, used only for AGA-3, 1992, other tubes or calculation methods ignore this value Read/Write, used only for AGA-3, 1992, other tubes or calculation methods ignore this value Read/Write Read Only Read Only Read/Write, see note 1) Read/Write Read/Write, see note 2) Read/Write, for Fw calculation Read/Write, live analysis configuration, see note 3) Read/Write, live analysis configuration, see note 3) Read/Write, live analysis configuration, see note 3)

ARRAY.REGISTER

0.7

AGA-3 1992 Static Select Bits

0.8 0.9 0.10 0.11 0.12 0.13 0.14 0.15 0.16 0.17 0.18

AGA-3 1992 Dynamic Select Bits Volume Calc Type Calc Units Report Units Super Compressibility Method Use Square Root Average flag Characteristic Record Type Use Fixed H2O Gravity Config flags BTU Config flags Nitrogen Config flags

Page B74

2103335-001 rev. AA

ARRAY.REGISTER 0.19 0.20 0.21 0.22 0.23 0.24 0.25 0.26 0.27 0.28 0.29 0.30 0.31 0.32 0.33 0.34 0.35 0.36 0.37 0.38 0.39 0.40

DESCRIPTION Carbon Dioxide Config flags Hydrogen Sulfide Config flags Water Config flags Helium Config flags Methane Config flags Ethane Config flags Propane Config flags Normal Butane Config flags Iso-Butane Config flags Normal Pentane Config flags Iso-Pentane Config flags Normal Hexane Config flags Normal Heptane Config flags Normal Octane Config flags Normal Nonane Config flags Normal Decane Config flags Oxygen Config flags Carbon Monoxide Config flags Hydrogen Config flags Argon Config flags Number of live components Get/release calc lock

USAGE Read/Write, live analysis configuration, see note 3) Read/Write, live analysis configuration, see note 3) Read/Write, live analysis configuration, see note 3) Read/Write, live analysis configuration, see note 3) Read/Write, live analysis configuration, see note 3) Read/Write, live analysis configuration, see note 3) Read/Write, live analysis configuration, see note 3) Read/Write, live analysis configuration, see note 3) Read/Write, live analysis configuration, see note 3) Read/Write, live analysis configuration, see note 3) Read/Write, live analysis configuration, see note 3) Read/Write, live analysis configuration, see note 3) Read/Write, live analysis configuration, see note 3) Read/Write, live analysis configuration, see note 3) Read/Write, live analysis configuration, see note 3) Read/Write, live analysis configuration, see note 3) Read/Write, live analysis configuration, see note 3) Read/Write, live analysis configuration, see note 3) Read/Write, live analysis configuration, see note 3) Read/Write, live analysis configuration, see note 3) Read/Write Read/Write

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page B75

ARRAY.REGISTER 0.41 0.42 0.43 0.44 0.45 0.46 0.47 0.48 0.49 0.50 0.51 0.52 0.53 0.54 0.55 0.56 0.57 0.58 0.59 0.60 0.61 0.62 0.63 0.64 0.65 0.66 0.67

DESCRIPTION Tube analysis stream index Flow rate / volume scale flags Aux contact 1 re-open interval Aux contact 1 current state Aux contact 1 manual set Aux contact 2 re-open interval Aux contact 2 current state Aux contact 2 manual set Remote Sense Action Remote Sense State Events Available Aux Contact 1 select bits low byte Aux Contact 2 select bits low byte Hold tube analog inputs Static pressure absolute/gauge select Programmable count before activating a2dfail Current count of a2dfail in deadband Vol period complete flag Log period complete flag Day period complete flag Disable tube check-pointing Stop logging events from protocols for Canadian events Stop logging events for Canadian events Log gage pressure Log Dp Check with pressure applied to Sp Stream source application Enable/Disable Slip Second Adjustment

USAGE Read/Write Read/Write, see note 4) Read/Write Read Only Read/Write Read/Write Read Only Read/Write Read/Write Read Only Write, Canadian Event Log Read/Write, see note 5) Read/Write, see note 5) Read/Write Read/Write, 0=absolute, 1=gauge Read/Write Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read/Write 1=disable Read/Write 1=stop logging Read/Write 1=stop logging Read/Write 0=log absolute 1=log gage if gage transducer Read/Write 1=stop logging Read/Write Read Only

Page B76

2103335-001 rev. AA

B.11.1.18

Tube Byte Register Usage Notes:

1) 2) 3)

Super-Compressibility Method: 0=NX19 with FIXED FT AND FP VALUES, 1=NX19 AUTO, 2=NX19 GRAVITY CO2 & N2, 3=NX19 CO2 & N2 & C1, 11=AGA-8 Gross, 12=AGA-8 Detail Characteristics Type: This was used in Totalflow old database format. This does not apply to X-series, DB2 format. Live Analysis Configuration flags: 0=USE FIXED ANALYSIS, 1=USE LIVE ANALYSIS FROM AIU, 2=USE LIVE ANALYSIS FROM OTHER PROTOCOL, 16=USE FIXED ANALYSIS ON ERROR. USE FIXED ANALYSIS ON ERROR may be added to selections 1 or 2. Flow rate / Volume scale flags: bit encoded flags Bits 0-1 rates times

4) 5) 7)

6)

0 = /hour, 1 = /day, 2 = N/A, 3 = N/A

Bits 2-4 corrected volume, rate quantity units

8) 0 = scf, 4 = dscf, 8 = cscf, 12 = mscf 9) 16 = dmscf, 20 = cmscf, 28 = mmscf 10) Bits 5-7 uncorrected volume, rate quantity units 11) 0 = acf, 32 = dacf, 64 = cacf, 96 = macf, 12) 128 = dmacf, 160 = cmacf, 224 = mmacf 13) 5) Aux Contact 1 & 2 select bits low byte: 1=trip contact on low charger; 2=trip contact on ACF
low; 4=trip contact on ACF high; 8=trip contact on Ap low; 16=trip contact on Ap high; 32=trip contact on remote sense; 64=auto re-open; 128=trip contact on volume set-point. These registers can also be set from 16-bit integer registers 1.10 and 1.11.

B.11.2

Tube 16-bit Integer Registers


DESCRIPTION Primary Element Mask Calc Method Mask Calc Units Mask Report Units Mask Super Comp Method Mask USAGE Read Only, indicates primary element type, see note 1) Read Only, indicates calculation methods supported, see note 2) Read Only, not used Read Only, not used Read Only, indicates supercompressibility methods that may be selected. See note 3) Read/Write, live analysis updates are expected in this interval, expressed in seconds Read/Write, seconds Read/Write, number of daily records, change to this value deletes existing database and starts new database Read/Write, number of log period records, change to this value deletes existing database and starts new

ARRAY.REGISTER 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4

1.5 1.6 1.7

Live Analysis Update Interval Volume Calc period Daily Record Capacity

1.8

Log Record Capacity

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page B77

ARRAY.REGISTER

DESCRIPTION

USAGE database Read/Write, number of event records, change to this value deletes existing database and starts new database Read/Write, control bits, see note 4) Read/Write, control bits, see note 4) Write, Canadian Event Log Read/WriteAnalysis Stream Id Read/Write Read/Write Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only, see note 5) Read Only, see note 6) Read Only, see note 7) Read Only, see note 8) Read Only, see note 9)

1.9

Event Record Capacity

1.10 1.11 1.12 1.13 1.14 1.15 1.16 1.17 1.18 1.19 1.20 1.21 1.22 1.23 B.11.2.19

Aux Contact 1 Select Bits Aux Contact 2 Select Bits Return number of events available Therms Stream Id Modbus address of analyzer Therms use fixed or last good Daily Record Sequence Number Log Record Sequence Number Event Record Sequence Number ACF Status Flags AP Status Flags TF Status Flags PI Status Flags Ext Status Flags

Tube 16-bit Integer Register Usage Notes:

1) 2) 3)

Primary Element Mask: 1=Orifice Square Root Calculation Method Mask: 2=AGA-3 1985, 4=AGA-3 1992; The sum of these values (6) indicates 2 and 4 are valid choices. Super-Compressibility Method Mask: 1=NX19 with FIXED FT AND FP VALUES, 2=NX19 AUTO, 4=NX19 GRAVITY CO2 & N2, 8=NX19 CO2 & N2 & C1, 2048=AGA8 Gross, 4096=AGA8 Detail. The sum of these values (6159) indicates all of the choices listed above are valid. Aux Contact Select Bits: 1=trip contact on low charger; 2=trip contact on Acf low; 4=trip contact on Acf high; 8=trip contact on Ap low; 16=trip contact on Ap high; 32=trip contact on Remote Sense; 64=auto re-open; 128=trip contact on volume set-point; 256=trip contact on tf low; 512=trip contact on tf high; 1024=trip contact on flow rate low; 2048=trip contact on flow rate high; 16384=reverse contact logic. Acf Status Flags: 1=low limit exceeded; 2=high limit exceeded; 4=N/A; 8=zero flow; 16=N/A. Ap Status Flags: 1=low limit exceeded; 2=high limit exceeded; 4=over-range; 8=zero flow; 32768=gauge pressure device. Tf Status Flags: 1=low limit exceeded; 2=high limit exceeded; 4=over-range. PI Status Flags: 1=low limit exceeded; 2=high limit exceeded; 8=zero flow. Ext Status Flags: 1=low limit exceeded; 2=high limit exceeded; 8=zero flow.

4)

5) 6) 7) 8) 9)

Page B78

2103335-001 rev. AA

B.11.3
2.0 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8 B.11.3.20

Tube 32-bit Integer Registers


DESCRIPTION Log period Julian timestamp of most recent AIU download Julian timestamp of most recent live component update (not aiu) Julian timestamp of prev day period Total slip seconds since boot Julian timestamp of last slip seconds Thread loop time (ms) Thread Min loop time (ms) Thread Max loop time (ms) Tube 32-bit Integer Register Notes: USAGE Read/Write, seconds Read/Write, see note 1) Read/Write, see note 1) Read Only, see note 1) Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only

ARRAY.REGISTER

1)

Julian time is number of seconds since midnight, 1/1/1970.

B.11.4
3.0 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6 3.7 3.8 3.9 3.10 3.11 3.12 3.13 3.14 3.15 3.16 3.17 3.18

Tube Floating Point Registers


DESCRIPTION Current AP / cal checks AP High Limit AP Low Limit Current Temp Fixed Temp Temp High Limit Temp Low Limit Flow Rate High Limit Flow Rate Low Limit DP/ACF Percent High for Day DP/ACF Percent Low for Day Fixed F(b) AGA-3 1985 Fixed Cd AGA-3 1992 Zba Oriface coef of expansion Pipe coef of expansion Barometric Pressure F(t) for Fpv NX19 F(p) for Fpv NX19 USAGE Read/Write, psi, see note 1 Read/Write, psi, see note 1 Read/Write, psi, see note 1 Deg F Deg F Deg F Deg F Read/Write, see note 2 Read/Write, see note 2 Read Only Read Only Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write, inches/Deg F Read/Write, inches/Deg F Read/Write, psia Read/Write Read/Write

ARRAY.REGISTER

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page B79

ARRAY.REGISTER 3.19 3.20 3.21 3.22 3.23 3.24 3.25 3.26 3.27 3.28 3.29 3.30 3.31 3.32 3.33 3.34 3.35 3.36 3.37 3.38 3.39 3.40 3.41 3.42 3.43 3.44 3.45 3.46 3.47 3.48 3.49 3.50

DESCRIPTION Fixed Analysis BTU Fixed Analysis Gravity Fixed Analysis Nitrogen Fixed Analysis Carbon Dioxide Fixed Analysis Hydrogen Sulfide Fixed Analysis Water Fixed Analysis Helium Fixed Analysis Methane Fixed Analysis Ethane Fixed Analysis Propane Fixed Analysis Normal Butane Fixed Analysis Iso-Butane Fixed Analysis Normal Pentane Fixed Analysis Iso-Pentane Fixed Analysis Normal Hexane Fixed Analysis Normal Heptane Fixed Analysis Normal Octane Fixed Analysis Normal Nonane Fixed Analysis Normal Decane Fixed Analysis Oxygen Fixed Analysis Carbon Monoxide Fixed Analysis Hydrogen Fixed Analysis Argon Fixed H2O Content Fixed H2O Bias Live Analysis Gravity Accumulator Live Analysis BTU Accumulator Live Analysis Nitrogen Accumulator Live Analysis Carbon Dioxide Accumulator Live Analysis Hydrogen Sulfide Accumulator Live Analysis Water Accumulator Live Analysis Helium Accumulator

USAGE Read/Write, BTU/SCF Read/Write Read/Write, mole % Read/Write, mole % Read/Write, mole % Read/Write, mole % Read/Write, mole % Read/Write, mole % Read/Write, mole % Read/Write, mole % Read/Write, mole % Read/Write, mole % Read/Write, mole % Read/Write, mole % Read/Write, mole % Read/Write, mole % Read/Write, mole % Read/Write, mole % Read/Write, mole % Read/Write, mole % Read/Write, mole % Read/Write, mole % Read/Write, mole % Read/Write, ppm Read/Write, ppm Read/Write, Read/Write, BTU/SCF Read/Write, mole % Read/Write, mole % Read/Write, mole % Read/Write, mole % Read/Write, mole %

Page B80

2103335-001 rev. AA

ARRAY.REGISTER 3.51 3.52 3.53 3.54 3.55 3.56 3.57 3.58 3.59 3.60 3.61 3.62 3.63 3.64 3.65 3.66 3.67 3.68 3.69 3.70 3.71 3.72 3.73 3.74 3.75 3.76 3.77

DESCRIPTION Live Analysis Methane Accumulator Live Analysis Ethane Accumulator Live Analysis Propane Accumulator Live Analysis Normal Butane Accumulator Live Analysis Iso-Butane Accumulator Live Analysis Normal Pentane Accumulator Live Analysis Iso-Pentane Accumulator Live Analysis Normal Hexane Accumulator Live Analysis Normal Heptane Accumulator Live Analysis Normal Octane Accumulator Live Analysis Normal Nonane Accumulator Live Analysis Normal Decane Accumulator Live Analysis Oxygen Accumulator Live Analysis Carbon Monoxide Accumulator Live Analysis Hydrogen Accumulator Live Analysis Argon Accumulator Log Site Code in Event Log Valve Control Accumulated Volume Aux Contact 1 Volume Setpoint Aux Contact 2 Volume Setpoint current contract day accumulated energy yesterdays contract day accumulated energy Current Energy rate Month Accum Volume Month Accum Volume, Not Reset by Reset Vol Month Accum Energy Month Accum Energy, Not Reset by Reset Vol

USAGE Read/Write, mole % Read/Write, mole % Read/Write, mole % Read/Write, mole % Read/Write, mole % Read/Write, mole % Read/Write, mole % Read/Write, mole % Read/Write, mole % Read/Write, mole % Read/Write, mole % Read/Write, mole % Read/Write, mole % Read/Write, mole % Read/Write, mole % Read/Write, mole %

Read/Write, MCF Read/Write, MCF Read/Write, MCF Read Only, MBTU Read Only, MBTU Read Only MBTU/HR Read Only, MCF Read Only, MCF Read Only, MMBTU Read Only, MMBTU

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page B81

ARRAY.REGISTER 3.78 3.79 3.80 3.81 3.82 3.83 B.11.4.21

DESCRIPTION Fixed AP value Current SCF flow Previous Month Accumulated Volume Previous Month Accumulated Volume not affected by reset volume command Previous Month Energy Previous Month Energy not affected by reset volume command

USAGE Read/Write Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only

Tube Floating Point Register Notes:

1) 2)

Static pressure values are in psia or psig depending on gauge pressure device selection. See Tube Byte Register 0.55. Flow Rate Limits units depend on Flow rate / volume scale flags. See Tube Byte Register 0.42.

B.11.5

Tube Register Cross References


Tube register cross references are structures containing the register access values for data used by the tube but owned by another application. The following structure defines data type Register. typedef struct { byte app; byte array; int16 index; } Register; // Register Struct // Application // Register array // index into array

ARRAY.REGISTER 4.0 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 4.5 4.6 4.7 4.8

DESCRIPTION AP Register ACF Register TF Register PI Register RS Register AC 1 Register AC 1 DI Register AC 2 Register AC 2 DI Register

USAGE Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write

B.11.6

Tube String Registers


ARRAY.REGISTER 5.0 5.1 DESCRIPTION Tube ID Tube last analyis time USAGE Read/Write Read Only

Page B82

2103335-001 rev. AA

ARRAY.REGISTER 5.2

DESCRIPTION Tube Description

USAGE Read/Write

B.11.7

Tube Last Calculation Period Analysis Registers, Floating Point


ARRAY.REGISTER 10.0 10.1 10.2 10.3 10.4 10.5 10.6 10.7 10.8 10.9 10.10 10.11 10.12 10.13 10.14 10.15 10.16 10.17 10.18 10.19 10.20 10.21 10.22 10.23 10.24 DESCRIPTION Last Calc Nitrogen Last Calc Carbon Dioxide Last Calc Hydrogen Sulfide Last Calc Water Last Calc Helium Last Calc Methane Last Calc Ethane Last Calc Propane Last Calc Normal Butane Last Calc Iso-Butane Last Calc Normal Pentane Last Calc Iso-Pentane Last Calc Normal Hexane Last Calc Normal Heptane Last Calc Normal Octane Last Calc Normal Nonane Last Calc Normal Decane Last Calc Oxygen Last Calc Carbon Monoxide Last Calc Hydrogen Last Calc Argon Last Calc Air Last Calc Heavy Hydrocarbons Last Calc Heat Content Last Calc Specific Gravity USAGE Read Only, mole % Read Only, mole % Read Only, mole % Read Only, mole % Read Only, mole % Read Only, mole % Read Only, mole % Read Only, mole % Read Only, mole % Read Only, mole % Read Only, mole % Read Only, mole % Read Only, mole % Read Only, mole % Read Only, mole % Read Only, mole % Read Only, mole % Read Only, mole % Read Only, mole % Read Only, mole % Read Only, mole % Read Only, mole % Read Only, mole % Read Only, BTU/SCF Read Only

B.11.8

Tube Archive Registers, Read Only


The following registers access historical data records or record items. For all tube archive registers, register value 0 refers to the most recent record, 1 refers to the next most recent record, 2 refers to the next oldest record. The oldest record is referred to by register number MAX RECORDS 1.

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page B83

B.11.8.22

Tube Log Period Registers ARRAY 200 201 202 204 205 206 207 208 209 250 DESCRIPTION Log Period Static Pressure Log Period Diff. Pressure Log Period Temperature Log Period Extension Log Period Volume Log Period Heating Value Log Period Flow time Log Period Total time Log Period Alarm bits Log Period Record USAGE Floating Point, PSIA Floating Point, Inches H2O Floating Point, Deg F Floating Point Floating Point, MCF Floating Point, MMBTU Unsigned Long, seconds Unsigned Long, seconds 32 bits, see note 1) See note 2)

B.11.8.23

Tube Log Period Usage Notes:

1)

Log Period Alarm Bits 0x00080000, 524288 - Flow rate high limit 0x00040000, 262144 - Flow rate low limit 0x00020000, 131072 - Temperature high limit 0x00010000, 65536 - Temperature low limit 0x00008000, 32768 - Static pressure high limit 0x00004000, 16384 - Static pressure low limit 0x00002000, 8192 - Acf high limit 0x00001000, 4096 - Acf low limit 0x00000800, 2048 - Zero flow 0x00000400, 1024 - Back flow 0x00000200, 512 - Remote sense (DI) 0x00000100, 256 - contact out (DO) 0x00000080, 128 - temperature channel A/D over-range 0x00000040, 64 - static pressure channel A/D over-range 0x00000020, 32 - differential pressure channel A/D over-range 0x00000010, 16 - low charger 0x00000008, 8 - low lithium battery 0x00000004, 4 - AIU / analyzer data not received 0x00000002, 2 - NX19 methane=1 / gravity=0 method 0x00000001, 1 - calculation error 2) Log Period Record definition typedef struct { unsigned long date; /* Julian Date / Time */ unsigned int sn; /* Sequence Number */ float Acf; /* period avg ACF */ float ap; /* period avg AP */ float tf; /* period avg TEMP */ float ext; /* period EXTENSION */ float vol; /* period VOLUME */ float btu; /* period ENERGY */ unsigned int ftime; /* period FLOWTIME */

2)

Page B84

2103335-001 rev. AA

unsigned int ptime; /* period TIME */ unsigned char aflags[3]; /* period ALARMS */ unsigned char vcode; /* Verification Code */ } LOGRECORD;

B.11.9

Tube Daily Registers


ARRAY 220 221 222 224 225 226 227 228 229 251 DESCRIPTION Daily Static Pressure Daily Diff. Pressure Daily Temperature Daily Extension Daily Volume Daily Heating Value Daily Flow time Daily Total time Daily Alarm bits Daily Record USAGE Floating Point, PSIA Floating Point, Inches H2O Floating Point, Deg F Floating Point Floating Point, MCF Floating Point, MBTU Unsigned Long, seconds Unsigned Long, seconds 32 bits, See note 1) See note 2)

B.11.9.24

Tube Daily Register Usage Notes

1)

Daily Alarm Bits 0x00080000, 524288 - Flow rate high limit 0x00040000, 262144 - Flow rate low limit 0x00020000, 131072 - Temperature high limit 0x00010000, 65536 - Temperature low limit 0x00008000, 32768 - Static pressure high limit 0x00004000, 16384 - Static pressure low limit 0x00002000, 8192 - Acf high limit 0x00001000, 4096 - Acf low limit 0x00000800, 2048 - Zero flow 0x00000400, 1024 - Back flow 0x00000200, 512 - Remote sense (DI) 0x00000100, 256 - contact out (DO) 0x00000080, 128 - temperature channel A/D over-range 0x00000040, 64 - static pressure channel A/D over-range 0x00000020, 32 - differential pressure channel A/D over-range 0x00000010, 16 - low charger 0x00000008, 8 - low lithium battery 0x00000004, 4 - AIU / analyzer data not received 0x00000002, 2 - NX19 methane=1 / gravity=0 method 0x00000001, 1 - calculation error Daily Record definition typedef struct { unsigned long date;

2)

/* Julian Date / Time */

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page B85

unsigned int sn; /* Sequence Number */ unsigned int event; /* Last Event Log Seq Num */ unsigned int firstlog; /* First Log Period Seq Num */ unsigned int lastlog; /* Last Log Period Seq Num */ unsigned char c_hr; /* Contract Hour */ float ext; /* Daily Extension */ float vol; /* Daily Volume */ float btu; /* Daily Energy */ unsigned long ftime; /* Daily Flowtime */ unsigned long btime; /* Daily Back-flowtime 0 for AGA-7 */ unsigned long ptime; /* period TIME */ unsigned char aflags[3]; /* period ALARMS */ float ap; /* Daily Avg AP */ float minap; /* Daily Minimum AP */ float maxap; /* Daily Maximum AP */ float aplpct; /* Daily AP LO per cent */ float aphpct; /* Daily AP HI per cent */ float Acf; /* Daily Avg ACF */ float minAcf; /* Daily Minimum ACF */ float maxAcf; /* Daily Maximum ACF */ float Acflpct; /* Daily ACF LO per cent */ float Acfhpct; /* Daily ACF HI per cent */ float tf; /* Daily Avg Temp */ float mintf; /* Daily Minimum TF */ float maxtf; /* Daily Maximum TF */ float tflpct; /* Daily ACF LO per cent */ float tfhpct; /* Daily ACF HI per cent */ unsigned char vcode; /* Verification Code */ } DAYRECORD;

B.11.10 Tube Event Registers


ARRAY 252 DESCRIPTION Event Log Record USAGE See note 1)

B.11.10.25

Tube Event Registers Usage Notes

1)

Tube Event Log Record definition typedef struct { unsigned long date; /* Julian Date/Time */ unsigned char flags; /* Event Flags */ unsigned int sn; /* Sequence Number */ unsigned int code; /* Event Code */ unsigned char oldval[4]; /* Previous Value */ unsigned char newval[4]; /* Current Value */ unsigned char vcode; /* Verification Code */ } EVTRECORD;

B.11.11 AGA-7 Tube Byte Registers


The following register tables describe registers unique to AGA-7 measurement tubes.

Page B86

2103335-001 rev. AA

ARRAY.REGISTER 6.0 6.1 6.2 6.3 6.4 6.5 6.6

DESCRIPTION AGA-7 Factor Select Bits Misc Select Bits Units scale selection for uncorrected vol units Units scale selection for corrected volume units Units scale selection for flow rate units AGA7 test Calculations Meter factor units, vol/pulse, pulses/vol

USAGE Read/Write, See note 1) Read/Write, See note 2) Read/Write, See note 3) Read/Write, See note 4) Read/Write, See note 5) Write Read/Write

B.11.11.26

AGA-7 Byte Register Usage Notes:

1)

AGA-7 Factor Select Bits 0x01, 1 /* Use Fp */ 0x02, 2 /* Use Ft */ 0x04, 4 0x08, 8 0x40, 64 /* Use s */ /* Use Faux */ /* Supports switchable characteristics, this bit not writable*/

2)

Misc Select Bits

0x01, 1 /* RTD Installed */ 0x02, 2 /* Use RTD in calcs */ 0x04, 4 /* reserved */ 0x08, 8 /* Check security code*/ 0x10, 16 /* use live ap in calcs */ 0x20, 32 /* Use live analyzer data in volume calc */ 0x40, 64 /* Use fixed analysis data on analyzer error */ 0x80, 128 /* reserved */ 3)
Units scale selection for uncorrected volume 0=ACF 1=DACF 2=CACF 3=MACF 4=DMACF 5=CMACF 6=MMACF

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page B87

4)

Units scale selection for corrected volume 0=SCF 1=DSCF 2=CSCF 3=MSCF 4=DMSCF 5=CMSCF 6=MMSCF

5)

Units scale selection for flow rate

0 = /hour 1 = /day 2 = /flow window period 6)


Meter factor units

0=Vol/Pulses 1=Pulses/Vol B.11.12 AGA-7 Float Registers


ARRAY.REGISTER 7.0 7.1 7.2 7.3 7.4 7.5 7.6 7.7 7.8 7.9 7.10 7.11 7.12 DESCRIPTION Current pulse counts ACF High Limit ACF Low Limit K-factor Flow window Fixed static pressure value Current corrected flow rate Today's contract day corrected volume Accumulated corrected volume Yesterdays corrected volume Current uncorrected flow rate Todays contract day uncorrected volume Accumulated uncorrected volume USAGE Read Only Read/Write, units scaled per Units scale selection, see 0.42 Read/Write, units scaled per Units scale selection, see 0.42 Read/Write Read/Write, seconds Read/Write, psia or psig Read Only, units scaled per Units scale selection, see 0.42 Read Only, units scaled per Units scale selection, see 6.3 Read Only, units scaled per Units scale selection, see 6.3 Read Only, units scaled per Units scale selection, see 6.3 Read Only, units scaled per Units scale selection, see 6.2 Read Only, units scaled per Units scale selection, see 0.42 Read Only, units scaled per Units scale selection, see 6.2

Page B88

2103335-001 rev. AA

ARRAY.REGISTER 7.13 7.14 7.15 7.16 7.17 7.18 7.19 7.20 7.21 7.22 7.23 7.24 7.25 7.26 7.27 7.28 7.29 7.30 7.31 7.32 7.33 7.34 7.35 7.36 7.37 7.38

DESCRIPTION Yesterdays uncorrected volume Accumulated uncorrected volume Pressure base Temperature base Fixed F(aux) C-prime test value Last calculated C-prime Last flow period actual volume Last flow period average Ap regardless of flow Last flow period flow seconds Current flow rate Current contract day corrected volume Accumulated corrected volume Yesterdays corrected volume Current uncorrected flow rate Current contract day uncorrected volume Accumulated uncorrected volume Yesterdays uncorrected volume Corrected flow rate high limit Corrected flow rate low limit Last calculated corrected volume Last calculated uncorrected volume Last flow period pulse counts Last Calc Ap, PSIA Last Calc Tf, Deg F Last Calc actual volume, ACF

USAGE Read Only, units scaled per Units scale selection, see 6.2 Read Only, units scaled per Units scale selection, see 6.2 Read/Write, PSIA Read/Write, Degrees F Read/Write Read Only Read Only Read Only, ACF Read Only, PSIA Read Only, seconds Read Only, SCF/Hour Read Only, SCF Read Only, SCF Read Only, SCF Read Only, ACF/Hour Read Only, ACF Read Only, ACF Read Only, ACF Read/Write, scaled per Units scale selection, see 6.4 Read/Write, scaled per Units scale selection, see 6.4 Read Only, units scaled per Units scale selection, see 6.3 Read Only, units scaled per Units scale selection, see 6.2 Read Only, counts Read Only Read Only Read Only

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page B89

ARRAY.REGISTER 7.39 7.40 7.41 7.42 7.43 7.44 7.45

DESCRIPTION Last Calc Fpv Last Calc Pressure Correction Factor (Fps) Last Calc Temperature Correction Factor (Fts) Last Calc heating value, BTU/SCF Last Calc Specific Gravity DP/ACF Percent High for Day DP/ACF Percent Low for Day

USAGE Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only

B.11.13 AGA-7 String Registers


ARRAY.REGISTER 8.0 8.1 8.2 8.3 DESCRIPTION Corrected Rate Units String Corrected Volume Units String Uncorrected Rate Units String Uncorrected Volume Units String USAGE Note 1) Note 1) Note 1)

B.11.13.27

AGA-7 String Register Usage Notes:

1)

These strings vary per Units scale selection. See 6.2, 6.3, and 6.4.

B.11.14 AGA-7 Int32 Registers


ARRAY.REGISTER 9.0 DESCRIPTION Tube Current Alarm Bits USAGE Read Only, See note 1)

B.11.14.28

AGA-7 Int32 Register Usage Notes:

1)

Tube Alarm Bits -

0x00080000, 524288 0x00040000, 262144 0x00020000, 131072 0x00010000, 65536 0x00008000, 32768 0x00004000, 16384 0x00002000, 8192 0x00001000, 4096 0x00000800, 2048 0x00000400, 1024 0x00000200, 512 0x00000100, 256 0x00000080, 128

- Flow rate high limit - Flow rate low limit - Temperature high limit - Temperature low limit - Static pressure high limit - Static pressure low limit - Acf high limit - Acf low limit - Zero flow - Back flow - Remote sense (DI) - contact out (DO) - temperature channel A/D over-range

Page B90

2103335-001 rev. AA

0x00000040, 0x00000020, 0x00000010, 0x00000008, 0x00000004, 0x00000002, 0x00000001,


B.12

64 - static pressure channel A/D over-range 32 - differential pressure channel A/D over-range 16 - low charger 8 - low lithium battery 4 - AIU / analyzer data not received 2 - NX19 methane=1 / gravity=0 method 1 - calculation error

XMV Interface Application Registers


Format for register list is array#.register#. The XMV interface application can be instantiated in any application slot.

REGISTER 200.0 200.1 200.2 200.3 200.4 200.5 200.6 200.7 200.8 200.X 201.0 201.1 201.2 201.3 201.4 201.5 201.6 201.7 201.8 201.X 202.0 202.1 202.2 202.3 202.4 202.5

DESCRIPTION XMV 1 Modbus Address XMV 2 Modbus Address XMV 3 Modbus Address XMV 4 Modbus Address XMV 5 Modbus Address XMV 6 Modbus Address XMV 7 Modbus Address XMV 8 Modbus Address XMV 9 Modbus Address XMV (X+1) Modbus Address XMV 1 Modbus Register XMV 2 Modbus Register XMV 3 Modbus Register XMV 4 Modbus Register XMV 5 Modbus Register XMV 6 Modbus Register XMV 7 Modbus Register XMV 8 Modbus Register XMV 9 Modbus Register XMV (X+1) Modbus Register XMV 1 Device Enable XMV 2 Device Enable XMV 3 Device Enable XMV 4 Device Enable XMV 5 Device Enable XMV 6 Device Enable

TYPE Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte UInt16 UInt16 UInt16 UInt16 UInt16 UInt16 UInt16 UInt16 UInt16 UInt16 Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte

ACCESS Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write

NOTE 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page B91

REGISTER 202.6 202.7 202.8 202.X 203.0 203.1 203.2 203.3 203.4 203.5 203.6 203.7 203.8 203.9 204.0 204.1 204.2 204.3 204.4 204.5 204.6 204.7 204.8 204.X 204.(X+1) 204.(X+2) 205.0 205.1 205.2 205.3 205.4 205.5 205.6 205.7 205.8

DESCRIPTION XMV 7 Device Enable XMV 8 Device Enable XMV 9 Device Enable XMV (X+1) Device Enable XMV 1 Scan Trigger XMV 2 Scan Trigger XMV 3 Scan Trigger XMV 4 Scan Trigger XMV 5 Scan Trigger XMV 6 Scan Trigger XMV 7 Scan Trigger XMV 8 Scan Trigger XMV 9 Scan Trigger XMV 10 Scan Trigger XMV 1 Raw DP Value XMV 1 Raw SP Value XMV 1 Raw TF Value XMV 2 Raw DP Value XMV 2 Raw SP Value XMV 2 Raw TF Value XMV 3 Raw DP Value XMV 3 Raw SP Value XMV 3 Raw TF Value XMV # Raw DP Value XMV # Raw SP Value XMV # Raw TF Value XMV 1 Scaled DP Value XMV 1 Scaled SP Value XMV 1 Scaled TF Value XMV 2 Scaled DP Value XMV 2 Scaled SP Value XMV 2 Scaled TF Value XMV 3 Scaled DP Value XMV 3 Scaled SP Value XMV 3 Scaled TF Value

TYPE Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float

ACCESS Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only

NOTE 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6

Page B92

2103335-001 rev. AA

REGISTER 205.X 205.(X+1) 205.(X+2) 206.0 206.1 206.2 206.3 206.4 206.5 206.6 206.7 206.8 206.X 207.0 207.1 207.2 207.3 207.4 207.5 207.6 207.7 207.8 207.X 208.0 208.1 208.2 208.3 208.4 208.5 208.6 208.7 208.8 208.X 209.0 209.1

DESCRIPTION XMV # Scaled DP Value XMV # Scaled SP Value XMV # Scaled TF Value XMV 1 Communication Status XMV 2 Communication Status XMV 3 Communication Status XMV 4 Communication Status XMV 5 Communication Status XMV 6 Communication Status XMV 7 Communication Status XMV 8 Communication Status XMV 9 Communication Status XMV (X+1) Communication Status XMV 1 Device Type (Absolute/Gauge) XMV 2 Device Type (Absolute/Gauge) XMV 3 Device Type (Absolute/Gauge) XMV 4 Device Type (Absolute/Gauge) XMV 5 Device Type (Absolute/Gauge) XMV 6 Device Type (Absolute/Gauge) XMV 7 Device Type (Absolute/Gauge) XMV 8 Device Type (Absolute/Gauge) XMV 9 Device Type (Absolute/Gauge) XMV (X+1) Device Type (Absolute/Gauge) XMV 1 Factory Units (Metric/English) XMV 2 Factory Units (Metric/English) XMV 3 Factory Units (Metric/English) XMV 4 Factory Units (Metric/English) XMV 5 Factory Units (Metric/English) XMV 6 Factory Units (Metric/English) XMV 7 Factory Units (Metric/English) XMV 8 Factory Units (Metric/English) XMV 9 Factory Units (Metric/English) XMV (X+1) Factory Units (Metric/English) XMV 1 Zero Transducer XMV 1 Calibration Point 1

TYPE Float Float Float Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Float Float

ACCESS Read Only Read Only Read Only Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write

NOTE 6 6 6 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 10 10

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page B93

REGISTER 209.2 209.3 209.4 209.5 209.6 209.14 209.15 209.16 209.17 209.18 209.19 209.20 209.21 209.22 209.30 209.31 209.32 209.33 209.34 209.35 209.36 209.37 209.38 209.46 209.47 209.X 209.X+1 209. X+2 209. X+3 209. X+4 209. X+5 209. X+6 209. X+7 209. X+8 212.0

DESCRIPTION XMV 1 Calibration Point 2 XMV 1 Calibration Point 3 XMV 1 Calibration Point 4 XMV 1 Calibration Point 5 XMV 1 Calibration Bias XMV 1 Calibration Abort XMV 1 Calibration Complete XMV 2 Zero Transducer XMV 2 Calibration Point 1 XMV 2 Calibration Point 2 XMV 2 Calibration Point 3 XMV 2 Calibration Point 4 XMV 2 Calibration Point 5 XMV 2 Calibration Bias XMV 2 Calibration Abort XMV 2 Calibration Complete XMV 3 Zero Transducer XMV 3 Calibration Point 1 XMV 3 Calibration Point 2 XMV 3 Calibration Point 3 XMV 3 Calibration Point 4 XMV 3 Calibration Point 5 XMV 3 Calibration Bias XMV 3 Calibration Abort XMV 3 Calibration Complete XMV # Zero Transducer XMV # Calibration Point 1 XMV # Calibration Point 2 XMV # Calibration Point 3 XMV # Calibration Point 4 XMV # Calibration Point 5 XMV # Calibration Bias XMV # Calibration Abort XMV # Calibration Complete XMV 1 DP Calibration Flags

TYPE Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Uint16

ACCESS Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Write Only Write Only Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Write Only Write Only Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Write Only Write Only Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Write Only Write Only Read Only

NOTE 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 11

Page B94

2103335-001 rev. AA

REGISTER 212.1 212.2 212.3 212.4 212.5 212.6 212.7 212.8 212.X 212.X+1 212.X+2 214.0 214.1 214.2 214.3 214.4 214.5 214.6 214.7 214.X 215.0 215.1 215.2 215.3 215.4 215.5 215.6 215.7 215.8 215.X 216.0 216.1 216.2 216.3 216.4

DESCRIPTION XMV 1 SP Calibration Flags XMV 1 TF Calibration Flags XMV 2 DP Calibration Flags XMV 2 SP Calibration Flags XMV 2 TF Calibration Flags XMV 3 DP Calibration Flags XMV 3 SP Calibration Flags XMV 3 TF Calibration Flags XMV # DP Calibration Flags XMV # SP Calibration Flags XMV # TF Calibration Flags XMV 1 Description XMV 2 Description XMV 3 Description XMV 4 Description XMV 5 Description XMV 6 Description XMV 7 Description XMV 8 Description XMV (X+1) Description XMV 1 Scroll Text Lock XMV 2 Scroll Text Lock XMV 3 Scroll Text Lock XMV 4 Scroll Text Lock XMV 5 Scroll Text Lock XMV 6 Scroll Text Lock XMV 7 Scroll Text Lock XMV 8 Scroll Text Lock XMV 9 Scroll Text Lock XMV (X+1) Scroll Text Lock XMV 1 Scroll Text Trigger XMV 2 Scroll Text Trigger XMV 3 Scroll Text Trigger XMV 4 Scroll Text Trigger XMV 5 Scroll Text Trigger

TYPE Uint16 Uint16 Uint16 Uint16 Uint16 Uint16 Uint16 Uint16 Uint16 Uint16 Uint16 String String String String String String String String String Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte

ACCESS Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write

NOTE 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11

12 12 12 12 12

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page B95

REGISTER 216.5 216.6 216.7 216.8 216.X 217.0 217.1 217.2 217.3 217.4 217.5 217.6 217.7 217.8 217.X 217.(X+1) 217.(X+2) 218.0 218.1 218.2 218.3 218.4 218.5 218.6 218.7 218.8 218.9 218.10 218.11 218.12 218.13 218.14 218.15 218.16 218.17

DESCRIPTION XMV 6 Scroll Text Trigger XMV 7 Scroll Text Trigger XMV 8 Scroll Text Trigger XMV 9 Scroll Text Trigger XMV (X+1) Scroll Text Trigger XMV 1 DP Scroll Lock XMV 1 SP Scroll Lock XMV 1 TF Scroll Lock XMV 2 DP Scroll Lock XMV 2 SP Scroll Lock XMV 2 TF Scroll Lock XMV 3 DP Scroll Lock XMV 3 SP Scroll Lock XMV 3 TF Scroll Lock XMV # DP Scroll Lock XMV # SP Scroll Lock XMV # TF Scroll Lock XMV 1 Scroll Text Register 1 XMV 1 Scroll Text Register 2 XMV 1 Scroll Text Register 3 XMV 1 Scroll Text Register 4 XMV 1 Scroll Text Register 5 XMV 1 Scroll Text Register 6 XMV 1 Scroll Text Register 7 XMV 2 Scroll Text Register 1 XMV 2 Scroll Text Register 2 XMV 2 Scroll Text Register 3 XMV 2 Scroll Text Register 4 XMV 2 Scroll Text Register 5 XMV 2 Scroll Text Register 6 XMV 2 Scroll Text Register 7 XMV 3 Scroll Text Register 1 XMV 3 Scroll Text Register 2 XMV 3 Scroll Text Register 3 XMV 3 Scroll Text Register 4

TYPE Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Uint16 Uint16 Uint16 Uint16 Uint16 Uint16 Uint16 Uint16 Uint16 Uint16 Uint16 Uint16 Uint16 Uint16 Uint16 Uint16 Uint16 Uint16

ACCESS Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Write Only Write Only Write Only Write Only Write Only Write Only Write Only Write Only Write Only Write Only Write Only Write Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only

NOTE 12 12 12 12 12 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14

Page B96

2103335-001 rev. AA

REGISTER 218.18 218.19 218.20 218.X 218.(X+1) 218. (X+2) 218. (X+3) 218. (X+4) 218. (X+5) 218. (X+6) 219.0-(X) 220.0-(X) 221.0-(X) 222.0-(X) 223.0-(X) 224.0-(X) 225.0-(X) 226.0-(X) 227.0-(X) 228.0-(X) 229.0-(X) 230.0-(X) 231.0-(X) 232.0-(X) 233.0-(X) 234.0-(X) 235.0-(X) 236.0-(X) 237.0-(X) 238.0-(X) 239.0-(X) 240.0-(X) 241.0-(X) 242.0-(X) 243.0-(X)

DESCRIPTION XMV 3 Scroll Text Register 5 XMV 3 Scroll Text Register 6 XMV 3 Scroll Text Register 7 XMV # Scroll Text Register 1 XMV # Scroll Text Register 2 XMV # Scroll Text Register 3 XMV # Scroll Text Register 4 XMV # Scroll Text Register 5 XMV # Scroll Text Register 6 XMV # Scroll Text Register 7 XMV # of Displays XMV 1 Display (X) Interval XMV 1 Display (X) Top Line XMV 1 Display (X) Bottom Line XMV 1 Display (X) Format XMV 2 Display (X) Interval XMV 2 Display (X) Top Line XMV 2 Display (X) Bottom Line XMV 2 Display (X) Format XMV 3 Display (X) Interval XMV 3 Display (X) Top Line XMV 3 Display (X) Bottom Line XMV 3 Display (X) Format XMV 4 Display (X) Interval XMV 4 Display (X) Top Line XMV 4 Display (X) Bottom Line XMV 4 Display (X) Format XMV 5 Display (X) Interval XMV 5 Display (X) Top Line XMV 5 Display (X) Bottom Line XMV 5 Display (X) Format XMV 6 Display (X) Interval XMV 6 Display (X) Top Line XMV 6 Display (X) Bottom Line XMV 6 Display (X) Format

TYPE Uint16 Uint16 Uint16 Uint16 Uint16 Uint16 Uint16 Uint16 Uint16 Uint16 Byte Byte String String String Byte String String String Byte String String String Byte String String String Byte String String String Byte String String String

ACCESS Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write

NOTE 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14

16 17 17 18 16 17 17 18 16 17 17 18 16 17 17 18 16 17 17 18 16 17 17 18

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page B97

REGISTER 244.0-(X) 245.0-(X) 246.0-(X) 247.0-(X) 248.0-(X) 249.0-(X) 250.0-(X) 251.0-(X) 255.255

DESCRIPTION XMV 7 Display (X) Interval XMV 7 Display (X) Top Line XMV 7 Display (X) Bottom Line XMV 7 Display (X) Format XMV 8 Display (X) Interval XMV 8 Display (X) Top Line XMV 8 Display (X) Bottom Line XMV 8 Display (X) Format Number of XMVs

TYPE Byte String String String Byte String String String Byte

ACCESS Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write

NOTE 16 17 17 18 16 17 17 18 19

B.12.1.29

XMV Application Register Notes

1) 2)

XMV Modbus Address is the address of the Modbus slave. Each Modbus operation captures 3 register values. The XMV Modbus Register is the address of the first value to read. The read operation will capture the three consecutive register values beginning with this register. Registers in array 202 control the scan triggers in array 203. When a register in array 202 is ENABLED (1), the corresponding register in array 203 is TRIGGERED (1). When a register in array 202 is DISABLED (0), the corresponding register in array 203 is always 0. The MODBUS request blocks mentioned in note 5 should be configured to trigger off the corresponding register in array 203. A MODBUS request block should be configured to read DP, SP, and TF from the XMV and store the data into the corresponding registers in array 204. The status of the scan request should be written to array 218. When the status written by the protocol is 0 (SUCCESS), the raw data is scaled and moved to array 205. When the status written by the protocol is 0 (SUCCESS), the raw data is scaled and moved to array 205. Measurement applications should source their inputs from array 205. The MODBUS request block for each XMV scan request should be configured to write the communication status to these status registers. When the comm status written is 0 (SUCCESS), the raw data registers (array 204) are processed (scaled) and written to the corresponding scaled data registers (array 205). Device Static Pressure type. If the XMV is an ABB 2010, this register should be set to 0 (Absolute). If the XMV is a Rosemount 3095, this register should be set to 1 (Gauge). If the XMV is and ABB 2010, this register should be set to 0 (Metric). If the XMV is a Rosemount 3095, this register should be set to 1 (English).

3)

4) 5)

6) 7)

8) 9)

10) The calibration registers in array 209 should only be written by the PCCU32 calibration screen. 11) Calibration Bit Flags 0x0080=Factory, 0x0040=Field any thing else then in calibration sequence
mode.

12) The MODBUS request block mentioned in note 4 above should be configured to trigger off the
corresponding register in array 216.

13) The scroll lock registers in array 217 are written by the PCCU32 calibration screen to lock the
pressure (DP or SP) being calibrated on the XMV.

14) The ABB 2010 series XMV allows the host to write 14 bytes of text to registers 1001-1007. The
XMV interface application uses this feature to scroll user programmable displays on the XMV. A

Page B98

2103335-001 rev. AA

MODBUS request block must be configured to write the corresponding registers from array 218 to the XMV.

15) Each ABB 2010 XMV can be configured with a variable number of displays. The displays are
scrolled one at a time on the device display. If number of displays are set to zero (0), three default displays (DP,SP,TF) are provided.

16) Each display can be configured with its own display interval. This is the minimum amount of time
the display is scrolled.

17) The ABB 2010 display consists of 2 lines, 7 characters each. Each line can be up to 7 characters
of text (such as PSIA), or a register (such as 11.7.0).

18) The display format can be specified as Width.Decimal. To display a floating point register with
three decimal places, set the format to 7.3. To display two decimal places, set the format to 7.2. To display integer registers, set the format to 7.0.

19) The XMV application supports a maximum of eight (25) XMVs.

B.13

Therms Master Application Registers


The Therms Master application registers allow access XFCG4 data items. Usage and notes are specific to the Therms Master application. Format for register list is array#.register# description. Application number depends on the order of application instantiation. Actual array numbers for the Therms Master application are offset by 100. Low order array numbers are used for the Communication application, since the XFCG4 application is derived from a Communication application. Refer to the Communication Application Register document

B.13.1
100.0 100.1 100.2 100.3 100.4 100.5 100.6 100.7 100.8 100.9 100.10

Therms Master Btu Byte Registers


DESCRIPTION Components 7001 Read trigger. Reset New Data trigger. 3001 Poll status. 3058 Write status. 7001 Poll status. Use Index 0-15 or 16-31. 7017 Read trigger. 7017 Poll status. 7200 Poll status. 3001 Read trigger. 7200 Read trigger. USAGE Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write

ARRAY.REGISTER

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page B99

B.13.2
101.0 101.1 101.2 101.3 101.4 101.5 101.6 101.7 101.8 101.9 101.10 101.11 101.12 101.13 101.14 101.15 101.16 101.17 101.18 101.19 101.20 101.21 101.22 101.23 101.24 101.25 101.26 101.27 101.28 101.29 101.30 101.31 101.32 101.33

Therms Master Btu Integer Registers


DESCRIPTION Components Table #1 Index #1. Components Table #1 Index #2. Components Table #1 Index #3. Components Table #1 Index #4. Components Table #1 Index #5. Components Table #1 Index #6. Components Table #1 Index #7. Components Table #1 Index #8. Components Table #1 Index #9. Components Table #1 Index #10. Components Table #1 Index #11. Components Table #1 Index #12. Components Table #1 Index #13. Components Table #1 Index #14. Components Table #1 Index #15. Components Table #1 Index #16. Components Table #2 Index #1. Components Table #2 Index #2. Components Table #2 Index #3. Components Table #2 Index #4. Components Table #2 Index #5. Components Table #2 Index #6. Components Table #2 Index #7. Components Table #2 Index #8. Components Table #2 Index #9. Components Table #2 Index #10. Components Table #2 Index #11. Components Table #2 Index #12. Components Table #2 Index #13. Components Table #2 Index #14. Components Table #2 Index #15. Components Table #2 Index #16. Analysis time. Current Stream USAGE Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write

ARRAY.REGISTER

Page B100

2103335-001 rev. AA

ARRAY.REGISTER 101.34 101.35 101.36 101.37 101.38 101.39 101.40 101.41 101.42 101.43 101.44 101.45 101.46 101.47 101.48 101.49 101.50 101.51 101.52 101.53 101.54 101.55 101.56 101.57 101.58 101.59

DESCRIPTION Stream Mask. Current Month. Current Day. Current Year. Current Hour Current Minutes Cycle time start Month Cycle time start Day Cycle time start Year Cycle time start Hour Cycle time start Minutes Bit Flags Transmitter Bit Flags Transmitter Bit Flags Stream 1 Low Bit Flags Stream 1 High Bit Flags Stream 2Low Bit Flags Stream 2 High Bit Flags Stream 3Low Bit Flags Stream 3 High Bit Flags Stream 4 Low Bit Flags Stream 4 High Bit Flags Stream 5 Low Bit Flags Stream 5 High New Data Flag Cal/Analysis Flag Cal/Analysis Flag

USAGE Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write

B.13.3
102.0 102.1 102.2 102.3 102.4 102.5

Therms Master Btu Float Registers


DESCRIPTION Mole % - Component #1 Mole % - Component #2 Mole % - Component #3 Mole % - Component #4 Mole % - Component #5 Mole % - Component #6 USAGE Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write

ARRAY.REGISTER

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page B101

ARRAY.REGISTER 102.6 102.7 102.8 102.9 102.10 102.11 102.12 102.13 102.14 102.15 102.16 102.17 102.18 102.19 102.20 102.21 102.22 102.23 102.24 102.25 102.26 102.27 102.28 102.29 102.30 102.31 102.32 102.33 102.34 102.35 102.36 102.37 102.38 102.39

DESCRIPTION Mole % - Component #7 Mole % - Component #8 Mole % - Component #9 Mole % - Component #10 Mole % - Component #11 Mole % - Component #12 Mole % - Component #13 Mole % - Component #14 Mole % - Component #15 Mole % - Component #4 GPM - Component #1 GPM - Component #2 GPM - Component #3 GPM - Component #4 GPM - Component #5 GPM - Component #6 GPM - Component #7 GPM - Component #8 GPM - Component #9 GPM - Component #10 GPM - Component #11 GPM - Component #12 GPM - Component #13 GPM - Component #14 GPM - Component #15 GPM - Component #16 Btu Dry. Btu Saturated Specific Gravity Compressibility Wobbe Index Total Un-normalized mole Total GPM Ratio#1 - Unused

USAGE Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write

Page B102

2103335-001 rev. AA

B.13.4
103.0 103.1 103.2 103.3 103.4 103.5 103.6 103.7 103.8 103.9 103.10 103.11 103.12 103.13 103.14 103.15 103.16 103.17 103.18 103.19 103.20 103.21 103.22 103.23 103.24 103.25 103.26 103.27 103.28 103.29 103.30 103.31 103.32 103.33

Therms Master Stream 1 Float Registers


DESCRIPTION N2 Btu Stream Component. CO2 Btu Stream Component. H2S Btu Stream Component. H2O Btu Stream Component. HE Btu Stream Component. C1 Btu Stream Component. C2 Btu Stream Component. C3 Btu Stream Component. NC4 Btu Stream Component. IC4 Btu Stream Component. NC5 Btu Stream Component. IC5 Btu Stream Component. NC6 Btu Stream Component. NC7 Btu Stream Component. NC8 Btu Stream Component. NC9 Btu Stream Component. NC10 Btu Stream Component. O2 Btu Stream Component. CO Btu Stream Component. H2 Btu Stream Component. AR Btu Stream Component. AIR Btu Stream Component. C6PLUS Btu Stream Component. BTU Btu Stream Component. GF Btu Stream Component. SGF Btu Stream Component. CPCV Btu Stream Component. VISCOSITY Btu Stream Component. DENSITY Btu Stream Component. FT Btu Stream Component. FP Btu Stream Component. C7PLUS Btu Stream Component. C8PLUS Btu Stream Component. H2OCONTENT Btu Stream Component. USAGE Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write

ARRAY.REGISTER

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page B103

ARRAY.REGISTER 103.34 103.35 103.36 103.37 103.38 103.39 103.40 103.41 103.42 103.43

DESCRIPTION H2OBIAS Btu Stream Component. EOAXMAP Btu Stream Component. NEOC5 Btu Stream Component. C3PRIME Btu Stream Component. C4PLUS Btu Stream Component. SATBTU Btu Stream Component. Z Btu Stream Component. WOBBE Btu Stream Component. STREAM NUMBER. STREAM TIME.

USAGE Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write

B.13.5
104.0 104.1 104.2 104.3 104.4 104.5 104.6 104.7 104.8 104.9 104.10 104.11 104.12 104.13 104.14 104.15 104.16 104.17 104.18 104.19 104.20 104.21

Therms Master Stream 2 Float Registers


DESCRIPTION N2 Btu Stream Component. CO2 Btu Stream Component. H2S Btu Stream Component. H2O Btu Stream Component. HE Btu Stream Component. C1 Btu Stream Component. C2 Btu Stream Component. C3 Btu Stream Component. NC4 Btu Stream Component. IC4 Btu Stream Component. NC5 Btu Stream Component. IC5 Btu Stream Component. NC6 Btu Stream Component. NC7 Btu Stream Component. NC8 Btu Stream Component. NC9 Btu Stream Component. NC10 Btu Stream Component. O2 Btu Stream Component. CO Btu Stream Component. H2 Btu Stream Component. AR Btu Stream Component. AIR Btu Stream Component. USAGE Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write

ARRAY.REGISTER

Page B104

2103335-001 rev. AA

ARRAY.REGISTER 104.22 104.23 104.24 104.25 104.26 104.27 104.28 104.29 104.30 104.31 104.32 104.33 104.34 104.35 104.36 104.37 104.38 104.39 104.40 104.41 104.42 104.43

DESCRIPTION C6PLUS Btu Stream Component. BTU Btu Stream Component. GF Btu Stream Component. SGF Btu Stream Component. CPCV Btu Stream Component. VISCOSITY Btu Stream Component. DENSITY Btu Stream Component. FT Btu Stream Component. FP Btu Stream Component. C7PLUS Btu Stream Component. C8PLUS Btu Stream Component. H2OCONTENT Btu Stream Component. H2OBIAS Btu Stream Component. EOAXMAP Btu Stream Component. NEOC5 Btu Stream Component. C3PRIME Btu Stream Component. C4PLUS Btu Stream Component. SATBTU Btu Stream Component. Z Btu Stream Component. WOBBE Btu Stream Component. STREAM NUMBER. STREAM TIME.

USAGE Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write

B.13.6
105.0 105.1 105.2 105.3 105.4 105.5 105.6 105.7 105.8 105.9

Therms Master Stream 3 Float Registers


DESCRIPTION N2 Btu Stream Component. CO2 Btu Stream Component. H2S Btu Stream Component. H2O Btu Stream Component. HE Btu Stream Component. C1 Btu Stream Component. C2 Btu Stream Component. C3 Btu Stream Component. NC4 Btu Stream Component. IC4 Btu Stream Component. USAGE Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write

ARRAY.REGISTER

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page B105

ARRAY.REGISTER 105.10 105.11 105.12 105.13 105.14 105.15 105.16 105.17 105.18 105.19 105.20 105.21 105.22 105.23 105.24 105.25 105.26 105.27 105.28 105.29 105.30 105.31 105.32 105.33 105.34 105.35 105.36 105.37 105.38 105.39 105.40 105.41 105.42 105.43

DESCRIPTION NC5 Btu Stream Component. IC5 Btu Stream Component. NC6 Btu Stream Component. NC7 Btu Stream Component. NC8 Btu Stream Component. NC9 Btu Stream Component. NC10 Btu Stream Component. O2 Btu Stream Component. CO Btu Stream Component. H2 Btu Stream Component. AR Btu Stream Component. AIR Btu Stream Component. C6PLUS Btu Stream Component. BTU Btu Stream Component. GF Btu Stream Component. SGF Btu Stream Component. CPCV Btu Stream Component. VISCOSITY Btu Stream Component. DENSITY Btu Stream Component. FT Btu Stream Component. FP Btu Stream Component. C7PLUS Btu Stream Component. C8PLUS Btu Stream Component. H2OCONTENT Btu Stream Component. H2OBIAS Btu Stream Component. EOAXMAP Btu Stream Component. NEOC5 Btu Stream Component. C3PRIME Btu Stream Component. C4PLUS Btu Stream Component. SATBTU Btu Stream Component. Z Btu Stream Component. WOBBE Btu Stream Component. STREAM NUMBER. STREAM TIME.

USAGE Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write

Page B106

2103335-001 rev. AA

B.13.7
106.0 106.1 106.2 106.3 106.4 106.5 106.6 106.7 106.8 106.9 106.10 106.11 106.12 106.13 106.14 106.15 106.16 106.17 106.18 106.19 106.20 106.21 106.22 106.23 106.24 106.25 106.26 106.27 106.28 106.29 106.30 106.31 106.32 106.33

Therms Master Stream 4 Float Registers


DESCRIPTION N2 Btu Stream Component. CO2 Btu Stream Component. H2S Btu Stream Component. H2O Btu Stream Component. HE Btu Stream Component. C1 Btu Stream Component. C2 Btu Stream Component. C3 Btu Stream Component. NC4 Btu Stream Component. IC4 Btu Stream Component. NC5 Btu Stream Component. IC5 Btu Stream Component. NC6 Btu Stream Component. NC7 Btu Stream Component. NC8 Btu Stream Component. NC9 Btu Stream Component. NC10 Btu Stream Component. O2 Btu Stream Component. CO Btu Stream Component. H2 Btu Stream Component. AR Btu Stream Component. AIR Btu Stream Component. C6PLUS Btu Stream Component. BTU Btu Stream Component. GF Btu Stream Component. SGF Btu Stream Component. CPCV Btu Stream Component. VISCOSITY Btu Stream Component. DENSITY Btu Stream Component. FT Btu Stream Component. FP Btu Stream Component. C7PLUS Btu Stream Component. C8PLUS Btu Stream Component. H2OCONTENT Btu Stream Component. USAGE Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write

ARRAY.REGISTER

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page B107

ARRAY.REGISTER 106.34 106.35 106.36 106.37 106.38 106.39 106.40 106.41 106.42 106.43

DESCRIPTION H2OBIAS Btu Stream Component. EOAXMAP Btu Stream Component. NEOC5 Btu Stream Component. C3PRIME Btu Stream Component. C4PLUS Btu Stream Component. SATBTU Btu Stream Component. Z Btu Stream Component. WOBBE Btu Stream Component. STREAM NUMBER. STREAM TIME.

USAGE Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write

B.13.8
107.0 B.13.8.30

Therms Master Btu Var Integer Registers


DESCRIPTION Master Stream ID. Therms Master Notes USAGE Read/Write- see note 1

ARRAY.REGISTER

1)

Stream Id Bits: Bit 0 : No/Yes(0/1) Send stream 1 to this slave Bit 1 : No/Yes(0/1) Send stream 2 to this slave Bit 2 : No/Yes(0/1) Send stream 3 to this slave Bit 3 : No/Yes(0/1) Send stream 4 to this slave

B.13.9
108.0 108.1 108.2 108.3 108.4 108.5 108.6 108.7 108.8

Therms Master Btu Var Int32 Registers


DESCRIPTION N/A Current Stream 1 Time. Current Stream 2 Time. Current Stream 3 Time. Current Stream 4 Time. Elapsed Stream 1 Time. Elapsed Stream 2 Time. Elapsed Stream 3 Time. Elapsed Stream 4 Time. Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write USAGE

ARRAY.REGISTER

B.13.10 Therms Master Slave Data Trigger Registers


ARRAY.REGISTER 109.0 DESCRIPTION Slave Data Send Trigger. USAGE Read/Write

Note: for succeeding slaves the register offset for each slave = (slavenum * 1) + Index Example: index register for slave data trigger for slave 2 = (1 * 1) + 0

Page B108

2103335-001 rev. AA

B.13.11 Therms Master Current Stream Float Registers


ARRAY.REGISTER 110.0 110.1 110.2 110.3 110.4 110.5 110.6 110.7 110.8 110.9 110.10 110.11 110.12 110.13 110.14 110.15 110.16 110.17 110.18 110.19 110.20 110.21 110.22 110.23 110.24 110.25 110.26 110.27 110.28 110.29 110.30 110.31 110.32 110.33 DESCRIPTION N2 Btu Stream Component. CO2 Btu Stream Component. H2S Btu Stream Component. H2O Btu Stream Component. HE Btu Stream Component. C1 Btu Stream Component. C2 Btu Stream Component. C3 Btu Stream Component. NC4 Btu Stream Component. IC4 Btu Stream Component. NC5 Btu Stream Component. IC5 Btu Stream Component. NC6 Btu Stream Component. NC7 Btu Stream Component. NC8 Btu Stream Component. NC9 Btu Stream Component. NC10 Btu Stream Component. O2 Btu Stream Component. CO Btu Stream Component. H2 Btu Stream Component. AR Btu Stream Component. AIR Btu Stream Component. C6PLUS Btu Stream Component. BTU Btu Stream Component. GF Btu Stream Component. SGF Btu Stream Component. CPCV Btu Stream Component. VISCOSITY Btu Stream Component. DENSITY Btu Stream Component. FT Btu Stream Component. FP Btu Stream Component. C7PLUS Btu Stream Component. C8PLUS Btu Stream Component. H2OCONTENT Btu Stream Component. USAGE Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page B109

ARRAY.REGISTER 110.34 110.35 110.36 110.37 110.38 110.39 110.40 110.41 110.42 110.43

DESCRIPTION H2OBIAS Btu Stream Component. EOAXMAP Btu Stream Component. NEOC5 Btu Stream Component. C3PRIME Btu Stream Component. C4PLUS Btu Stream Component. SATBTU Btu Stream Component. Z Btu Stream Component. WOBBE Btu Stream Component. STREAM NUMBER. STREAM TIME.

USAGE Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write

B.13.12 Therms Master Slave Var Integer Registers


ARRAY.REGISTER 111.0 DESCRIPTION Slave Steam Id. USAGE Read/Write

Note: for succeeding slaves the register offset for each slave = (slavenum * 1) + Index Example: index register for slave stream Id for slave 2 = (1 * 1) + 0 Stream Id Bits: Bit 0 : No/Yes(0/1) Send stream 1 to this slave Bit 1 : No/Yes(0/1) Send stream 2 to this slave Bit 2 : No/Yes(0/1) Send stream 3 to this slave Bit 3 : No/Yes(0/1) Send stream 4 to this slave

B.13.13 Therms Master StreamTime String Registers


ARRAY.REGISTER 112.0 112.1 112.2 112.3 DESCRIPTION Current Stream 1 Time, String formatted.. Current Stream 2Time, String formatted.. Current Stream 3 Time, String formatted.. Current Stream 4 Time, String formatted.. USAGE Read Read Read Read

B.13.14 Therms Master Slave Var Integer Registers


ARRAY.REGISTER 113.0 DESCRIPTION Slave Data Send Status. USAGE Read/Write

Note: for succeeding slaves the register offset for each slave = (slavenum * 1) + Index Example: index register for slave data send status for slave 2 = (1 * 1) + 0 B.14 114.0

Therms Display String Registers


DESCRIPTION Analyzer Alarm, string based on value in App.115.17, 0 = USAGE Read

ARRAY.REGISTER

Page B110

2103335-001 rev. AA

ARRAY.REGISTER

DESCRIPTION Normal, Not 0 = Fault Stream 1 Alarm, string based on value in App.115.24, 0 = Normal, Not 0 = Fault Stream 2 Alarm, string based on value in App.115.25, 0 = Normal, Not 0 = Fault Stream 3 Alarm, string based on value in app.115.26, 0 = Normal, Not 0 = Fault Stream 4 Alarm, string based on value in App.115.27, 0 = Normal, Not 0 = Fault Analyzer Mode, string based on value in App.101.59, 1 = Hold, 2 = Run, 3 = SingleCycle, 4 = Abort, 5 = Calibrate, 6 = StartUp. Helium Psi, string based on value in App.115.11, 0 = Normal, Not 0 = Low Cal Psi, string based on value in App.115.12, 0 = Normal, Not 0 = Low

USAGE

114.1 114.2 114.3 114.4

Read Read Read Read

114.5

Read

114.6 114.7

Read Read

B.14.1
115.0 115.1 115.2 115.3 115.4 115.5 115.6 115.7 115.8 115.9 115.10 115.11 115.12 115.13 115.14 115.15 115.16 115.17 115.18

Therms Status Btu Integer Registers


DESCRIPTION Set Next State(3061) Auto Calibration during startup Auto Peak Detection during startup Auto Run after startup Number of Calibration cycles Number of Calibration cycles to Average Low Carrier Mode. Low Power Mode. Pre-Purge Selection. Normal Status. Fault Status. Carrier Bottle Low.(3072 Calibration Bottle Low.(3073) Manually Update Response Factors Auto Update Response Factors Selection Disable Stream Switching. Transmitter Current Warning Transmitter Current Fault.(3078) Transmitter Initial Warning. USAGE Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write

ARRAY.REGISTER

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page B111

ARRAY.REGISTER 115.19 115.20 115.21 115.22 115.23 115.24 115.25 115.26 115.27

DESCRIPTION Transmitter Initial Fault Stream 1 Current Warning Stream 1 Current Warning Stream 1 Current Warning Stream 1 Current Warning Stream 1 Current Fault(3085) Stream 2 Current Fault(3086) Stream 3 Current Fault.(3087) Stream 4 Current Fault(3088).

USAGE Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write

B.14.2
116.0 116.1 116.2 116.3 116.4 116.5 116.6 116.7

Therms Status Float Registers


DESCRIPTION Ground Ref. (7200) Power- Battery Voltage (7201) Mandrel Temp (7202) Carrier Press. (7203) Aux. Press. (7204) AI-6 Spare (7205) Ambient Temp(7206) Voltage Ref. (7207) USAGE Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write

ARRAY.REGISTER

B.14.3
117.0 117.1 117.2 117.3

Therms Stream SN Int32 Registers


DESCRIPTION New Data Stream 1 New Data Stream 2 New Data Stream 3 New Data Stream 4 USAGE Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write

ARRAY.REGISTER

B.14.4
118.0 118.1 118.2 118.3 118.4 118.5 118.6

Therms Master Component Xref Index Registers


DESCRIPTION Components Index Xref Index #1. Components Index Xref Index #2. Components Index Xref Index #3. Components Index Xref Index #4. Components Index Xref Index #5. Components Index Xref Index #6. Components Index Xref Index #7. USAGE Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write

ARRAY.REGISTER

Page B112

2103335-001 rev. AA

ARRAY.REGISTER 118.7 118.8 118.9 118.10 118.11 118.12 118.13 118.14 118.15 118.16 118.17 118.18 118.19 118.20 118.21 118.22 118.23 118.24 118.25 118.26 118.27 118.28 118.29 118.30 118.31

DESCRIPTION Components Index Xref Index #8. Components Index Xref Index #9. Components Index Xref Index #10 Components Index Xref Index #11 Components Index Xref Index #12 Components Index Xref Index #13 Components Index Xref Index #14 Components Index Xref Index #15 Components Index Xref Index #16 Components Index Xref Index #17 Components Index Xref Index #18 Components Index Xref Index #19 Components Index Xref Index #20. Components Index Xref Index #21. Components Index Xref Index #22. Components Index Xref Index #23. Components Index Xref Index #24. Components Index Xref Index #25. Components Index Xref Index #26. Components Index Xref Index #27. Components Index Xref Index #28. Components Index Xref Index #29. Components Index Xref Index #30. Components Index Xref Index #31. Components Index Xref Index #32.

USAGE Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write

B.14.5
119.0 119.1 119.2 119.3 119.4 119.5 119.6

Therms Master Btu Byte Registers


DESCRIPTION Stream 1 Source App. Stream 2 Source App. Stream 3 Source App. Stream 4 Source App. Use Data From Source (Therms or NGC). Stream 1 NGC Trigger. Stream 2 NGC Trigger. USAGE Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write

ARRAY.REGISTER

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page B113

ARRAY.REGISTER 119.7 119.8 119.9 119.10 119.11 119.12 119.13 119.14 119.15 119.16

DESCRIPTION Stream 3 NGC Trigger. Stream 4 NGC Trigger. Therms Master MB Address. Scan Enable 3001. Scan Enable 7200. Scan Enable 7001. Scan Enable 7017. Scan Enable 3058. Use ABB Scan or 2251 Scans. Use New Data Flag or Cycle Time

USAGE Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write

B.14.6
120.0 120.1 120.2 120.3 120.4 120.5 120.6 120.7 120.8 120.9 120.10 120.11 120.12 120.13 120.14 120.15 120.16 120.17 120.18 120.19 120.20 120.21

Therms Master Component Xrefed Index Registers


DESCRIPTION Components Index Xrefed Index #1. Components Index Xrefed Index #2. Components Index Xrefed Index #3. Components Index Xrefed Index #4. Components Index Xrefed Index #5. Components Index Xrefed Index #6. Components Index Xrefed Index #7. Components Index Xrefed Index #8. Components Index Xrefed Index #9. Components Index Xrefed Index #10 Components Index Xrefed Index #11 Components Index Xrefed Index #12 Components Index Xrefed Index #13 Components Index Xrefed Index #14 Components Index Xrefed Index #15 Components Index Xrefed Index #16 Components Index Xrefed Index #17 Components Index Xrefed Index #18 Components Index Xrefed Index #19 Components Index Xrefed Index #20. Components Index Xrefed Index #21. Components Index Xrefed Index #22. USAGE Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write

ARRAY.REGISTER

Page B114

2103335-001 rev. AA

ARRAY.REGISTER 120.22 120.23 120.24 120.25 120.26 120.27 120.28 120.29 120.30 120.31

DESCRIPTION Components Index Xrefed Index #23. Components Index Xrefed Index #24. Components Index Xrefed Index #25. Components Index Xrefed Index #26. Components Index Xrefed Index #27. Components Index Xrefed Index #28. Components Index Xrefed Index #29. Components Index Xrefed Index #30. Components Index Xrefed Index #31. Components Index Xrefed Index #32.

USAGE Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write

B.14.7
121.0

Therms Slave Var Modbus Address Registers


DESCRIPTION Slave Modbus Address. USAGE Read/Write

ARRAY.REGISTER

Note: for succeeding slaves the register offset for each slave = (slavenum * 1) + Index Example: index register for slave data trigger for slave 2 = (1 * 1) + 0

B.14.8
122.0

Therms Slave Var Modbus Address Registers


DESCRIPTION Slave Scan Enable. USAGE Read/Write

ARRAY.REGISTER

Note: for succeeding slaves the register offset for each slave = (slavenum * 1) + Index Example: index register for slave data trigger for slave 2 = (1 * 1) + 0

B.14.9

Therms Interface Control Get Request Register


DESCRIPTION Therms Master Interface Control Get Request Register USAGE Read/Write

ARRAY.REGISTER 123.0

B.14.10 Therms Master Int32 Registers


ARRAY.REGISTER 124.0 124.1 DESCRIPTION Scan Time for 3001 Scan Time for 7200 USAGE Read/Write Read/Write

B.14.11 Therms Slave Stream 1 Float Registers


ARRAY.REGISTER 251.0 251.1 251.2 251.3 DESCRIPTION N2 Btu Stream Component. CO2 Btu Stream Component. H2S Btu Stream Component. H2O Btu Stream Component. USAGE Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page B115

ARRAY.REGISTER 251.4 251.5 251.6 251.7 251.8 251.9 251.10 251.11 251.12 251.13 251.14 251.15 251.16 251.17 251.18 251.19 251.20 251.21 251.22 251.23 251.24 251.25

DESCRIPTION HE Btu Stream Component. C1 Btu Stream Component. C2 Btu Stream Component. C3 Btu Stream Component. NC4 Btu Stream Component. IC4 Btu Stream Component. NC5 Btu Stream Component. IC5 Btu Stream Component. NC6 Btu Stream Component. NC7 Btu Stream Component. NC8 Btu Stream Component. NC9 Btu Stream Component. NC10 Btu Stream Component. O2 Btu Stream Component. CO Btu Stream Component. H2 Btu Stream Component. AR Btu Stream Component. AIR Btu Stream Component. C6PLUS Btu Stream Component. BTU Btu Stream Component. GF Btu Stream Component. NEOC5 Btu Stream Component.

USAGE Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write

B.14.12 Therms Slave Stream 2 Float Registers


ARRAY.REGISTER 252.0 252.1 252.2 252.3 252.4 252.5 252.6 252.7 252.8 252.9 DESCRIPTION N2 Btu Stream Component. CO2 Btu Stream Component. H2S Btu Stream Component. H2O Btu Stream Component. HE Btu Stream Component. C1 Btu Stream Component. C2 Btu Stream Component. C3 Btu Stream Component. NC4 Btu Stream Component. IC4 Btu Stream Component. USAGE Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write

Page B116

2103335-001 rev. AA

ARRAY.REGISTER 252.10 252.11 252.12 252.13 252.14 252.15 252.16 252.17 252.18 252.19 252.20 252.21 252.22 252.23 252.24 252.25

DESCRIPTION NC5 Btu Stream Component. IC5 Btu Stream Component. NC6 Btu Stream Component. NC7 Btu Stream Component. NC8 Btu Stream Component. NC9 Btu Stream Component. NC10 Btu Stream Component. O2 Btu Stream Component. CO Btu Stream Component. H2 Btu Stream Component. AR Btu Stream Component. AIR Btu Stream Component. C6PLUS Btu Stream Component. BTU Btu Stream Component. GF Btu Stream Component. NEOC5 Btu Stream Component.

USAGE Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write

B.14.13 Therms Slave Stream 3 Float Registers


ARRAY.REGISTER 253.0 253.1 253.2 253.3 253.4 253.5 253.6 253.7 253.8 253.9 253.10 253.11 253.12 253.13 253.14 253.15 DESCRIPTION N2 Btu Stream Component. CO2 Btu Stream Component. H2S Btu Stream Component. H2O Btu Stream Component. HE Btu Stream Component. C1 Btu Stream Component. C2 Btu Stream Component. C3 Btu Stream Component. NC4 Btu Stream Component. IC4 Btu Stream Component. NC5 Btu Stream Component. IC5 Btu Stream Component. NC6 Btu Stream Component. NC7 Btu Stream Component. NC8 Btu Stream Component. NC9 Btu Stream Component. USAGE Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page B117

ARRAY.REGISTER 253.16 253.17 253.18 253.19 253.20 253.21 253.22 253.23 253.24 253.25

DESCRIPTION NC10 Btu Stream Component. O2 Btu Stream Component. CO Btu Stream Component. H2 Btu Stream Component. AR Btu Stream Component. AIR Btu Stream Component. C6PLUS Btu Stream Component. BTU Btu Stream Component. GF Btu Stream Component. NEOC5 Btu Stream Component.

USAGE Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write

B.14.14 Therms Master Slave Stream 4 Float Registers


ARRAY.REGISTER 254.0 254.1 254.2 254.3 254.4 254.5 254.6 254.7 254.8 254.9 254.10 254.11 254.12 254.13 254.14 254.15 254.16 254.17 254.18 254.19 254.20 254.21 DESCRIPTION N2 Btu Stream Component. CO2 Btu Stream Component. H2S Btu Stream Component. H2O Btu Stream Component. HE Btu Stream Component. C1 Btu Stream Component. C2 Btu Stream Component. C3 Btu Stream Component. NC4 Btu Stream Component. IC4 Btu Stream Component. NC5 Btu Stream Component. IC5 Btu Stream Component. NC6 Btu Stream Component. NC7 Btu Stream Component. NC8 Btu Stream Component. NC9 Btu Stream Component. NC10 Btu Stream Component. O2 Btu Stream Component. CO Btu Stream Component. H2 Btu Stream Component. AR Btu Stream Component. AIR Btu Stream Component. USAGE Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write

Page B118

2103335-001 rev. AA

ARRAY.REGISTER 254.22 254.23 254.24 254.25

DESCRIPTION C6PLUS Btu Stream Component. BTU Btu Stream Component. GF Btu Stream Component. NEOC5 Btu Stream Component.

USAGE Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write

B.14.15 Therms Master Slave Analysis Trend File


ARRAY.REGISTER 255.0 255.1 255.2 255.3 255.4 255.5 255.6 255.7 255.8 255.9 255.10 255.11 255.12 255.13 255.14 255.15 255.16 255.17 255.18 255.19 255.20 255.21 255.22 255.23 255.24 255.25 DESCRIPTION N2 Btu Stream Component. CO2 Btu Stream Component. H2S Btu Stream Component. H2O Btu Stream Component. HE Btu Stream Component. C1 Btu Stream Component. C2 Btu Stream Component. C3 Btu Stream Component. NC4 Btu Stream Component. IC4 Btu Stream Component. NC5 Btu Stream Component. IC5 Btu Stream Component. NC6 Btu Stream Component. NC7 Btu Stream Component. NC8 Btu Stream Component. NC9 Btu Stream Component. NC10 Btu Stream Component. O2 Btu Stream Component. CO Btu Stream Component. H2 Btu Stream Component. AR Btu Stream Component. AIR Btu Stream Component. C6PLUS Btu Stream Component. BTU Btu Stream Component. GF Btu Stream Component. NEOC5 Btu Stream Component. USAGE Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page B119

B.15

Therms Slave Application Registers


The Therms Slave application registers allow access XFCG4 data items. Usage and notes are specific to the Therms Slave application. Format for register list is array#.register# description. Application number depends on the order of application instantiation. Actual array numbers for the Therms Slave application are offset by 100. Low order array numbers are used for the Communication application, since the Level Master application is derived from a Communication application. Refer to the Communication Application Register document.

B.15.1
100.0 100.1 100.2 100.3 100.4 100.5 100.6 100.7 100.8 100.9 100.10 100.11 100.12 100.13 100.14 100.15 100.16 100.17 100.18 100.19 100.20 100.21 100.22 100.23 100.24 100.25 100.26

Therms Slave Float Registers


DESCRIPTION N2 Btu Stream Component. CO2 Btu Stream Component. H2S Btu Stream Component. H2O Btu Stream Component. HE Btu Stream Component. C1 Btu Stream Component. C2 Btu Stream Component. C3 Btu Stream Component. NC4 Btu Stream Component. IC4 Btu Stream Component. NC5 Btu Stream Component. IC5 Btu Stream Component. NC6 Btu Stream Component. NC7 Btu Stream Component. NC8 Btu Stream Component. NC9 Btu Stream Component. NC10 Btu Stream Component. O2 Btu Stream Component. CO Btu Stream Component. H2 Btu Stream Component. AR Btu Stream Component. AIR Btu Stream Component. C6PLUS Btu Stream Component. BTU Btu Stream Component. GF Btu Stream Component. SGF Btu Stream Component. CPCV Btu Stream Component. USAGE Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write

ARRAY.REGISTER

Page B120

2103335-001 rev. AA

ARRAY.REGISTER 100.27 100.28 100.29 100.30 100.31 100.32 100.33 100.34 100.35 100.36 100.37 100.38 100.39 100.40 100.41 100.42 100.43

DESCRIPTION VISCOSITY Btu Stream Component. DENSITY Btu Stream Component. FT Btu Stream Component. FP Btu Stream Component. C7PLUS Btu Stream Component. C8PLUS Btu Stream Component. H2OCONTENT Btu Stream Component. H2OBIAS Btu Stream Component. EOAXMAP Btu Stream Component. NEOC5 Btu Stream Component. C3PRIME Btu Stream Component. C4PLUS Btu Stream Component. SATBTU Btu Stream Component. Z Btu Stream Component. WOBBE Btu Stream Component. STREAM NUMBER. STREAM TIME.

USAGE Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write

B.15.2
101.0

Therms Slave String Registers


DESCRIPTION String formatted stream time USAGE Read

ARRAY.REGISTER

B.15.3
102.0 102.1 102.2 102.3

Therms Slave Int32 Registers


DESCRIPTION New Data flag Stream1 New Data flag Stream2 New Data flag Stream3 New Data flag Stream4 USAGE Read Read Read Read

ARRAY.REGISTER

B.15.4
251.0 251.1 251.2

Therms Slave Stream 1 Float Registers


DESCRIPTION N2 Btu Stream Component. CO2 Btu Stream Component. H2S Btu Stream Component. USAGE Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write

ARRAY.REGISTER

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page B121

ARRAY.REGISTER 251.3 251.4 251.5 251.6 251.7 251.8 251.9 251.10 251.11 251.12 251.13 251.14 251.15 251.16 251.17 251.18 251.19 251.20 251.21 251.22 251.23 251.24 251.25

DESCRIPTION H2O Btu Stream Component. HE Btu Stream Component. C1 Btu Stream Component. C2 Btu Stream Component. C3 Btu Stream Component. NC4 Btu Stream Component. IC4 Btu Stream Component. NC5 Btu Stream Component. IC5 Btu Stream Component. NC6 Btu Stream Component. NC7 Btu Stream Component. NC8 Btu Stream Component. NC9 Btu Stream Component. NC10 Btu Stream Component. O2 Btu Stream Component. CO Btu Stream Component. H2 Btu Stream Component. AR Btu Stream Component. AIR Btu Stream Component. C6PLUS Btu Stream Component. BTU Btu Stream Component. GF Btu Stream Component. NEOC5 Btu Stream Component.

USAGE Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write

B.15.5
252.0 252.1 252.2 252.3 252.4 252.5 252.6 252.7 252.8

Therms Slave Stream 2 Float Registers


DESCRIPTION N2 Btu Stream Component. CO2 Btu Stream Component. H2S Btu Stream Component. H2O Btu Stream Component. HE Btu Stream Component. C1 Btu Stream Component. C2 Btu Stream Component. C3 Btu Stream Component. NC4 Btu Stream Component. USAGE Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write

ARRAY.REGISTER

Page B122

2103335-001 rev. AA

ARRAY.REGISTER 252.9 252.10 252.11 252.12 252.13 252.14 252.15 252.16 252.17 252.18 252.19 252.20 252.21 252.22 252.23 252.24 252.25

DESCRIPTION IC4 Btu Stream Component. NC5 Btu Stream Component. IC5 Btu Stream Component. NC6 Btu Stream Component. NC7 Btu Stream Component. NC8 Btu Stream Component. NC9 Btu Stream Component. NC10 Btu Stream Component. O2 Btu Stream Component. CO Btu Stream Component. H2 Btu Stream Component. AR Btu Stream Component. AIR Btu Stream Component. C6PLUS Btu Stream Component. BTU Btu Stream Component. GF Btu Stream Component. NEOC5 Btu Stream Component.

USAGE Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write

B.15.6
253.0 253.1 253.2 253.3 253.4 253.5 253.6 253.7 253.8 253.9 253.10 253.11 253.12 253.13 253.14

Therms Slave Stream 3 Float Registers


DESCRIPTION N2 Btu Stream Component. CO2 Btu Stream Component. H2S Btu Stream Component. H2O Btu Stream Component. HE Btu Stream Component. C1 Btu Stream Component. C2 Btu Stream Component. C3 Btu Stream Component. NC4 Btu Stream Component. IC4 Btu Stream Component. NC5 Btu Stream Component. IC5 Btu Stream Component. NC6 Btu Stream Component. NC7 Btu Stream Component. NC8 Btu Stream Component. USAGE Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write

ARRAY.REGISTER

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page B123

253.15 253.16 253.17 253.18 253.19 253.20 253.21 253.22 253.23 253.24 253.25

NC9 Btu Stream Component. NC10 Btu Stream Component. O2 Btu Stream Component. CO Btu Stream Component. H2 Btu Stream Component. AR Btu Stream Component. AIR Btu Stream Component. C6PLUS Btu Stream Component. BTU Btu Stream Component. GF Btu Stream Component. NEOC5 Btu Stream Component.

Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write

B.15.7
254.0 254.1 254.2 254.3 254.4 254.5 254.6 254.7 254.8 254.9 254.10 254.11 254.12 254.13 254.14 254.15 254.16 254.17 254.18 254.19 254.20 254.21

Therms Slave Stream 4 Float Registers


DESCRIPTION N2 Btu Stream Component. CO2 Btu Stream Component. H2S Btu Stream Component. H2O Btu Stream Component. HE Btu Stream Component. C1 Btu Stream Component. C2 Btu Stream Component. C3 Btu Stream Component. NC4 Btu Stream Component. IC4 Btu Stream Component. NC5 Btu Stream Component. IC5 Btu Stream Component. NC6 Btu Stream Component. NC7 Btu Stream Component. NC8 Btu Stream Component. NC9 Btu Stream Component. NC10 Btu Stream Component. O2 Btu Stream Component. CO Btu Stream Component. H2 Btu Stream Component. AR Btu Stream Component. AIR Btu Stream Component. USAGE Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write

ARRAY.REGISTER

Page B124

2103335-001 rev. AA

ARRAY.REGISTER 254.22 254.23 254.24 254.25

DESCRIPTION C6PLUS Btu Stream Component. BTU Btu Stream Component. GF Btu Stream Component. NEOC5 Btu Stream Component.

USAGE Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write

B.15.8
255.0 255.1 255.2 255.3 255.4 255.5 255.6 255.7 255.8 255.9 255.10 255.11 255.12 255.13 255.14 255.15 255.16 255.17 255.18 255.19 255.20 255.21 255.22 255.23 255.24 255.25

Therms Slave Analysis Trend File


DESCRIPTION N2 Btu Stream Component. CO2 Btu Stream Component. H2S Btu Stream Component. H2O Btu Stream Component. HE Btu Stream Component. C1 Btu Stream Component. C2 Btu Stream Component. C3 Btu Stream Component. NC4 Btu Stream Component. IC4 Btu Stream Component. NC5 Btu Stream Component. IC5 Btu Stream Component. NC6 Btu Stream Component. NC7 Btu Stream Component. NC8 Btu Stream Component. NC9 Btu Stream Component. NC10 Btu Stream Component. O2 Btu Stream Component. CO Btu Stream Component. H2 Btu Stream Component. AR Btu Stream Component. AIR Btu Stream Component. C6PLUS Btu Stream Component. BTU Btu Stream Component. GF Btu Stream Component. NEOC5 Btu Stream Component. USAGE Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write

ARRAY.REGISTER

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page B125

B.16

Valve Control Application Registers


Format for register list is array#.register#. The Valve Control application can be instantiated in any application slot. ARY.REG 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.10 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 1.10 1.11 1.12 1.13 1.14 1.15 1.16 1.17 1.18 1.19 2.0 Description Valve Type DP Shut-in Time Shut-in Time Remaining Valve Action Timer Enable Analog Valve Control Nominations Period Change Nominations Active Controller Mode Tube App Slot TFIO Module Address Feature Flags Feature Flags 2 Command 1 Command 2 Command Extension (Use unknown) Valve Status Valve Status 2 DP Gain SP Gain Flow Rate Gain Step Time Controller Output DP Low Time Open Time Close Time Close Time Remaining Open Time Remaining Analog Loop Delay Analog Controller Output Analog Reverse Action Battery Voltage Low Limit Type Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte Int16 Int16 Int16 Int16 Int16 Int16 Int16 Int16 Int16 Int16 Int16 Int16 Int16 Int16 Int16 Int16 Int16 Int16 Int16 Int16 Float Access Read/Write Read/Write Read Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read Read Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read Read Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write 7 8 3 4 5 6 9 2 Note 1

Page B126

2103335-001 rev. AA

ARY.REG 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8 2.9 2.10 2.11 2.12 2.13 2.14 2.15 2.16 2.17 2.18 2.19 2.20 2.21 2.22 2.23 2.24 2.25 2.26 2.27 2.28 2.29 2.30 2.31 2.32 2.33 3.0

Description SP High Limit SP Low Limit SP Setpoint SP Deadband SP Bias SP Override SP Restart DP High Limit DP Low Limit DP Setpoint DP Deadband Flow Rate High Limit Flow Rate Low Limit Flow Rate Setpoint Flow Rate Deadband Pipe Length Pipe Inner Diameter Current SP Current DP Current Flow Rate Nominations Last Volume Nominations Next Volume Nominations Volume Accumulator Nominations Current % On Schedule Nominations Current Volume Nominations Current Target Volume Nominations Next Target Volume Nominations Current Target Volume Nominations Next Target Volume Nominations Last Target Volume Nominations Last % On Schedule Nominations Last Volume Station Total Flow Rate Nominations Record

Type Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Float Struct

Access Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read/Write Read Read Read/Write Read Read Read/Write Read/Write Read Read Read Read Read Read Read

Note

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page B127

ARY.REG 4.0 5.0

Description Nominations Record Override AI

Type Struct Register

Access Write Read/Write

Note

B.16.1 1)

Valve Control Application Register Notes

Valve Type 0 = Ledeen 1 = Fairchild

2)

Valve Action Timer For some digital valve actuators a delay time was needed to keep the DO powered for a length of time after reaching the full open or full closed stops. Feature Flags 0x0001: Valve control 0x0002: Nominations mode 0x0004: SP override for valve control and nominations 0x0008: Radio key delay supported 0x0010: Dont send step or ramp commands twice 0x0020: SP override type available 0x0040: Turbine Meter 0x0080: Additional VCI commands available 0x0100: Nominations mode available 0x0200: KDT active 0x0400: PBUT active 0x0800: More features in Feature Flags 2 0x1000: VCI 0x2000: EXIO 0x4000: EXIO2 Feature Flags 2 0x0001: On/Off timer 0x0002: External flow rate process variable

3)

4)

5)

Command 1 0x001F: Command bits 0x0000: Manual DP mode 0x0001: Manual flow rate mode 0x0002: Manual SP mode 0x0003: Extended mode 0x0004: Auto DP mode / Auto mode 0x0005: Auto flow rate mode 0x0006: Auto SP mode 0x0007: Nominations mode 0x0008: Auto shut-in 0x000C: Auto shut-in DP mode 0x000D: Auto shut-in flow rate mode 0x000E: Auto shut-in SP mode 0x000F: Shut-in nominations mode 0x0010: Manual mode 0x0014: Manual step open 0x0015: Manual step close 0x0016: Manual ramp open

Page B128

2103335-001 rev. AA

0x0017: Manual ramp close 0x0020: Extra options 0 = Not available, 1 = Available 0x0040: SP type 0 = High, 1 = Low 0x0080: SP Override 0 = Disabled, 1 = Enabled 0x0300: Transmitter AI 0 = None, X = AI# 0x0800: Intermitter period 0 = Minutes, 1 = hours 0x1000: Valve location 0 = Downstream, 1 = Upstream 0x2000: DP options 0 = Fail Close, 1 = Restart SP high 0x4000: External event 0 = Fail close, 1 = Restart 0x8000: Ack 0 = New cmd 1 = Old cmd

6)

Command 2 0x1000: Timer mode 0x0001: Low Battery Action 0 = Close, 1 = Freeze

7)

Valve Status 0x0004: DP control mode 0x0005: Flow rate control mode 0x0006: SP control mode 0x0008: Shut-in override 0x0010: Valve full open 0x0014: Step open 0x0015: Step closed 0x0016: Ramp open 0x0017: Ramp closed 0x0020: Valve full closed 0x0040: High DP (not valid when SP override enabled) 0x0040: SP override 0x0080: Low DP (not valid when SP override enabled) 0x0080: DP override 0x0100: Fail 0x0200: Low battery 0x0400: Local lockout 0x0800: Shut-in 0x1000: Valve location 0 = Downstream, 1 = Upstream 0x2000: DP shut-in 0 = Fail close, 1 = Restart SP high 0x4000: External event 0 = Fail close, 1 = Restart

8)

Valve Status 2 0x1000: Timer mode 0x0001: Low Battery Action 0 = Close, 1 = Freeze

9)

Controller Mode 0 Manual 1 Step Open 2 Step Closed 3 Ramp Open 4 Ramp Closed 5 Auto Dp Control 6 Auto Flow Rate Control 7 Auto Sp Control 8 Auto Nominations Control 9 Auto Dp Control with shut-in 10 Auto Flow Rate Control with shut-in 11 Auto Sp Control with shut-in

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page B129

12 255

Auto Nominations Control with shut-in Invalid control mode

B.16.2

Plunger Controller Application Registers


Plunger Controller application controls one plunger. Format for register list is array#.register# description. Application number depends on the order of application instantiation.

B.16.2.31 Array 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 101 102 103 104 105 106 108 109 131 132 B.16.2.32 Ary.Reg 0.0 B.16.2.33 Ary.Reg 1.0 1.1

Array Types Type string Float5 uchar1 float6 uint1 int3 int4 Float1 ulong2 Register1 Float2 ulong1 bool1 ulong3 int1 uint2 string1 uchar2 int2 float4 Size 25 char 32 bit 8 bit 32 bit 16 bit 16 bit 16 bit 32 bit 32 bit 32 bit 32 bit 32 bit 8 bit 32 bit 16 bit 16 bit 25 char 8 bit 16 bit 32 bit Valve Position Plunger Status Log Run Vol Log 9 Timer Logs 16 Date/Time Stamp + misc 16,17 Timers & Time Limits 16 Open Reason Log Close Reason Log 15 15 Description Program Name only Slug Size Close Log Options + misc Slug Size Open Log Note

String Registers (x.0.x) 25 chars Description Program Name Floating Point Registers (x.1.x) 32 bits Description Slug Size Close [0] Slug Size Close [1] Usage - float R/W: R/W: Note Usage - string R/W: Note

Page B130

2103335-001 rev. AA

Ary.Reg 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 B.16.2.34 Ary.Reg 2.0 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8 2.9 2.10 2.11 2.12 2.13 2.14 2.15 2.16 2.17 2.18 2.19 2.20 2.21 2.22 2.23

Description Slug Size Close [2] Slug Size Close [3] Slug Size Close [4] Slug Size Close [5] Slug Size Close [6] Slug Size Close [7] Slug Size Close [8] Slug Size Close [9] Byte Registers (x.2.x) 8 bits Description Option Blow Valve Option Blow Valve Cushion Option Blow Valve Case Option Case Close Option Case-Tube Close Option Case-Tube Tube-Line Open Option Case-Tube Open Option Closed Timer (open) Option Blow Valve DP (open) Option DP Close Option Flow Timer Close Option BV FR Open Option FR Close Option BV Arrival Option Tube-Line Close Option Tube-Line Open Option Valve Controller Startup State Tube Units Safety Reset Action Option Total Cycle Time Option Recovery Timer Option Line Close Option After Flow Timer Close

Usage - float R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W:

Note

Usage int8 R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W:

Note

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page B131

Ary.Reg 2.24 2.25 2.26 2.27 2.28 2.29 2.30 2.31 2.32 2.33 2.34 2.35 2.36 2.37 2.38 2.39 2.40 2.41 2.42 2.43 2.44 2.45 2.46 2.47 2.48 2.49 2.50 2.51 2.52 2.53 2.54 2.55 2.56 2.57 2.58

Description Option Hold Time Of Day Option Hold Schedule Option Slug Size Open Hold TOD Status Option Case Open Option Catch Plunger Mode Option Tune Setpoints Option Turner Flow Rate Close Option Valve Close Verify Option Hold Pressure Option Load Ratio Open Option Tube Open Tube Open Action Option SP Open Sp Open Action Option Tube Close Tube Close Action Open 1 - Option Open 1 - Action Open 2 - Option Open 2 - Action Option Swab NOW Option Detection Type Option Curtail Curtail Start (TOD) Curtail End (TOD) Curtal Status Option Plunger Swab Option Turner Option SP Close SP Close Action Close 1 - Option Close 1- Action 2 Close 2 - Option Close 2 - Action

Usage int8 R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W:

Note

13

Page B132

2103335-001 rev. AA

Ary.Reg 2.59 2.60 2.61 2.62 2.63 2.64 2.65 2.66 2.67 2.68 2.69 B.16.2.35 Ary.Reg 3.0 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6 3.7 3.8 3.9 B.16.2.36 Ary.Reg 4.0 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 4.5 4.6 4.7 4.8

Description Option Packer Well Option Load Ratio Close Case Open Action Case-Tube Open Action Schedule Hold Status Option Case-Line Open Option Case-Line Tube-Line Open Option Slug Size Close Prev State before Fail Prev Blow Valve State before Fail Prev Main Valve State before Fail Floating Point Registers (x.3.x) 32 bits Description Slug Size Open [0] Slug Size Open [1] Slug Size Open [2] Slug Size Open [3] Slug Size Open [4] Slug Size Open [5] Slug Size Open [6] Slug Size Open [7] Slug Size Open [8] Slug Size Open [9] Uint Registers (x.4.x) 16 bits Description Fail Main Command Fail Blow Command First Run Valve Time Max Arrival Allowed Main Valve Open Method Main Valve Type Blow Valve Type Fast Count

Usage int8 R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W:

Note

Usage - float R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W:

Note feet

Usage uint16 R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W:

Note 11 11

12 10 10

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page B133

Ary.Reg 4.9 4.10 4.11 4.12 4.13 4.14 4.15 4.16 4.17 B.16.2.37 Ary.Reg 5.0 5.1 5.2 5.3 5.4 5.5 5.6 5.7 5.8 5.9 B.16.2.38 Ary.Reg 6.0 6.1 6.2 6.3 6.4 6.5 6.6 6.7 6.8 6.9

Description Slow Count Normal Count Late Count Not Normal Arrivals Total Cycles Swab Runs Count Swab Runs Setpoint Swab Runs Completed Cycles until Maintenance

Usage uint16 R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W:

Note

Signed Integer Registers (x.5.x) 16 bits Description Open Reason[0] Open Reason[1] Open Reason[2] Open Reason[3] Open Reason[4] Open Reason[5] Open Reason[6] Open Reason[7] Open Reason[8] Open Reason[9] Signed Integer Registers (x.6.x) 16 bits Description Close Reason[0] Close Reason[1] Close Reason[2] Close Reason[3] Close Reason[4] Close Reason[5] Close Reason[6] Close Reason[7] Close Reason[8] Close Reason[9] Usage sint16 R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: Note 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 Usage sint16 R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: Note 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16

Page B134

2103335-001 rev. AA

B.16.2.39 Ary.Reg 7.0 7.1 7.2 7.3 7.4 7.5 7.6-7 7.8 7.9 7.10 7.11 7.12 7.13 7.14 7.15 7.16 7.17 7.18 7.19 7.20 7.21-23 7.24 7.25 7.26 7.27 7.28 7.29 7.30 7.31-33 7.34 7.35 7.36 7.37 7.38

Floating Point Registers (x.7.x) 32 bits Description n/u Power Low Shutdown n/u Slug Size Limit Open Closed Time DP Adjust Tuning n/u AfterFlow Flow Rate Avg AfterFlow Tubing Avg AfterFlow Casing Avg Run Vol Snap Case BV Open Limit Turner Area Turner Velocity Slug Size Constant DP BV Limit Flow Rate BV Limit n/u Slug Size Slug Size Limit Close n/u Case Close Min Case Tube Close Min Case Tube Open Min DP Setpoint Min Flow Rate Setpoint Min Tube Line Close Min Tube Line Open Min n/u Case Close Tune Case Tube Close Tune Case Tube Open Tune Flow Rate Setpoint Tune Plunger Fail Factor Tune Usage - float R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: Note

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page B135

Ary.Reg 7.39 7.40 7.41 7.42 7.43 7.44 7.45 7.46 7.47 7.48 7.49 7.50 7.51 7.52-53 7.54 7.55-56 7.57 7.58-59 7.60 7.61-62 7.63 7.64 7.65 7.66 7.67 7.68 7.69 7.70 7.71 7.72 7.73 7.74 7.75-76 7.77 7.78

Description Tube Line Close Tune Tube Line Open Tune Line Casing Test Value Case Line Multiplier Load Ration Open Tune Load Ration Open Min Load Ration Open Max Case Line M Open Tune Case Line M Open Min Case Line M Open Max Load Ration Close Tune Load Ration Close Min Load Ration Close Max n/u Load Ration Close Setpoint n/u Line Close Limit n/u Case Open Limit n/u Case Line Open Limit n/u Tube Close Tune Tube Close Min Tube Open Tune Tube Open Min Case Open Tune Case Open Min SP Close Tune SP Close Min SP Open Tune SP Open Min n/u Tubing Length Tubing ID

Usage - float R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W:

Note

Page B136

2103335-001 rev. AA

Ary.Reg 7.79 7.80 7.81 7.82 7.83-86 7.87 7.88 7.89 7.90 7.91 7.92 7.93 7.94 7.95 7.96 7.97 7.98 7.99 7.100 7.101 7.102-103 7.104 7.105-113 7.114 7.115 7.116 7.117 7.118 7.119 7.120 7.121 7.122 7.123 7.124 7.125

Description Turner Close Tune Turner Multiplier Min Turner Multiplier Max Turner Multiplier n/u Valve VerifySetpoint n/u Hold Pressure Load Ration Open Setpoint Load Ration Open Trip n/u Tube Open Limit n/u SP Open Limit n/u Tube Close Limit n/u Open 1 Open Limit n/u Open 2 Open Limit n/u BP In n/u Closed Time Today % Closed Time Yesterday % n/u Csng Press [0] Csng Press [1] Csng Press [2] Csng Press [3] Csng Press [4] Csng Press [5] Csng Press [6] Csng Press [7] Csng Press [8]

Usage - float R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W:

Note

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page B137

Ary.Reg 7.126 7.127 7.128 7.129 7.130 7.131 7.132 7.133 7.134 7.135 7.136 7.137 7.138 7.139 7.140 7.141 7.142 7.143 7.144 7.145-147 7.148 7.149-156 7.157 7.158 7.159 7.160 7.161 7.162 7.163 7.164 7.165 7.166 7.167 7.168 7.169

Description Csng Press [9] Csng Press Avg n/u DP Setpoint Close Line [0] Close Line [1] Close Line [2] Close Line [3] Close Line [4] Close Line [5] Close Line [6] Close Line [7] Close Line [8] Close Line [9] Close Line Avg Close Slug Avg Open Slug Avg Flow Time Today % Flow Time Yest % n/u FR Setpoint n/u Case Close Limit Case Tube Close Limit Case Tube Open Limit Tube Line Close Limit Tube Line Open Limit Open Line [0] Open Line [1] Open Line [2] Open Line [3] Open Line [4] Open Line [5] Open Line [6] Open Line [7]

Usage - float R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W:

Note

Page B138

2103335-001 rev. AA

Ary.Reg 7.170 7.171 7.172 7.173 7.174 7.175 7.176-179 7.180 7.181 7.182 7.183 7.184 7.185 7.186 7.187 7.188 7.189 7.190 7.191 7.192 7.193 7.194-195 7.196 7.197 7.198 7.199 7.200-201 7.202 B.16.2.40 Ary.Reg 8.1 8.2 8.3 8.4

Description Open Line [8] Open Line [9] Open Line Avg n/u n/u Power Level In n/u Tubing Press [0] Tubing Press [1] Tubing Press [2] Tubing Press [3] Tubing Press [4] Tubing Press [5] Tubing Press [6] Tubing Press [7] Tubing Press [8] Tubing Press [9] Tubing Press Avg n/u Last Lift Velocity SP Close Limit n/u Close 1 - Limit n/u n/u Close 2 - Limit n/u Run Vol Avg

Usage - float R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W:

Note

Usinged Long Registers (x.8.x) 32 bits Description Max State Timer State Timer Fall Time Limit Fall Timer Usage uint32 R: R: R/W: R/W: Note 16 16 16 16

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page B139

Ary.Reg 8.5 8.6 8.7 8.8 8.9 8.10 8.11 8.12 8.13 8.14 8.15 8.16 8.17 8.18 8.19 8.20 8.21 8.22 8.23 8.24 8.25 8.26 8.27 8.28 8.29 8.30 8.31 8.32 8.33 8.34 8.35 8.36 8.37 8.38 8.39

Description Verify Valve Closed Time Limit Verify Valve Closed Timer Hold Once Time Closed Time Limit Closed Timer SP Open Time Limit SP Open Timer Recovery Time limit Recovery Timer LR Open Time Limit LR Open Timer (Load Ratio) Tube Open Time Limit Tube Open Timer Open 1 - Time Limit Open 1 - Timer Open 2 - Time Limit Open 2 - Timer Total Cycle Time Limit Total Cycle Timer Arrival Timer Arrival Time Max Arrival Time Slow Arrival Time Fast Arrival Time Min Flow Cycle Time Limit Flow Cycle Timer After Flow Time Limit After Flow Timer Load Ration Close Time Limit Load Ration Close Timer SP Close Time Limit SP Close Timer DP Low Time Limit DP Low Timer Tube Close Time Limit

Usage uint32 R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W:

Note 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16

Page B140

2103335-001 rev. AA

Ary.Reg 8.40 8.41 8.42 8.43 8.44 8.45 8.46 8.47 8.48 8.49 8.50 8.51 8.52 8.53 8.54 8.55 8.56 8.57 8.58 8.59 8.60 8.61 8.62 8.63 8.64 8.65 8.66 8.67 8.68 8.69 B.16.2.41 Ary.Reg 10.0 10.1

Description Tube Close Timer FR Low Time Limit (Flow Rate) FR Low Timer High Line Close Time Limit High Line Open Time Limit Case Open Time Limit Case Open Timer Close 1 -Time Limit Close 1 - Timer Close 2 - Time Limit Close 2 - Timer Evaluation Time Limit (Turner) Evaluation Timer Turner Low Time Limit Turner Low Timer BV Cushion Time Limit BV Cushion Timer (Blow Valve) BV FR Low Time Limit BV FR Low Timer (Flow Rate) BV 4 Time Max BV 4 Timer BV Plunger Arrival Time Limit Max Open/Close Timer Open/Close Time N/U N/U N/U Hold Timer Limit (plunger drop) Close 1 Hold Time Limit Close 2 Hold Time Limit Address Registers (x.10.x) 32 bits Description Plunger Arrival PI AP or SP Absolute Pressure AI

Usage uint32 R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W:

Note 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16

Usage - adr R/W: R/W:

Note

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page B141

Ary.Reg 10.2 10.3 10.4 10.5 10.6 10.7 10.8 10.9 10.10 10.11 10.12 10.13 10.14 10.15 10.16 10.17 10.18 10.19 10.20-24 10.25 10.26 10.27-51 10.52 10.53 10.54 10.55 10.56 10.57 10.58 10.59 B.16.2.42 Ary.Reg 101.0 101.1

Description External Pressure AI Casing Pressure AI Main Close DO Main Open DO Blow Close DO Blow Open DO DP Differental Pressure AI Valve Control Module Command Valve Control Module Features Flow Rate AI Contract Hour Update Valve Control Module Full Closed DI Barrometer Pressure AI Power Monitor AI External Hold DI Reset Button Capture Open DO Capture Close DO n/u Open Button Close Button n/u Open 1 Open 2 Close 1 Close 2 Temperature Z factor Accumulated Volume Hold Pressure Floating Point Registers (x.101.x) 32 bits Description n/u Z Factor

Usage - adr R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W:

Note

Usage - float R/W: R/W:

Note

Page B142

2103335-001 rev. AA

Ary.Reg 101.2-12 101.13 101.14 101.15 101.16 101.17 101.18 101.19 101.20 101.21 101.22 101.23 101.24 101.25 101.26 101.27-32 101.33 101.34 101.35 101.36 101.37 101.38 101.39 101.40 101.41 101.42 101.43-50 101.51 101.52 101.53 101.54 101.55 B.16.2.43 Ary.Reg

Description n/u DP Differential Pressure Input Flow Rate Input n/u Tube Input Temprature Input SP Input Close 2 Input Close 1 Input Open 1 Input Open 2 Input After Flow Timer n/u AP Input Casing Input n/u Case-Tube Delta Tube-Line Delte Case-Line Delta n/u Line Input Load Ration Input Load Ration Last at timer n/u Case-Line Open Tune Case-Line Open Min n/u Hold Pressure Input Turner Flow Rate Multiplied Turner Flow Rate Volume Input Current Run Volume Unsigned Long (x.102.x) 32 bits Description

Usage - float R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W:

Note

Usage uint32

Note

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page B143

Ary.Reg 102.0 102.1 102.2 102.3 102.4 102.5 102.6 102.7 102.8 102.9 102.10 102.11 102.12 102.13 102.14 102.15 102.16 102.17 102.18 102.19 102.20 102.21 102.22 102.23 102.24 102.25 102.26 102.27 102.28 102.29 102.30 102.31 102.32 102.33 102.34

Description Arrival Date/Time Stamp[0] Arrival Date/Time Stamp[1] Arrival Date/Time Stamp[2] Arrival Date/Time Stamp[3] Arrival Date/Time Stamp[4] Arrival Date/Time Stamp[5] Arrival Date/Time Stamp[6] Arrival Date/Time Stamp[7] Arrival Date/Time Stamp[8] Arrival Date/Time Stamp[9] Fail Date/Time Stamp Last Contract Update Date/Time Plunger Arrival Input Reset Date/Time Blow Valve Date/Time Stamp[0] Blow Valve Date/Time Stamp[1] Blow Valve Date/Time Stamp[2] Blow Valve Date/Time Stamp[3] Blow Valve Date/Time Stamp[4] Time Of Day Tube Last Log Log Time Today Hold TOD Start 2 Hold TOD End 2 Hold TOD Start 3 Hold TOD End 3 Hold TOD Start 4 Hold TOD End 4 Non Arrival Date/Time Stamp[0] Non Arrival Date/Time Stamp[1] Non Arrival Date/Time Stamp[2] Non Arrival Date/Time Stamp[3] Non Arrival Date/Time Stamp[4] Non Arrival Date/Time Stamp[5] Non Arrival Date/Time Stamp[6]

Usage uint32 R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W:

Note 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17

17 17 17 17 17 17 16 17 17 16 16 16 16 16 16 17 17 17 17 17 17 17

Page B144

2103335-001 rev. AA

Ary.Reg 102.35 102.36 102.37 102.38 102.39 102.40 102.41 102.42 102.43 102.44 B.16.2.44 Ary.Reg 103.0 103.1 103.2 103.3 103.4 103.5 103.6 103.7 103.8 103.9 103.10 103.11 103.12 103.13 103.14 103.15 103.16 103.17 103.18 103.19 103.20 103.21

Description Non Arrival Date/Time Stamp[7] Non Arrival Date/Time Stamp[8] Non Arrival Date/Time Stamp[9] Hold TOD Start 1 Hold TOD End 1 Fail Date/Time Stamp[0] Fail Date/Time Stamp[1] Fail Date/Time Stamp[2] Fail Date/Time Stamp[3] Fail Date/Time Stamp[4] Boolean Registers (x.103.x) 8 bits Description n/u Valve VerifyFailure Blow Valve State Blow Valve Close Main Valve Close Blow Valve Open Main Valve Open Hold Ext Option Hold Ext Status Hold Ext Action Plunger Arrived Stretched Pulse Main Open Now Main Close Now Hold Reason Open Reason Reset Controller Day End Flag Main Valve State Capture Close Manual Capture Open Manual Capture Close Out Capture Open Out

Usage uint32 R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W:

Note 17 17 17 16 16 17 17 17 17 17

Usage - bool R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W:

Note

14 15

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page B145

Ary.Reg 103.22 103.23 103.24 103.25 103.26 103.27 103.28 103.29 103.30 103.31 103.32 103.33 103.34 103.35 103.36 103.37 103.38 103.39 103.40 103.41-80 103.81 103.82-92 103.93 B.16.2.45 Ary.Reg 104.0 104.1 104.2 104.3 104.4 104.5 104.6 104.7 104.8

Description Capture State Hold Timer Option Hold Once - Option Hold Once - Action Hold High Line Action Mandatory Close State High Line Hold Needed Reset VCBs (register addresses) Reset Values to default Blow Valve Close Out Main Valve Close Out Blow Valve Open Out Main Valve Open Out Hold Pressure Action Calibration Hold Close 1 Hold_Action Close 2 Hold_Action Close 1 Status Close 2 Status n/u Evaluation Flag - Turner n/u Reset Plunger Counters

Usage - bool R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W:

Note 7

18 18

Unsigned Long Registers (x.104.x) 32 bits Description Close Cycle Time[0] Close Cycle Time[1] Close Cycle Time[2] Close Cycle Time[3] Close Cycle Time[4] Close Cycle Time[5] Close Cycle Time[6] Close Cycle Time[7] Close Cycle Time[8] Usage - float R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: Note 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16

Page B146

2103335-001 rev. AA

Ary.Reg 104.9 104.10 104.11 104.12 104.13 104.14 104.15 104.16 104.17 104.18 104.19 104.20 104.21 104.22 104.23 104.24 104.25 104.26 104.27 104.28 104.29 104.30 104.31 104.32 104.33 104.34 104.35 104.36 104.37 104.38 104.39 104.40 104.41 104.42 104.43

Description Close Cycle Time[9] Close Cycle Average Closed Today Total Flow Cycle [0] Flow Cycle [1] Flow Cycle [2] Flow Cycle [3] Flow Cycle [4] Flow Cycle [5] Flow Cycle [6] Flow Cycle [7] Flow Cycle [8] Flow Cycle [9] Flow Cycle Avg Plunger Arrival [0] Plunger Arrival [1] Plunger Arrival [2] Plunger Arrival [3] Plunger Arrival [4] Plunger Arrival [5] Plunger Arrival [6] Plunger Arrival [7] Plunger Arrival [8] Plunger Arrival [9] Plunger Arrival Avg Blow Time [0] Blow Time [1] Blow Time [2] Blow Time [3] Blow Time [4] N/U Time Stamp at Valve Close [0] Time Stamp at Valve Close [1] Time Stamp at Valve Close [2] Time Stamp at Valve Close [3]

Usage - float R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W:

Note 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16

Read: Read: Read: Read:

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page B147

Ary.Reg 104.44 104.45 104.46 104.47 104.48 104.49 104.50 104.51 104.52 104.53 104.54 104.55 104.56 104.57 104.58 104.59 B.16.2.46 Ary.Reg 105.0 105.1 105.2 105.3 105.4 105.5 105.6 105.7 105.8 105.9 105.10 105.11-28 105.29 105.30 105.31 105.32 105.33

Description Time Stamp at Valve Close [4] Time Stamp at Valve Close [5] Time Stamp at Valve Close [6] Time Stamp at Valve Close [7] Time Stamp at Valve Close [8] Time Stamp at Valve Close [9] Time Stamp at Valve Open [0] Time Stamp at Valve Open [1] Time Stamp at Valve Open [2] Time Stamp at Valve Open [3] Time Stamp at Valve Open [4] Time Stamp at Valve Open [5] Time Stamp at Valve Open [6] Time Stamp at Valve Open [7] Time Stamp at Valve Open [8] Time Stamp at Valve Open [9]

Usage - float Read: Read: Read: Read: Read: Read: Read: Read: Read: Read: Read: Read: Read: Read: Read: Read:

Note

Signed Integer 16 Registers (x.105.x) 16 bits Description Fail Reason - Current First Run Count Max Arrivals Count Plunger Control Plunger Arrivals Today Plunger Arrivals Yesterday Cycle Status Plunger State Blow Count Plunger Status Capture Valve Type n/u Fail Reason Log [0] Fail Reason Log [1] Fail Reason Log [2] Fail Reason Log [3] Fail Reason Log [4] Usage sint16 R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: 3 3 3 3 3 5 10 2 1 Note 3

Page B148

2103335-001 rev. AA

B.16.2.47 Ary.Reg 106.0 106.1 B.16.2.48 Ary.Reg 108.0 108.1 108.2 108.3 108.4 108.5 B.16.2.49 Ary.Reg 109.0 B.16.2.50 Ary.Reg 131.0 131.1 131.2 131.3 131.4 131.5 131.6 131.7 131.8 131.9 B.16.2.51 Ary.Reg 132.0 132.1 132.2 132.3 132.4 132.5

Unsigned Integer 16 Registers (x.106.x) 16 bits Description Valve Control Features Valve Control Command String Registers (x.108.x) 25 chars Description Program Revision Plunger State as string Max State Time as string State Timer as string Max O/C State Time as string O/C State Timer as string Usage - string Read: Read: Read: Read: Read: Read: Note Usage uint16 R/W: R/W: Note

Unsigned Character Registers (x.109.x) 8 bits Description Valve Position Signed Integer Registers (x.131.x) 16 bits Description Plunger Status[0] Plunger Status[1] Plunger Status[2] Plunger Status[3] Plunger Status[4] Plunger Status[5] Plunger Status[6] Plunger Status[7] Plunger Status[8] Plunger Status[9] Floating Point Registers (x.132.x) 32 bits Description Run Volume [0] Run Volume [1] Run Volume [2] Run Volume [3] Run Volume [4] Run Volume [5] Usage - float Read: Read: Read: Read: Read: Read: Note Usage sint16 R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: R/W: Note Usage uint8 R/W: Note

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page B149

Ary.Reg 132.6 132.7 132.8 132.9 132.10 132.11 132.12 132.13 132.14 132.15 132.16 132.17 132.18 132.19 132.20 132.21 132.22 132.23 132.24 132.25 132.26 132.27 132.28 132.29 132.30 132.31 132.32 132.33 132.34 132.35 132.36 132.37 132.38 132.39

Description Run Volume [6] Run Volume [7] Run Volume [8] Run Volume [9] Afterflow Flow Rate [0] Afterflow Flow Rate [1] Afterflow Flow Rate [2] Afterflow Flow Rate [3] Afterflow Flow Rate [4] Afterflow Flow Rate [5] Afterflow Flow Rate [6] Afterflow Flow Rate [7] Afterflow Flow Rate [8] Afterflow Flow Rate [9] Afterflow Tubing [0] Afterflow Tubing [1] Afterflow Tubing [2] Afterflow Tubing [3] Afterflow Tubing [4] Afterflow Tubing [5] Afterflow Tubing [6] Afterflow Tubing [7] Afterflow Tubing [8] Afterflow Tubing [9] Afterflow Casing [0] Afterflow Casing [1] Afterflow Casing [2] Afterflow Casing [3] Afterflow Casing [4] Afterflow Casing [5] Afterflow Casing [6] Afterflow Casing [7] Afterflow Casing [8] Afterflow Casing [9]

Usage - float Read: Read: Read: Read: Read: Read: Read: Read: Read: Read: Read: Read: Read: Read: Read: Read: Read: Read: Read: Read: Read: Read: Read: Read: Read: Read: Read: Read: Read: Read: Read: Read: Read: Read:

Note

Page B150

2103335-001 rev. AA

B.16.2.52

Notes Disabled Manual Enabled 0 1 2

1)

Enable:

2)

Plunger State: FAIL Closing Valve Valve Closed Plunger Arriving Blow Valve PlungerArrived AfterFlow 0 1 2 3 4 5 6

3)

Fail Reason: None Plunger Failed to Arrive Power Low DI x AI x LOW AI x HIGH REMOTE DISABLE RESET 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

4)

Option: Disabled Enabled 0 1

5)

Plunger Status: Normal Drop Fast Slow Late Hung 0 1 2 3 4 5

6)

Cycle Status: Running 0

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page B151

Maintence Catch Disabled BV Curtail Manual

1 2 3 4 5

7)

Valve Status Closed Open 0 1

8)

Startup Mode Closing Valve Afterflow Previous State 0 1 2

9)

Valve Position Downstream Upstream 0 1

10) Valve Output Type


Pulse Two Latch One Latch Two 0 1 2

11) Valve Fail Action


None Close Open 0 1 2

12) Open Valve Controller Method


Ramp AutoDP AutoFr AutoSP 22 4 5 6

13) Detector Type


I/O Intermit 0 1

Page B152

2103335-001 rev. AA

14) Hold Reason


none Timer Hold Once Recovery Ext Pressure High Line Time Of Day Total Cycle Time Catch Close 1 Close 2 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

15) Open/Close Reason


none Timer DP FR Tube-Line Case-Tube Case Turner Swab SP Tube AI1 AI2 Load Ratio Now Case-Tube & Tube-Line Load Ratio Time Line After Case Line Case-Line & Tube-Line 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page B153

Slug

21

16) Seconds: is displayed/entered by PCCU as hh:mm:ss 17) Seconds since Jan 1, 1970: is displayed/entered by PCCU as mm/dd/yyyy hh:mm:ss 18) Hold Action
None Delay only Delay, then FORCE open 0 1 2

Page B154

2103335-001 rev. AA

Appendix C Definitions and Acronyms


TERM DEFINITION Greek letter for mu. Often used in math and engineering as the symbol for micro. Pronounced as a long u.

FLO IMV

connection, power, SP, DP and Temperature readings are all housed in this unit. Main electronic board used in the FLO Computers. It is housed on an integrated assembly and includes the IMV. It operates at 195 MHz while drawing minimal power. Micro Second.

FLOs measurement and operational features are housed in this single unit assembly. The main electronic board (FLO-195 Board), communication

FLO-2100767 Board Sec FLO 6200


*.CSV file *.INI file A/D ABB Inc. Absolute Pressure Absolute Zero Absorber Absorption

This Totalflow Flow Computer is housed in a small lightweight enclosure. Its main feature is its low power, microprocessor based units designed to meet a wide range of measurement, monitor and alarming applications for remote gas systems, while being a cost effective alternative. See Comma Separated Values (I.E. spreadsheet format). See Initialization File. Analog-to-digital. Asea, Brown & Boveri, parent company of Totalflow Gauge pressure plus barometric pressure. Totalflow devices use Static Pressure (SP) for flow calculations. The zero point on the absolute temperature scale. It is equal to -273.16 degrees C, or 0 degrees K (Kelvin), or -459.69 degrees F, or 0 degrees R (Rankine). A tower or column that provides contact between natural gas being processed and a liquid solvent. The process of removing vapors from a stream of natural gas by passing the natural gas through liquids or chemicals which have a natural attraction to the vapors to be removed from the stream. A factor which is an indication of the tendency for a given gas phase component to be transferred to the liquid solvent. It is generally expressed as A=L/KV where L and V are the moles of liquid and vapor, and K is the average value of the vapor-liquid equilibrium constant for the component of concern. A hydrocarbon liquid used to absorb and recover components from the natural gas being processed. See Alternating Current. How closely a measured value agrees with the correct value. Usually expressed as percent of full scale output or reading. See Gas, Acid. See Acknowledgment. This refers to a response over a remote communication device to a request such as a PING. Basically, saying, "I'm here, and I saw your request!" See Analyzer Control Module. The degree of sound. The nature, cause, and phenomena of the vibrations of elastic bodies; which vibrations create compressional waves or wave fronts which are transmitted through various media, such as air, water, wood, steel, etc. Analog Output to a host providing power to the host.

Absorption Factor

Absorption Oil AC Accuracy Acid Gas ACK Acknowledgment ACM Acoustics Active Analog Output

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page C1

TERM Active Mode Adapter ADC Address

DEFINITION An operational mode used by the LevelMaster for measuring dual float levels by applying a signal to the primary windings, reading the voltage level on the secondary windings and using an algorithm to determine the oil and water levels. A mechanism or device for attaching non-mating parts. See Analog-to-Digital Converter. A unique memory designation for location of data or the identity of a peripheral device; allows each device on a single communications line to respond to its own message. The expansion of a gas, vapor, or liquid stream from a higher pressure to a lower pressure in which there is no heat transfer between the gas, vapor, or liquid and the surroundings. The process of removing natural gas liquids from a stream of natural gas by passing the natural gas through granular solids which have a natural attraction to the liquids to be removed from the stream. A length of wire designed to transmit or receive radio waves. (See also Antenna) Minute liquid particles suspended in gas. Aerosols will behave like a fluid and can be transported by pipes and pumping. When aerosols contact each other they coalesce into droplets. Aerosols may be present in gas, or may be generated by glow shearing off the skim inside of a pipeline. American Gas Association. Trade group representing natural gas distributors and pipelines. American Gas Association Report No. 10, Speed of Sound in Natural Gas and Other Related Hydrocarbon Gases. Method for calculation of the speed of sound in gases. American Gas Association Report No. 3, Orifice Metering of Natural Gas. Method for calculating gas volume across an Orifice Plate. This method requires two pressure readings, Differential Pressure (DP) and Static Pressure (SP). American Gas Association Report No. 5, Fuel Gas Energy Metering. Methods (Volume, Mass or Energy) for calculating BTUs without knowing the composition of the gas. American Gas Association Report No. 7, Measurement of Gas by Turbine Meters. Method for calculating gas volume using a Pulse Meter. This method requires one pressure reading, Static Pressure (SP). American Gas Association Report No. 8, Compressibility Factor of Natural Gas and Related Hydrocarbon Gases. Method for calculating the Super Compressibility Factor, Fpv. American Gas Association Report No. 9, Measurement of Gas by Multipath Ultrasonic Meters. Method for calculating gas based on transit-times. Automatic Gain Control See Ampere-Hour. Analog Input Analyzer interface Unit. The simplest homologous series of saturated aliphatic hydrocarbons, consisting of methane, ethane, propane, butane; also know as olefins. Unsaturated hydrocarbons that contain one or more carbon-carbon double bonds. See Amine. Unsaturated hydrocarbons that contain one or more carbon-carbon triple

Adiabatic Expansion

Adsorption Aerial

Aerosol Liquids

AGA AGA-10

AGA-3

AGA-5

AGA-7

AGA-8 AGA-9 AGC AH AI AIU Alkane Alkanolamine Alkynes

Page C2

2103335-001 rev. AA

TERM bonds. Alphanumeric Alternating Current Aluminum Powder Coating Ambient Compensation Ambient Conditions Ambient Pressure Ambient Temperature Amine (Alkanolamine) Ammeter Amp Ampere

DEFINITION A character set that contains both letters and digits. An electric current whose direction changes with a frequency independent of circuit components. Totalflow aluminum enclosures have a baked-on Powder Coating designed to our specifications to ensure paint adhesion, weather resistance and durability. The design of an instrument such that changes in ambient temperature do not affect the readings of the instrument. The conditions around the transducer (pressure, temperature, etc.). Pressure of the air surrounding a transducer. The average or mean temperature of the surrounding air which comes in contact with the equipment and instruments under test. Any of several liquid compounds containing amino nitrogen generally used in water solution to remove, by reversible chemical reaction, hydrogen sulfide and/or carbon dioxide from gas and liquid hydrocarbon streams. An instrument used to measure current. See Ampere. The unit of electrical current. Also milliamp (one thousandth of an amp) and microamp (one millionth of an amp). One amp corresponds to the flow of about 18 6 x 10 electrons per second. The quantity of electricity measured in ampere-hours (Ah) which may be delivered by a cell or battery under specified conditions. A current of one

Ampere-Hour

ampere flowing for one hour.


Ampere-Hour Efficiency The ratio of the output of a secondary cell or battery, measured in amperehours, to the input required to restore the initial state of charge, under specified conditions. A device which draws power from a source other than the input signal and which produces as an output an enlarged reproduction of the essential features of its input. The highest value reached by voltage, current or power during a complete cycle. Where audio signals increase and decrease the amplitude of the "carrier wave". The Y-axis range of a graphic display of data in either the time or frequency domain. Usually a log display (dB) but can also be linear. See Analog Measurement Unit. Generic reference to the Measurement unit. See Analog Measurement Unit and Integral Multivariable Transducer for more definition. A system in which data is represented as a continuously varying voltage/current. Data received as varying voltage/current. A transducer for converting energy from one form to another. (e.g. Static and Differential pressure to electrical signals) A voltage or current signal that is a continuous function of the measured parameter. Data that is transmitted as varying voltage/current. A trigger that occurs at a user-selected point on an incoming analog signal. Triggering can be set to occur at a specific level on either an increasing or a decreasing signal (positive or negative slope). An electronic device, often an integrated circuit, that converts an analog voltage

Amplifier Amplitude Amplitude Modulation Amplitude Span AMU AMU/IMV Analog Analog Input Analog Measurement Unit Analog Output Analog Trigger Analog-to-Digital Converter

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page C3

TERM to a number. Analytical Module Analytical Processor Assembly Analyzer Control Module Anemometer Annealed Annunciator ANSI Antenna AO AP API 14.3 API 21.1

DEFINITION Totalflow Analytical Module assembly contains the GC Module, Manifold and Analytical Processor. The modular design features Single Bolt removal. The Analytical Processor board interfaces with the analog circuits to monitor temperatures, and pressures, and also control the processes. The data generated by the Analytical Processor is passed to the Digital Controller board. Consists of various electronic components used for analysis. An instrument for measuring and/or indicating the velocity of air flow. Toughen (steel or glass) by a process of gradually heating and cooling, Display of a status on a screen. American National Standards Institute. A length of wire or similar that radiates (such as a transmitting antenna) or absorbs (such as a radio antenna) radio waves. The two basic types are: Yagi (directional) or Omni (bi-directional). Analog Output See Absolute Pressure. American Petroleum Institute Report No. 14.3 addresses the 1992 equation regarding the AGA-3 method for calculating gas volume across an Orifice Plate. American Petroleum Institute Report No. 21.1 addresses the equation regarding AGA-8 Fpv or Supercompressibility Factor and the energy content of the gas. An arbitrary scale expressing the relative density of liquid petroleum products. The scale is calibrated in degrees API. The formula is:

API Gravity

141.5 131.5 DegAPI = (60 F / 60 F


where =relative density. A file containing historical records in a compressed format for more efficient long term storage and transfer. Totalflow archive records are non-editable, meaning that when they are stored they may not be changed. These records are used during an audit of data. Techniques for producing oil after depletion or in lieu of natural drives; includes water flooding, natural gas re-injection, inert gas injection, flue gas injection and in-situ combustion. Any of the techniques, other than natural drives, for bringing oil to the surface. American Standard Code for Information Interchange. A very popular standard method of encoding alphanumeric characters into 7 or 8 binary bits. American Society of Mechanical Engineers. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM International). ASTM International Standard Practice for calculating heat value, compressibility factor and relative density of gaseous fuels. A communications protocol where information can be transmitted at an arbitrary, unsynchronized point in time, without synchronization to a reference time or "clock". Automatic temperature compensation. Term used for European Unions New Approach Directive 94/9/EC which concerns equipment and protective systems intended for use in potentially explosive atomoshperes.

Archive

Artificial Drives Artificial Lift ASCII ASME ASTM ASTM D 3588 Asynchronous ATC ATEX

Page C4

2103335-001 rev. AA

TERM Atmosphere (one)

DEFINITION A unit of pressure; the pressure that will support a column of mercury 760 mm high at 0 C. The pressure exerted on the earth by the earths atmosphere (air and water vapor). A pressure of 760 mm of mercury, 29.92 inches of mercury, or 14.696 pounds per square inch absolute is used as a (scientific) standard for some measurements. Atmospheric pressure may also refer to the absolute ambient pressure at any given location. Generally in the range 20 Hz to 20 KHz. To examine or verify data for accuracy. Totalflows DB1 and DB2 records may be edited to generate a more accurate representation of data information. Using the Long Term Archive files to justify changes made to records that more accurately reflects the correct data. Peripheral information used to edit data is recorded without exception, to justify the accuracy of the edited data records. Similar to Automatic Fine Tune (AFT). A circuit that keeps a receiver in tune with the wanted transmission. American Wire Gage. Acronym for American Wire Gauge. Pressure against which a fluid is flowing. May be composed of friction in pipes, restrictions in pipes, valves, pressure in vessels to which fluid is flowing, hydrostatic head, or other resistance to fluid flow. Technique used in chromatography to reverse direction of the flow after the lighter components have been measured, allowing the heavier components to remain in the column until measured, shortening the length of the column. Data is acquired by a DAQ system while another program or processing routine is running without apparent interruption. The total noise floor from all sources of interference in a measurement system, independent of the presence of a data signal. A system, device, file or facility that can be used as an alternative in case of a malfunction or loss of data. The range of frequencies available for signaling; the difference between the highest and lowest frequencies of a band expressed in Hertz. Bar is equal to 1 atmosphere of pressure. I.e. .987 Standard atmospheric pressure or 14.5 lbs./psia. An instrument which measures atmospheric pressure. A unit of liquid volume measurement in the petroleum industry that equals 42 U.S. gallons (.159 cubic meters) for petroleum or natural gas liquid products, measured at 60 degrees Fahrenheit and at an equilibrium vapor pressure. The pressure used as a standard in determining gas volume. Volumes are measured at operating pressures and then corrected to base pressure volume. Base pressure is normally defined in any gas measurement contract. The standard value for natural gas in the United States is 14.73 psia, established by the American National Standards Institute as standard Z-132.1 in 1969. Waste that collects in the bottom of vessels and tanks containing petroleum or petroleum products. Two or more electrochemical cells electrically interconnected in an appropriate series/parallel arrangement to provide the required operating voltage and current levels. Unit of signaling speed. The speed in baud is the number of discrete conditions or events per second. If each event represents only one bit condition, baud rate equals bits per second (bps).

Atmospheric Pressure

Audio Frequency Audit Audit Trail Automatic Frequency Control AWG AWG Back Pressure

Backflush Background Acquisition Background Noise Backup Bandwidth Bar Barometer Barrel

Base Pressure

Basic Sediment and Water Battery

Baud

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page C5

TERM Baud Rate Bbl Bcf BG Mix

DEFINITION Serial communications data transmission rate expressed in bits per second (b/s). See Barrel. Abbreviation for one billion standard cubic feet or one thousand MMcf or one million Mcf. A liquefied hydrocarbon product composed primarily of butanes and natural gasoline. Term used when calibrating. Amounts to offset the actual measurement taken. On a LevelMaster, it refers to adjusting the measurement of the float level to agree with a calibrated measurement. On an RTD (Resistant Thermal Detector), it refers to adjusting the measurement of the temperature to agree with a calibrated temperature. This figure maybe either a positive or negative figure. A very low-level DC current generated by the panel meter and superimposed on the signal. This current may introduce a measurable offset across a very high source impedance. System based on the number 2. The binary digits are 0 and 1. A code for representing decimal digits in a binary format. Basic Input/Output System. A program, usually stored in ROM, which provides the fundamental services required for the operation of the computer. These services range from peripheral control to updating the time of day. A signal range that includes both positive and negative values. The most common form of transistor. Binary Digit - the smallest unit of binary data. One binary digit, either 0 or 1. See also byte. Unit of data transmission rate. Technological changes to the DC and ACM Modules, decreasing noise by changing ground. Allows amplification of the results, gains resolution. Common name used to identify the main electronic board. Also called Motherboard, Engine Card and Circuit Board. The temperature at which a substance in the liquid phase transforms to the gaseous phase; commonly refers to the boiling point of water which is 100C (212F) at sea level. Bouncing is the tendency of any two metal contacts in an electronic device to generate multiple signals as the contacts close or open. When you press a key on your computer keyboard, you expect a single contact to be recorded by your computer. In fact, however, there is an initial contact, a slight bounce or lightening up of the contact, then another contact as the bounce ends, yet another bounce back, and so forth. A similar effect takes place when a switch made using a metal contact is opened. A liquefied hydrocarbon product composed primarily of butanes and propane. See Bits Per Second. Generally a short-circuit on a PC board caused by solder joining two adjacent tracks. See Input impedance and Output impedance. Energy required to raise one pound of water one degree Fahrenheit. One pound of water at 32 F requires the transfer of 144 BTUs to freeze into solid ice. Software which formats Web pages for viewing; the Web client

Bias

BIAS Current Binary Number Binary-Coded Decimal BIOS Bipolar Bipolar Transistor Bit Bits Per Second Blue Dot Technology Board Boiling Point

Bounce

BP Mix BPS Bridge Bridge Resistance British Thermal Unit Browser

Page C6

2103335-001 rev. AA

TERM BS&W Btu See Basic Sediment and Water. See British Thermal Unit.

DEFINITION

Btu Factor

A numerical representation of the heating value of natural gas which may be calculated or presented to indicate varying relationships (e.g., the number of Btu contained in one standard cubic foot or the number of MMBtu contained in one Mcf of gas. The factor for a given relationship will vary depending upon whether the gas is dry or saturated. A method of allocating costs between different operations or between different products based upon the heat content of products produced in the various operations or of the various produced products. A measure of the heat available or released when one cubic foot of gas is burned. Heating value contained in cubic foot of natural gas measured and calculated free of moisture content. Contractually, dry may be defined as less than or equal to seven pounds of water per Mcf. The number of Btus contained in a cubic foot of natural gas fully saturated with water under actual delivery pressure, temperature and gravity conditions. See BTU, DRY. Used to express the heating content of gas. See British Thermal Units or Calorific Value. Refers to the interface program or software that operates the Btu Analyzer. (1) A temporary storage device used to compensate for a difference in data rate and data flow between two devices (typically a computer and a printer); also called a spooler; (2) An amplifier to increase the drive capability, current or distance, of an analog or digital signal. The maximum pressure applied to a transducer sensing element or case without causing leakage. A data path shared by many devices (e.g., multipoint line) with one or more conductors for transmitting signals, data, or power. A type of controller with the ability to read and write to devices on the computer bus. A heavy, rigid conductor used for high voltage feeders. A saturated hydrocarbon (Alkane) with four carbon atoms in its molecule (C4H10). A gas at atmospheric pressure and normal temperature, but easily liquefied by pressure. Generally stored and delivered in liquefied form and used as a fuel in gaseous form, obtained by processing natural gas as produced and also from a process in petroleum refining. Contains approximately 3,260 Btu per cubic foot. see Normal Butane. A saturated hydrocarbon (Alkane) with four carbon atoms in its molecule (C4H8). A gas at room temperature and pressure, but easily liquefied by lowering the temperature or raising the pressure. This gas is colorless, has a distinct odor, and is highly flammable. Although not naturally present in petroleum in high percentages, they can be produced from petrochemicals or by catalytic cracking of petroleum. A group of binary digits that combine to make a word. Generally 8 bits. Half byte is called a nibble. Large computers use 16 bits and 32 bits. Also used to denote the amount of memory required to store one byte of data. The molecular formula for Decane. The molecular formula for Methane.

Btu Method Btu per Cubic Foot Btu, Dry

Btu, Saturated Btu/CV BtuMMI Buffer

Burst Pressure BUS Bus Master Busbar

Butane (C4H10)

Butane, Normal

Butylene (C4H8)

Byte C10H22 C1H4

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page C7

TERM C2H4 C2H6 C3H6 C3H8 C4H10 C4H8C C5+ C5H12 C6+ C6H14 C7H16 C8H18 C9H20 Cache Memory

DEFINITION The molecular formula for Ethylene. The molecular formula for Ethane. The molecular formula for Propylene. The molecular formula for Propane. The molecular formula for Butane. The molecular formula for Butylene. A standard abbreviation for Pentanes Plus (IC5, NC5 and C6+). The molecular formula for Pentane. A standard abbreviation for Hexane Plus. The molecular formula for Hexane. The molecular formula for Heptane. The molecular formula for Octane. The molecular formula for Nonane. Fast memory used to improve the performance of a CPU. Instructions that will soon be executed are placed in cache memory shortly before they are needed. This process speeds up the operation of the CPU. To ascertain, usually by comparison with a standard, the locations at which scale or chart graduations should be placed to correspond to a series of values of the quantity which the instrument is to measure, receive or transmit. Also, to adjust the output of a device, to bring it to a desired value, within a specified tolerance for a particular value of the input. Also, to ascertain the error in the output of a device by checking it against a standard. The quantity of thermal energy required to raise one gram of water 1C at 15C. An apparatus which is used to determine the heating value of a combustible material. An electronic component that stores electrical charge. The total number of ampere-hours (or watt-hours) that can be withdrawn from a cell/battery under specified conditions of discharge. Carrier Gas (located on NGC8200 series Feed-Through Assembly). Base of all hydrocarbons and is capable of combining with hydrogen in many proportions, resulting in numberless hydrocarbon compounds. The carbon content of a hydrocarbon determines, to a degree, the hydrocarbon's burning characteristics and qualities. Colorless, odorless and slightly acid-tasting gas, consisting of one atom of carbon joined to two atoms of oxygen. C02. Produced by combustion or oxidation of materials containing carbon. Commonly referred to as dry ice when in its solid form. Totalflow recommends that Helium be used as a carrier gas. Carrier gas is used in the Mobile Phase of chromatography, pushing the sample gas through the columns (Stationary Phase). Because Helium has no heating value, it does not affect the Btu values. Natural gas that is produced from oil wells along with crude oil. A substance that speeds up a chemical reaction without being consumed itself in the reaction. A substance that alters (usually increases) the rate at which a reaction occurs. The process of altering, accelerating or instigating a chemical reaction. An electrode through which current leaves any nonmetallic conductor. An electrolytic cathode is an electrode at which positive ions are discharged, or

Calibrate

Calorie Calorimeter Capacitor Capacity CAR Carbon

Carbon Dioxide

Carrier Gas Casinghead Gas Catalyst Catalytic Cathode

Page C8

2103335-001 rev. AA

TERM

DEFINITION negative ions are formed, or at which other reducing reactions occur. The negative electrode of a galvanic cell; of an electrolytic capacitor. The boiling of a liquid caused by a decrease in pressure rather than an increase in temperature. Cubic Centimeters. Measurement unit for measuring volume or capacity in one hundredth of a meter. Acronym for Cubic Centimeter. C language (IEC supported programming language) See DosCCU, WinCCU, PCCU or WEBCCU. See Closed Circuit Voltage. Coefficient of Discharge factor. European Community Certification Bureau. The basic electrochemical unit used to generate or store electrical energy. A temperature scale defined by 0C at the ice point and 100C at boiling point of water at sea level. European Committee for Electro-technical Standardization. Also known as the European Standards Organization. Acronym c. Metric measurement equal to .3937 inch. The central part of a computer system that performs operations on data. In a personal computer the CPU is typically a single microprocessor integrated circuit. High-temperature compositions of metal oxides used to insulate a pair of thermocouple wires The most common are Alumina (Al2O3), Beryllia (BeO), and Magnesia (MgO). Their application depends upon temperature and type of thermocouple. High-purity alumina is required for platinum alloy thermocouples. Ceramic insulators are available as single and multihole tubes or as beads. The process of submitting equipment to specific tests to determine that the equipment meets the specifications or safety standards. A standard abbreviation for Cubic foot. Configuration File. When saving new configuration files, the file is saved as a *.cfg file. The volumetric flow rate of a liquid or gas in cubic feet per minute. A letter, digit or other symbol that is used as the representation of data. A connected sequence of characters is called a character string. Detailed information pertaining to its description. The XFC stores this information in the PROM chip. A feature or quality that makes somebody or something recognizable. The conversion of electrical energy, provided in the form of a current from an external source, into chemical energy within a cell or battery. Another name for integrated circuit or the piece of silicon on which semiconductors are created. An instrument used in chemical analysis, to determine the make-up of various substances, and often used to determine the Btu content of natural gas. Chromatography- A method of separating gas compounds by allowing it to seep through an adsorbent so that each compound is adsorbed in a separate layer. Communication interface module. Totalflows version is called TFIO communication interface module.

Cavitation CC CC C-Code CCU CCV Cd CE Cell Celsius (centigrade) CENELEC Centimeter Central Processing Unit

Ceramic Insulation

Certification Cf CFG CFM Character Characteristics Charge Chip

Chromatograph

CIM

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page C9

TERM

DEFINITION 1. The complete path between two terminals over which one-way or two-way communications may be provided. 2. An electronic path between two or more points, capable of providing a number of channels. 3. A number of conductors connected together for the purpose of carrying an electrical current. 4. An electronic closed-loop path among two or more points used for signal transfer. 5. A number of electrical components, such as resistors, inductances, capacitors, transistors, and power sources connected together in one or more closed loops. Sometimes abbreviated PCB. Printed circuit boards are also called cards. A thin plate on which chips and other electronic components are placed. They fall into the following categories: Motherboard: Typically, the mother board contains the CPU, memory and basic controllers for the system. Sometimes call the system board or main board. Expansion board: Any board that plugs into one of the computer's expansion slots, including controller boards, LAN cards, and video adapters. Daughter Card: Any board that attaches directly to another board. Controller board: A special type of expansion board that contains a controller for a peripheral device. Network Interface Card (NIC): An expansion board that enables a PC to be connected to a local-area network (LAN). Video Adapter: An expansion board that contains a controller for a graphics monitor. Class 1 refers to the presence of flammable gases, vapors or liquids. Division 1 indicates an area where ignitable concentrations of flammable gases, vapors or liquids can exist all of the time or some of the time under normal operating conditions. Class 1 refers to the presence of flammable gases, vapors or liquids. Division 2 indicates an area where ignitable concentrations of flammable gases, vapors or liquids are not likely to exist under normal operating conditions. Class 1 refers to the presence of flammable gases, vapors or liquids. Zone 0 refers to a place in which an explosive atmosphere consisting of a mixture with air of flammable substances in the form of gas, vapor or mist is present continuously or for long periods or frequently. Class 1 refers to the presence of flammable gases, vapors or liquids. Zone 1 refers to a place in which an explosive atmosphere consisting of a mixture with air of flammable substances in the form of gas, vapor or mist is likely to occur in normal operation occasionally. Class 1 refers to the presence of flammable gases, vapors or liquids. Zone 2 refers to a place in which an explosive atmosphere consisting of a mixture with air of flammable substances in the form of gas, vapor or mist is not likely to occur in normal operation. Gas that has no particles larger than one micron and no more than one milligram of solids per cubic meter. To restore a device to a prescribed initial state, usually the zero state. The source(s) of timing signals for sequencing electronic events (e.g. synchronous data transfer). The difference in potential between the terminals of a cell/battery when it is discharging (on- load condition). Acronym for Cubic Meter. Acronym for Centimeter. Acronym for Cubic Meter per Minute.

Circuit

Circuit board

Class 1, Division 1

Class 1, Division 2

Class 1, Zone 0

Class 1, Zone 1

Class 1, Zone 2

Clean Gas Clear Clock Closed Circuit Voltage CM Cm CMM

Page C10

2103335-001 rev. AA

TERM CMOS CNG CO2 Coalbed Methane Coefficient of expansion Coil Cold Start Cold Weather Enclosure Collector Column See Compressed Natural Gas

DEFINITION See Complimentary Metal-Oxide-Semiconductor. A standard abbreviation for Carbon Dioxide. A methane-rich, sulfur-free natural gas contained within underground coal beds. The ratio of the change in length or volume of a body to the original length or volume for a unit change in temperature. A conductor wound in a series of turns. A rebooting technique which will clear all operational errors, loose all data files, but will not damage configuration files if stored on the SDRIVE. Totalflow insulated and heated enclosure designed to house either the NGC8200 or Btu 8000/8100 Chromatographs in inclement climates. The semiconductor region in a bipolar junction transistor through which a flow of charge carriers leaves the base region. Hardware component used in gas chromatography to separate components into measurable units. Classification of liquid substances that will burn on the basis of flash points. A combustible liquid means any liquid having a flash point at or above 37.8C (100F) but below 93.3C (200F), except any mixture having components with flash points of 93.3C (200F) or higher, the total of which makes up 99 percent or more of the total volume of the mixture. These file types are importable records used by spreadsheet programs to display and manipulate data. Transmission and reception of data among data processing equipment and related peripherals. Comm. Port (abbreviation) refers to the host computer's physical communication's port being used to communicate with the equipment. Used by Totalflow when discussing local or remote communication with various equipment including the XFC, FCU, XRC, RTU and LevelMaster etc. An addition of specific materials or devices to counteract a known error. Family of logic devices that uses p-type and n-type channel devices on the same integrated circuit. It has the advantage of offering medium speed and very low power requirements. (1) A small object or program that performs a specific function and is designed in such a way to easily operate with other components and applications. Increasingly, the term is being used interchangeably with applet. (2) A part of a device. A gas or mixture of gases having, in a container an absolute pressure exceeding 40 psi at 21.1C (70F). A gas or mixture having in a container, an absolute pressure exceeding 104 psi at 54.4C (130F) regardless of the pressure at (21.1C (70F). A liquid having a vapor pressure exceeding 40 psi at 37.8C (70F) as determined by ASTM D-323-72. Natural gas in high-pressure surface containers that is highly compressed (though not to the point of liquefaction). CNG is used extensively as a transportation fuel for automobiles, trucks and buses in some parts of the world. Small amounts of natural gas are also transported overland in high-pressure containers. The property of a material which permits it to decrease in volume when subjected to an increase in pressure. In gas-measurement usage, the compressibility factor "Z" is the deviation from the ideal Boyle and Charles' law

Combustible

Comma Separated Values Communication

Communication Port Compensation Complimentary MetalOxide-Semiconductor

Component

Compressed Gas

Compressed Natural Gas

Compressibility

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page C11

TERM Compressibility Factor Compressibility Factor Concentration Concurrent

DEFINITION behavior. See SUPERCOMPRESSIBILITY FACTOR. See Supercompressibility Factor. A factor usually expressed as z which gives the ratio of the actual volume of gas at a given temperature and pressure to the volume of gas when calculated by the ideal gas law without any consideration of the compressibility factor. Amount of solute per unit volume or mass of solvent or of solution. Performing more than one task at a time. 1) The liquid formed by the condensation of a vapor or gas; specifically, the hydrocarbon liquid separated from natural gas because of changes in temperature and pressure when the gas from the reservoir was delivered to the surface separators. 2) A term used to describe light liquid hydrocarbons separated from crude oil after production and sold separately. Liquefaction of vapor. The liquid and solid phases; phases in which particles interact strongly. The solid and liquid states. The conveying of electrical energy or heat through or by means of a conductor. The Configuration number is a suffix of the serial number which defines the characteristics of the unit. A local user interface typically used with custom applications that are not supported through any other mechanism. Also referred to as Printer Console Mode. Current carrying part of a switch, relay or connector. The time required, in an analog input or output system, from the moment a channel is interrogated (such as with a read instruction) to the moment that accurate data is available. This could include switching time, settling time, acquisition time, A/D conversion time, etc. Another computer processor unit that operates in conjunction with the standard CPU. Can be used to enhance execution speed. For example, the 8087 is designed to perform floating point arithmetic. See Corrected Runtime. Correction to signal made to decrease/increase ZERO phase and eliminate the shift between RT and COR for increased accuracy. See Cosine. The sine of the complement of an arc or angle. Movement in the direct opposite to the rotation of the hands of a clock. The number of time intervals counted by the dual-slope A/D converter and displayed as the reading of the panel meter, before addition of the decimal point. Cycles per second; the rate or number of periodic events in one second, expressed in Hertz (Hz). See Central Processing Unit. California Public Utilities Commission See Cyclic Redundancy Check. A gas processing plant which is capable of producing natural gas liquids products, including ethane, at very low operating temperatures. CSA International: Formerly Canadian Standards Association. Canadian certification agency.

Condensate

Condensation Condensed Phases Condensed States Conduction Configuration No. Console Mode Contact Conversion Time

Coprocessor COR Corrected Runtime Cos Cosine Counterclockwise Counts CPS CPU CPUC CRC Cryogenic Plant CSA

Page C12

2103335-001 rev. AA

TERM CTS Cubic Cubic Centimeter Cubic Foot Cubic Foot Metered Cubic Foot, Standard Cubic Meter Cubic Meter Per Minute Cumulative Capacity

DEFINITION Communication abbreviation for Clear To Send. Three-dimensional shape with six equal sides. Used in measuring volume. Acronym CC. Metric volume equal to a 1 Centimeter to the 3rd power. The most common unit of measurement of gas volume in the US. It is the amount of gas required to fill a volume of one cubic foot under stated conditions of temperature, pressure, and water vapor. The quantity of gas that occupies one cubic foot under pressure and temperature conditions in the meter. That quantity of gas which under a pressure of 14.73 psia and at a temperature of 60 degrees occupies a volume of one cubic foot without adjustment for water vapor content. Acronym CM. Metric volume equal to 35.31467 Cubic Feet. Acronym CMM. Metric flow rate equal to 35.31467 Cubic Feet per Minute. The total number of ampere-hours (or watt hours) that can be withdrawn from a cell/battery under specified conditions of discharge over a predetermined number of cycles or the cycle life. Current is measured in amps (milliamps and microamps). It is the passage of electrons. Conventional current flows from positive to negative. Electrons flow from negative to positive - called "electron flow". Dots used to indicate the location of the next character or symbol to be entered. The legal and commercial transfer of a commodity such as natural gas, LNG, etc. from one party to another. The Custody Transfer Transaction is the hand-off of the physical commodity from one operator to another. The cell/battery voltage at which the discharge is terminated. Calorific Value. European value of heating content. Column 1 Vent (located on NGC8200 series Feed-Through Assembly). Column 2 Vent (located on NGC8200 series Feed-Through Assembly). Cold Weather Enclosure. One complete sequence of events. One complete alteration of an AC current or Volt. The discharge and subsequent charge of a rechargeable cell/battery is called a cycle. The number of cycles under specified conditions which were available from a rechargeable cell/battery before it fails to meet specified criteria as to performance. The time usually expressed in seconds for a controller to complete one on/off cycle. An ongoing verification of the validity of transmitted and received data providing assurance that the message conforms to a pre-agreed upon convention of communications. See Digital-to-analog. See Digital Input. See Digital Output. See Digital to Analog Converter. Data Acquisition Control Unit. Gathering information from sources such as sensors and AMUs in an accurate, timely and organized manner. Modern systems convert this information to

Current Cursor Custody Transfer Custody Transfer Transaction Cut-Off Voltage CV CV1 CV2 CWE Cycle

Cycle Life Cycle Time Cyclic Redundancy Check D/A D/I D/O DAC DACU Data Acquisition

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page C13

TERM

DEFINITION digital data, which can be stored and processed by a computer. Physically, locally or remotely, retrieving data stored with a Totalflow unit. This data is typically stored in records located in a data base format. See Decibel. Acronym for Data Base 1. This refers to the previous data base structure used to store data in Totalflow products. Acronym for Data Base 2. This refers to the current data base structure used to store data in Totalflow products. See Direct Current Communication abbreviation for Data Carrier Detect Distribution Control System/Programmable Logic Controller See Digital Data Exchange. Also called Dynamic Data Exchange. May refer to Totalflows DDE Server TDS32. Portable pressure tester used to check calibration and to calibrate AMUs utilizing a system of calibrated weights. De-bouncing is any kind of hardware device or software that ensures that only a single signal will be acted upon for a single opening or closing of a contact. When you press a key on your computer keyboard, you expect a single contact to be recorded by your computer. In fact, however, there is an initial contact, a slight bounce or lightening up of the contact, then another contact as the bounce ends, yet another bounce back, and so forth. A similar effect takes place when a switch made using a metal contact is opened. The usual solution is a de-bouncing device or software that ensures that only one digital signal can be registered within the space of a given time (usually milliseconds) A hydrocarbon (Alkane) flammable colorless liquid with ten carbon atoms. A logarithmic measure of the ratio of two signal levels. A practical unit of gain. A numbering system based on 10. A value assigned or an action taken automatically unless another is specified. An incremental value in the temperature scale, i.e., there are 100 degrees between the ice point and the boiling point of water in the Celsius scale and 180F between the same two points in the Fahrenheit scale. Point at which gas leaves a transporter's system completing a sale or transportation service transaction between the pipeline company and a sale or transportation service customer. That 24-hour period specified by a supplier-user contract for purposes of determining the purchaser's daily quantity of gas used (e.g., 8 AM to 8 AM, etc.). This term is primarily used in pipeline-distribution company agreements. It is similar to, and usually coincides with, the distribution company "Contract Day". The rate of flow of gas required by a consumer or a group of consumers, often an average over a specified short time interval (cf/hr or Mcf/hr). Demand is the cause; load is the effect. A device which indicates or records the instantaneous, maximum or integrated (over a specified period) demand. The demand on a system or any of its parts over an interval of time, determined by dividing the total volume in therms by the number of units of time in the interval. Mass per unit Volume: D=MV Doesnt cause the composition of the gas to change, enabling a more

Data Collect DB DB1 DB2 DC DCD DCS/PLC DDE Dead Weight Tester

De-bounce

Decane (C10H22) Decibel Decimal Default Degree

Delivery Point

Demand Day

Demand Load Demand Meters Demand, Average Density Desaturization

Page C14

2103335-001 rev. AA

TERM representative sample of gas. Detector Bead Deviation

DEFINITION See Thermal Conductivity Detector. The difference between the value of the controlled variable and the value at which it is being controlled. The temperature at any given pressure at which liquid initially condenses from a gas or vapor. It is specifically applied to the temperature at which water vapor starts to condense from a gas mixture (water dew point) or at which hydrocarbons start to condense (hydrocarbon dew point). A glass or metal container made like a vacuum bottle that is used especially for storing liquefied gases. Also called Dewar flask. Display Group. When display group files are created A bellows inside a displacement type gas meter. Also, a membrane separating two different pressure areas within a control valve or regulator. For an on/off controller, it refers to the temperature difference between the temperature at which the controller turns heat off and the temperature at which the heat is turned back on. It is expressed in degrees. A signal-input circuit where SIG LO and SIG HI are electrically floating with respect to ANALOG GND (METER GND, which is normally tied to DIG GND). This allows the measurement of the voltage difference between two signals tied to the same ground and provides superior common-mode noise rejection. The pressure difference between two points in a system. For example, the difference in pressure between the upstream and downstream taps of an orifice plate, used to measure volume passing through the orifice. A measure of the display span of a panel meter. By convention, a full digit can assume any value from 0 through 9, a 1/2-digit will display a 1 and overload at 2, a 3/4-digit will display digits up to 3 and overload at 4, etc. For example, a meter with a display span of 3999 counts is said to be a 3-3/4 digit meter. A signal which has distinct states, either on or off (0 or 1). Digital computers process data as binary information having either true of false states. The Digital Controller Assembly contains the Digital Electronic Board, Mounting Assembly and optionally a VGA Display. The Digital Controller board provides control parameters to the Analytical Processor board, stores and processes the data sent from the Analytical Processor board. The Digital Controller also processes communication with other devices. Information transmitted in a coded form (from a computer), represented by discrete signal elements. A Microsoft data exchange format generally used to transfer data from one program to another. It is a very simple format to use and Totalflow customers often use TDS to acquire data from Totalflow devices and then transfer the data to an Excel spreadsheet using DDE. The Totalflow Driver, TDS32, supports DDE and its network version, NetDDE. The branch of electronics dealing with information in binary form. Refers to the signal received in binary format. Refers to the signal emitted in binary format. An output signal which represents the size of an input in the form of a series of discrete quantities. The process of translating discrete data into a continuously varying signal. Common uses are to present the output of a digital computer as a graphic display or as a test stimulus. An electronic device, often an integrated circuit, that converts a digital number

Dew Point

Dewar DG Diaphragm Differential

Differential Input

Differential Pressure

Digit

Digital

Digital Controller Assembly

Digital Data

Digital Data Exchange or Dynamic Data Exchange Digital Electronics Digital Input Digital Output Digital to Analog Conversion Digital-to-Analog Converter

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page C15

TERM

DEFINITION into a corresponding analog voltage or current. Deutsches Institut fr Normung. German Institute for Standardization set of standards recognized throughout the world. Rail on which modules are mounted. Allows modules to snap on and slide right and left. A semiconductor that allows current to flow in one direction only. A bank of switches typically used in setting the hardware configuration and base address of an option card. A current that does not change in direction and is substantially constant in value. A method by which information can be transferred from the computer memory to a device on the bus without using the processor. The conversion of chemical energy of a cell/battery into electrical energy and withdrawal of the electrical energy into a load. The rate, usually expressed in amperes, at which electrical current is taken from the cell/battery. Also called Tubing Manifold. Used in instances when the XFC is not mounted directly on the Orifice, usually pipe mount or wall mount. The distillate or middle range of petroleum liquids produced during the processing of crude oil. Products include diesel fuel, heating oil, kerosene and turbine fuel for airplanes. The first stage in the refining process in which crude oil is heated and unfinished petroleum products are initially separated. The act or process of distributing gas from the city gas or plant that portion of utility plant used for the purpose of delivering gas from the city gate or plant to the consumers, or to expenses relating to the operating and maintenance of distribution plant. Gas Company which obtains the major portion of its gas operating revenues from the operation of a retail gas distribution system, and which operates no transmission system other than incidental connections within its own system or to the system of another company. For purposes of A.G.A. statistics, a distribution company obtains at least 90 percent of its gas operating revenues from sales to ultimate customers, and classifies at least 90 percent of mains (other than service pipe) as distribution. Compare INTEGRATED COMPANY; TRANSMISSION COMPANY, GAS. Abbreviation for Decatherm, equivalent to one MMBtu. Digital Multi-Meter. Inside diameter standard. Disk Operating System. Refers to the DOS version of the Calibration and Collection Unit. Also known as FS/2, hand held or Dog Bone. A group of dots/pixels forming a character or symbol, usually five dots across and seven dots down. An active element that forms a character or symbol when combined in a matrix. This refers to a Totalflow procedure in which any file(s) located on a laptop PC or storage device, may be copied to the on-board memory of a Totalflow Host device for purposes of restoring, configuration or repair. The oil industry term used to refer to all petroleum activities from the processing of refining crude oil into petroleum products to the distribution, marketing, and

DIN DIN Rail Diode DIP Switches Direct Current Direct Memory Access Discharge Discharge Rate Discrete Manifold Distillates Distillation

Distribution

Distribution Company

Dkt DMM DN DOS DOS CCU DOT Matrix DOT/Pixel Download Downstream

Page C16

2103335-001 rev. AA

TERM Downstream Pipeline DP DRAM Drift Drip Gasoline Driver (Hardware) Driver (Software) Drivers Droplet Liquids Dry Contact Dry Gas DSP Dual Element Sensor Dual-Access Memory Duplex Duplex Wire Duty Cycle

DEFINITION shipping of the products. Also see Upstream. The pipeline receiving natural gas at a pipeline inter-connect point. See Differential Pressure. See Dynamic Random Access memory. A change of a reading or a set point value over long periods due to several factors including change in ambient temperature, time, and line voltage. Hydrocarbon liquid that separates in a pipeline transporting gas from the well casing, lease separation, or other facilities and drains into equipment from which the liquid can be removed. An electronic circuit that provides input to another electronic circuit. A program that exercises a system or system component by simulating the activity of a higher level component. Software that controls a specific hardware device, such as interface boards, PLCs, RTUs, and other I/O devices. Large liquid particles Contacts which neither break nor make a circuit. 0 Ohms. Has no more than seven pounds of water per million cubic feet of gas. Gas has less than 0.1 PPM of liquid at the coldest ambient condition expected at the coldest point in the system. The liquid can be water, oil, synthetic lubrication, glycol, condensed sample or any other non vapor contaminate. Digital Signal Processor. A sensor assembly with two independent sensing elements. Memory that can be sequentially accessed by more than one controller or processor but not simultaneously accessed. Also known as shared memory. The ability to both send and receive data simultaneously over the same communications line. A pair of wires insulated from each other and with an outer jacket of insulation around the inner insulated pair. The total time to one on/off cycle. Usually refers to the on/off cycle time of a temperature controller. The Port Manager and communication engine of the iVision SCADA System. This software can multiplex among several communication formats and thus supporting several vendors equipment over a single radio frequency. It pushes new data to the iVision database, saving time and network resources by not transmitting redundant data. The DVI includes the Totalflow WinCPC code and thus supports all Totalflow software and functions including WinCCU, TDS, PCCU, Report by exception, cryout, etc. This is the most common form of computer memory It needs to be continually refreshed in order to properly hold data, thus the term "dynamic." See Electrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory. Also called EEPROM. Can mean a connection to the earth itself or the negative lead to the chassis or any point to zero voltage. European Community. To reflect received data to the sender. i.e. depressed on a keyboard are usually echoed as characters displayed on the screen. Making changes to information, data or configuration files. See Electrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory. The PROM can

DVI

Dynamic Random Access memory E2Prom Earth EC Echo Edit EEPROM

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page C17

TERM be erased by electricity. EFI EFM EFR Electrical Interference Electrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory Electrode Electromagnetic Compatibility

DEFINITION Electromechanical Frequency Interface. See Electronic Flow Measurement. Enhance Feature Release. Electrical noise induced upon the signal wires that obscures the wanted information signal. ROM that can be erased with an electrical signal and reprogrammed. Also referred to as the S Drive. It is a persistent drive that will not loose its memory 2 unless manually reprogrammed. Also called E Prom. Totalflows XFC and XRC have a Serial EEPROM on board, which generally holds registry, application configuration and warranty information (non-volatile). The site, area, or location at which electrochemical processes take place. Term used for European Unions New Approach Directive 89/336/EEC which means the device or system is able to function in its electromagnetic environment without introducing intolerable electromagnetic disturbances to anything in that environment. Any electromagnetic disturbance that interrupts, obstructs, or otherwise degrades or limits the effective performance of electronics/electrical equipment. It can be induced intentionally, as in some forms of electronic warfare, or unintentionally, as a result of spurious emissions and responses, intermodulation products, and the like. Historically, flow measurement was tracked using a chart recording technology. Developments in the field of electronics allowed for electronic measurement devices to overtake the chart recording market. This field continues to develop into peripheral markets, making the Flow Meter a valuable asset with multitasking Control capabilities. Totalflows answer to this developing market is the XSeries equipment. See Electromagnetic Compatibility See Electromagnetic Interference. One terminal of a transistor. Euro Norm (European Standard) Spains Certification Board A device that converts linear or rotary displacement into digital or pulse signals. The most popular type of encoder is the optical encoder, which uses a rotating disk with alternating opaque areas, a light source, and a photodetector. All conditions in which a transducer may be exposed during shipping, storage, handling, and operation. A liquefiable hydrocarbon product consisting primarily of ethane and propane. See Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory. The PROM can be erased by ultraviolet light or electricity. ROM that can be erased using Ultraviolet Light. The EPROM maybe reprogrammed by removing the EPROM from the circuit and using special equipment to write to it. A colorless hydrocarbon gas of slight odor having a gross heating value of 1,773 Btu per cubic foot and a specific gravity of 1.0488. It is a normal constituent of natural gas. A colorless unsaturated hydrocarbon gas of slight odor having a gross heating value of 1,604 Btu per cubic foot and a specific gravity of 0.9740. It is usually present in manufactured gas, constituting one of its elements and is very flammable.

Electromagnetic Interference

Electronic Flow Measurement

EMC EMI Emitter EN Enagas Encoder Environmental Conditions EP Mix EPROM Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory Ethane (C2H6)

Ethylene (C2H4)

Page C18

2103335-001 rev. AA

TERM

DEFINITION European Union. Formerly known as the European Community (EC). Members of this union are replacing individual national regulations of member countries with a series of Directives. These Directives are legislative instruments which oblige member states to introduce them into their existing laws. These directives harmonize a variety of existing practices, preserve the different legal traditions and settle constraints for further developments. Important incident: an occurrence, especially one that is particularly significant. Stored records specifying a notable change. The XFC stores up to 200 records, containing: Time, Day, Description, Old Value, New Value. Signals or interrupts generated by a device to notify another device of an asynchronous event. The contents of events are device-dependent. Potential Explosive. Explosion Proof Integral Multivariable Transducer. A plug-in circuit board that adds features or capabilities beyond those basic to a computer, such as a data acquisition system expansion board. Correction factor for the change in density between two pressure measurement areas in a constricted flow. The spaces provided in a computer for expansion boards than enhance the basic operation of the computer. Explosion Proof Enclosure for Class 1 Division 1 locations. An enclosure that can withstand an explosion of gases within it and prevent the explosion of gases surrounding it due to sparks, flashes or the explosion of the container itself, and maintain an external temperature which will not ignite the surrounding gases. EBCDIC. An eight-bit character code used primarily in IBM equipment. The code allows for 256 different bit patterns. Multivariable Transducer located outside of the Flow Computer enclosure. Used in multi-tube configurations and on systems where the actual Flow Computer is located at a distance from the flowing tube. DP/SP Transducer located outside the enclosure. All electronics are located inside the enclosure and communicate via a ribbon cable. Abbreviation of free on board with the cost of delivery to a port and loading onto a ship included. Orifice Thermal Expansion factor. A temperature scale defined by 32 at the ice point and 212 at the boiling point of water at sea level. Full Well Stream Factor. Basic Orifice factor. Function Block Diagram (IEC supported programming language) Federal Communications Commission. Flow computer unit Connections between gas feeder lines and distribution networks. Occurs when some or all of the output of the device (such as an amplifier) is taken back to the input. This may be accidental (such as the acoustic feedback from a speaker to microphone) or intentional , to reduce distortion. A gas main or supply line that delivers gas from a city gate station or other source of supply to the distribution networks. The Feed-Through Assembly also serves as the connection for sample

EU

Event Event File Events Ex EXIMV Expansion Board Expansion Factor Expansion Slots

Explosion-proof Enclosure

Extended Binary Coded Decimal Interchange Code External Multivariable Transducer External Transducer F.O.B. Fa Fahrenheit Faux Fb FBD FCC FCU Feed Points Feedback Feeder (Main) Feed-Through Assembly

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page C19

TERM

DEFINITION streams, carrier gas and calibration streams, and contains the vents for sample and column gases. Field-effect transistor. Transistor with electric field controlling output: a transistor, with three or more electrodes, in which the output current is controlled by a variable electric field. Specific Gravity factor. The pressure of natural gas as it is found in the underground formations from which it is produced. A set of related records or data treated as a unit. Aerosols liquids who have contacted each other and become adhered to the inside of the pipeline. A computer program or software stored permanently in PROM or ROM or semipermanently in EPROM. This refers to the version of firmware contained in the equipment. A format for processing or storing numbers as digital integers. Any of various types of indicators used for identification of a condition or event; for example, a character that signals the termination of a transmission. Enclosure which can withstand the pressure developed during an internal explosion of an explosive mixture, and which prevents the transmission of the explosion to the explosive atmosphere surrounding the enclosure. A liquid as defined by NFPD and DOT as having a flash point below 37.8C (100F). For pipe, a metal collar drilled with bolt holes and attached to the pipe with its flat surface at right angles to the pipe axis so that it can be securely bolted to a mating flange on a valve, another pipe section, etc. Re-programmable memory onboard an XFC/XRC, similar to an EPROM, except that it can be programmed while in circuit using a Boot Loader Program to write to it. Generally used for the operating system and application code space (non-volatile). An Analog to Digital Converter whose output code is determined in a single step by a bank of comparators and encoding logic. The temperature at which a liquid will yield enough flammable vapor to ignite. There are various recognized industrial testing methods; therefore the method used must be stated. Gas vapors released from a stream of natural gas liquids as a result of an increase in temperature or a decrease in pressure. Travel of liquids or gases in response to a force (i.e. pressure or gravity). A device placed on location to measure SP, DP and temperature (to calculate flow) of gases or liquids being transferred, for remote unattended operation. In the gas industry, formulas used to determine gas flow rates or pressure drops in pipelines, regulators, valves, meters, etc. Actual speed or velocity of fluid movement . A device used for measuring the flow or quantity of a moving fluid. Substances that flow freely; gases and liquids. Factory Mutual Research Corporation. An organization which sets industrial safety standards. An instrument that meets a specific set of specifications established by Factory Mutual Research Corporation.

FET Fg Field Pressure File Film Liquids Firmware Firmware Version Fixed-Point Flag Flameproof Enclosure d Flammable Flange

FLASH

Flash ADC Flash Point Flash Vapors Flow Flow Computer, XSeries Flow Formulas Flow Rate Flowmeter Fluids FM FM Approved

Page C20

2103335-001 rev. AA

TERM Font Footprint Fpb FPM FPS Fpv Fr Fractionation Freezing Point Frequency Frequency Modulation Frequency Output FRP FS/2 FT3 Ftb Ftf Fuel Oils Full Bridge Full Duplex Function Fuse Fw G Gain Gain Accuracy Gal Gas Gas Chromatograph Gas Chromatograph Module Gas Chromatograph

DEFINITION The style of lettering used to display information. The surface space required for an object. Pressure Base factor. Flow velocity in feet per minute. Flow velocity in feet per second. See Supercompressibility Factor. Reynolds Number factor. The process of separating a steam of natural gas liquids into its separate components. The temperature at which the substance goes from the liquid phase to the solid phase. The number of cycles per second for any periodic waveform - measured in cycles per second - now called Hertz. The number of repeating corresponding points on a wave that pass a given observation point per unit time. Modulation where the frequency of the sinewave carrier alters with the amplitude of the modulating signal. An output in the form of frequency which varies as a function of the applied input. Fiberglass Reinforced Polyurethane. A non-flexible material used for LevelMaster sensors. Ruggadized handheld computer device for programming and collecting data from an XFC. Also referred to a Husky or Dog Bone. A standard abbreviation for Cubic Foot. Temperature Base factor. Flowing Temperature factor. The heavy distillates from the oil refining process that are used primarily for heating, for fueling industrial processes, for fueling locomotives and ships, and for fueling power generation systems. Wheatstone bridge configuration utilizing four active elements or strain gauges. Simultaneous, two-way (transmit and receive), transmission. A set of software instructions executed by a single line of code that may have input and/or output parameters and returns a value when executed. A short length of wire that will easily burn out when excessive current flows. Water Vapor factor. The symbol used for giga or gigabyte. The factor by which a signal is amplified, sometimes expressed in dB. A measure of deviation of the gain of an amplifier from the ideal gain. An abbreviation for one gallon. That state of matter which has neither independent shape nor volume. It expands to fill the entire container in which it is held. It is one of the three forms of matter, the other two being solid and liquid. An analytical instrument that separates mixtures of gas into identifiable components by means of chromatography. Software module used in conjunction with PCCU32 and WinCCU to interact with Btu Chromatograph equipment and software. A co-efficient generated by the factory allowing user to start calibration on

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page C21

TERM Module Coefficient Gas Chromatography Gas Field Gas Injection

DEFINITION location without having a calibration gas available. Preferred method for determining the Btu value of natural gas. A district or area from which natural gas is produced. An enhanced recovery technique in which natural gas is injected under pressure into a producing reservoir through an injection well to drive oil to the well bore and the surface. The separation of components by absorption, adsorption, refrigeration or cryogenics from a stream of natural gas for the purpose of making salable liquid products and for treating the residue gas to meet required specifications. The hydrogen sulfide and/or carbon dioxide contained in, or extracted from, gas or other streams. Gas produced in association with oil, or from a gas cap overlying and in contact with the crude oil in the reservoir. In general, most states restrict associated gas production since its indiscriminate production could reduce the ultimate oil recovery. Also, since some wells producing associated gas cannot be shut-in without also shutting-in the oil production, natural gas pipelines are generally required to take associated gas produced from oil wells on a priority basis. See Methane. See Ethane. See Propane. Pentanes Plus (IC5, NeoC5, NC5 and C6+) Hexanes Plus (C6, C7, C8, C9, C10, C11, etc.). See Carbon Dioxide. Gas whose water content has been reduced by a dehydration process. Gas containing little or no hydrocarbons commercially recoverable as liquid product. Specified small quantities of liquids are permitted by varying statutory definitions in certain states. See Iso-Butane. See Iso-Pentane. A gas containing certain specific hydrocarbons which are gaseous under normal atmospheric conditions but can be liquefied under moderate pressure at normal temperatures. Propane and butane are the principal examples. A gas obtained by destructive distillation of coal, or by the thermal decomposition of oil, or by the reaction of steam passing through a bed of heated coal or coke, or catalyst beds. Examples are coal gases, coke oven gases, producer gas, blast furnace gas, blue (water) gas, and carbureted water gas. Btu content varies widely. A naturally occurring mixture of hydrocarbon and non-hydrocarbon gases found in porous geologic formations beneath the earth's surface, often in association with petroleum. The principal constituent is methane. See Normal Butane. See Normal Pentane. See Neo-Pentane. Free natural gas not in contact with, nor dissolved in, crude oil in the reservoir. A gas resulting from the thermal decomposition of petroleum oils, composed mainly of volatile hydrocarbons and hydrogen. The true heating value of oil gas may vary between 800 and 1600 Btu per cubic foot depending on operating conditions and feedstock properties.

Gas Processing Gas, Acid

Gas, Associated

Gas, C1 Gas, C2 Gas, C3 Gas, C5+ Gas, C6+ Gas, CO2 Gas, Dry Gas, IC4 Gas, IC5 Gas, Liquefied Petroleum (LPG)

Gas, Manufactured

Gas, Natural Gas, NC4 Gas, NC5 Gas, NeoC5 Gas, Non-associated Gas, Oil

Page C22

2103335-001 rev. AA

TERM Gas, Sour

DEFINITION Gas found in its natural state, containing such amounts of compounds of sulfur as to make it impractical to use, without purifying, because of its corrosive effect on piping and equipment. Gas found in its natural state, containing such small amounts of compounds of sulfur that it can be used without purifying, with no deleterious effect on piping and equipment. Gas that can not be economically produced using current technology. Wet natural gas is unprocessed natural gas or partially processed natural gas produced from strata containing condensable hydrocarbons. The term is subject to varying legal definitions as specified by certain state statutes. Generally a location at which gas changes ownership, from one party to another, neither of which is the ultimate consumer. It should be noted, however, that the gas may change from one system to another at this point without changing ownership. Also referred to as city gate station, town border station, or delivery point. The act of operating extensive low-pressure gas lines which aggregate the production of several separate gas wells into one larger receipt point into an interstate pipeline. Agreement between a producer and a gathering system operator specifying the terms and conditions for entry of the producer's gas into the gathering system. A pipeline, usually of small diameter, used in gathering gas from the field to a central point. A compressor station at which gas is gathered from wells by means of suction because pressure is not sufficient to produce the desired rate of flow into a transmission or distribution system. The gathering pipelines plus any pumps, tanks, or additional equipment used to move oil or gas from the wellhead to the main pipeline for delivery to a processing facility or consumer. A measure of the ratio of the relative change of resistance to the relative change in length of a piezoresistive strain gage. Absolute pressure minus local atmospheric pressure. Instrument for measuring the relative pressure of a fluid. Types include gauge, absolute, and differential. This refers to a manual method of measuring the level of a liquid in a tank. These measurements may be used to calibrate float levels. See Gas Chromatograph. The GC Module is comprised of 3 parts; Columns, Valves and Electronic Interface. The Valves control flow of gas within the system. The Columns perform the separation of the gas into component parts for analysis. The Electronic Interface contains pressure and temperature sensors to monitor and detect the different gas components as they leave the GC Columns. See Gas Chromatograph Module See Gas Chromatograph Module Coefficient. Gravity, Carbon Dioxide and Nitrogen compounds. Used in NX-19 GCN Supercompressibility Factor. Gravity, Carbon Dioxide, Nitrogen and Methane compounds. Used in NX-19 GCNM Supercompressibility Factor. Gasde of France An abbreviation for gigajoule, equivalent to one thousand megajoules or one billion joules.

Gas, Sweet Gas, Unconventional Gas, Wet

Gate Station

Gathering Gathering Agreement Gathering Line Gathering Station

Gathering System Gauge Factor Gauge Pressure Gauge, Pressure Gauging Tape Measurements GC

GC Module Assembly

GCM GCMC GCN GCNM GDF Gj

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page C23

TERM GND GOST GPA 2145-03 GPA 2172-96 GPM GPS 2261 GPV GPV GRD Gross Heating Value See Ground.

DEFINITION Russian Government Standards for Importation. Gas Processors Association Physical Constants for Paraffin Hydrocarbons and other Components of Natural Gas Gas Processors Association Calculation of Gross Heating Value, Relative Density and Compressibility of Natural Gas Mixtures from Compositional Analysis. Gallons of liquid per thousand cubic feet. See Gas Processors Standard 2261. Gauge Port Vent. Refers to the NGC8200 Port designed to equalize the pressure inside of the explosion-proof enclosure. Gauge Port Valve (located on NGC8200 series Feed-Through Assembly). See Ground. The heating value measured in a calorimeter when the water produced during the combustion process is condensed to a liquid state. The heat of condensation of the water is included in the total measured heat. 1) An electronically neutral circuit having the same potential as the surrounding earth. Normally, a non-current carrying circuit intended for the safety purposes. A reference point for an electrical system. 2) A large conducting body (as the earth) used as a common return for an electric circuit and as an arbitrary zero of potential. 3) Reference point for an electrical system. A grounding strap is a conductive device used to make connection between the person handling the board, and a high quality ground potential. The molecular formula for Hydrogen. The molecular formula for Hydrogen Sulfide. Communication transmission in one direction at a time. An interface procedure that is based on status/data signals that assure orderly data transfer as opposed to asynchronous exchange. Exchange of predetermined signals between two devices establishing a connection. Usually part of a communications protocol. The physical components of a computer system, such as the circuit boards, plug-in boards, chassis, enclosures, peripherals, cables, and so on. It does not include data or computer programs. A sinusoidal component of a waveform that is a whole multiple of the fundamental frequency. An oscillation that is an integral sub-multiple of the fundamental is called a sub-harmonic. Communication Interface. Area in which an explosive gas atmosphere is present or may be expected to be present. Thermal energy. Heat is expressed in units of calories or Btu's The amount of heat required to raise the temperature of a body (of any mass) one degree Celsius. The amount of heat that must be removed from one gram of a vapor at it's condensation point to condense the vapor with no change in temperature. The amount of heat required to vaporize one gram of a liquid at its boiling point with no change in temperature. Usually expressed in J/g. The molar heat of vaporization is the amount of heat required to vaporize one mole of liquid at its boiling point with no change in temperature and usually expressed ion kJ/mol.

Ground

Grounding Strap H2 H2S Half Duplex Handshake Handshaking Hardware

Harmonic HART Hazardous Area Heat Heat Capacity Heat of Condensation

Heat of Vaporization

Page C24

2103335-001 rev. AA

TERM Heat Transfer

DEFINITION A form of energy that flows between two samples of matter because of their differences in temperature. The amount of heat developed by the complete combustion of a unit quantity of a material. Heating values for natural gas are usually expressed as the Btu per Cf of gas at designated conditions (temperature and pressure) and either on the dry or water saturated basis. Crude oil of 20-degree API gravity or less; often very thick and viscous. The portion of a hydrocarbon mixture having the highest boiling point. Hexanes or heptanes and all heavier hydrocarbons are usually the heavy ends in a natural gas stream. More susceptible to increases in temperature and decreases in pressure, thus causing liquids to form. A saturated hydrocarbon (Alkane) with 7 carbon atoms in its molecule (C7H16). A liquid under normal conditions. Cycles per second. A measure of frequency or bandwidth. A numbering system to the base 16, 0 through F. A saturated hydrocarbon (Alkane) with six carbon atoms in its molecule (C6H14). A liquid under normal conditions. The portion of a hydrocarbon fluid mixture or the last component of a hydrocarbon analysis which contains the hexanes (or heptanes) and all hydrocarbons heavier than the hexanes (or heptanes). A method of organizing computer programs with a series of levels, each with further subdivisions, as in a pyramid or tree structure. Meter HOLD is an external input which is used to stop the A/D process and freeze the display. BCD HOLD is an external input used to freeze the BCD output while allowing the A/D process to continue operation. The primary or controlling computer in a multiple part system. Host Console via Local Port uses the PCCU cable between the computer and the devices Local PCCU port but running Remote Protocol. Host Console via Remote Port uses the remote protocol A market or supply area pooling/delivery where gas supply transaction point occur that serve to facilitate the movement of gas between and among interstate pipelines. Transactions can include a change in title, a change in transporter, or other similar items. See Heating Value. A chemical compound composed solely of carbon and hydrogen. The compounds having a small number of carbon and hydrogen atoms in their molecules are usually gaseous; those with a larger number of atoms are liquid, and the compounds with the largest number of atoms are solid. A flammable, very poisonous and corrosive gas with a markedly disagreeable odor, having the chemical formula of H2S that is a contaminant in natural gas and natural gas liquids. Terminal emulation program provided with Windows. The maximum difference between output readings for the same measured point, one point obtained while increasing from zero and the other while decreasing from full scale. The points are taken on the same continuous cycle. The deviation is expressed as a percent of full scale. See Input/Output. A method that allows the CPU to distinguish between the different boards in a system. All boards must have different addresses.

Heating Value Heavy Crude Heavy Ends Heavy Hydrocarbons Heptane (C7H16) Hertz Hexadecimal Hexane (C6H14) Hexane Plus or Heptane Plus Hierarchical Hold Host Host Console

Hub HV Hydrocarbon

Hydrogen Sulfide Hyperterm Hysteresis I/O I/O Address

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page C25

TERM I2 C IAR IC IC4 IC5 Icon ID

DEFINITION Inter-Integrated Circuit. Serial communications bus to I/O modules (developed by Phillips Semiconductor) Maker and distributor of the Embedded Workbench, a compiler, assembler, linker development system for the Z80/64180 microprocessor family. See Integrated Circuit A standard abbreviation for Isobutane. A standard abbreviation for Isopentane. A graphic functional symbol display. A graphic representation of a function or functions to be performed by the computer. Identification Number. You must assign an ID to the unit. Units are communicated to by this ID number, therefore the ID assigned in the software must agree with the hardware. International Electrotechnical Commission. Developers of the IEC-61131-3 standard. Programming Language used by Totalflow for user applications in XSeries equipment. The IEC scheme for certification to standards relating to equipment for use in explosive atmospheres. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers Inter-Integrated Circuit. Also see I2C. Instruction List (IEC supported programming language) The total opposition to electrical flow (resistive plus reactive). See Integral Multivariable Transducer. A pressure unit representing the pressure required to support a column of mercury one inch high at a specified temperature; 2.036 inches of mercury (at 32 degrees F and standard gravity of 32.174 ft/sec2) is equal to a gauge pressure of one pound per square inch. A pressure unit representing the pressure required to support a column of water one inch high. Usually reported as inches W.C. (water column) at a specified temperature; 27.707 inches of water (at 60o and standard gravity of 32.174 ft/sec2) is equal to a gauge pressure of one pound per square inch. Canadian Certification. Elements or compounds not acted upon chemically by the surrounding environment. Nitrogen and carbon dioxide are examples of inert components in natural gas. Inerts dilute the natural gas and since they do not burn or combust, have no heating value. Generic file used to support the display of Totalflow application data in PCCU32. That part of a circuit that accepts a signal for processing. The resistance measured across the excitation terminals of a transducer. To examine or determine the status of the input. The transfer of data to/from a computer system involving communications channels, operator interface devices, and/or data acquisition and control interfaces. Starting an instance of an object. Manifold type used when XFC is mounted directly on the Orifice. Any material that resists the flow of electrical current. A Multivariable Transducer that is an integral part of the flow computer, measuring DP and SP. This refers only to the transducer portion of the device

IEC IECEx IEEE IIC IL Impedance IMV Inch of Mercury

Inch of Water Industry Canada Inerts

Initialization File Input Input Impedance Input Sense Input/Output Instantiate Instrument Manifold Insulator Integral Multivariable

Page C26

2103335-001 rev. AA

TERM Transducer

DEFINITION and makes no assumption whether or not the circuitry is located as part of the unit, or if the circuitry is located on the Mother Board and attached via wiring. Also see Multivariable Transducer. A circuit component consisting of a piece of semiconductor material containing up to thousands of transistor and diodes. A chip. An ADC whose output code represents the average value of the input voltage over a given time interval. Usually refers to the hardware that provides communication between various items of equipment. The area between two liquids that are not easily mixed, i.e. oil and water. A disturbance to the signal in any communications system. An instrument which will not produce any spark or thermal effects under normal and specified fault conditions, that is capable of causing ignition of a specified gas mixture. A circuit in both analogue and digital systems that provides an output that is inverse to the input. Converts DC to AC at a high frequency. Interrupt signal from the I/O modules. i/o Battery Voltage- Unregulated 13.8 volts. Host supplies 2.5 amps to the I/O modules. Unregulated 5.6 volts from the host for I/O modules. Instrument Society of America. International Standards Organization. International Standards Organization Report No. 5167, Measurement of Fluid Flow by Means of Pressure Differential Devices. International Standards Organization Report No. 6976-95, Calculation of Calorific Values, Density, Relative Density and Wobbe Index from Composition. A hydrocarbon of the same chemical formula as butane but different molecular structure, resulting in different physical properties, notably lower boiling point. Gross heating value 3261 Btu/cu. ft. gas. Laboratory technique where gas sample is tested after removing liquids, therefore not allowing the atomized liquid to return to the gaseous state, changing the sample accuracy. The reduction of the capacity of a system to respond to an external force by use of resilient isolating materials. A hydrocarbon of the paraffin series having a chemical formula of C5H12 and having its carbon atoms branched. Acronym for International Union of Pure and Applied Chemistry. It is an international non-governmental organization devoted to the advancement of chemistry. It is most well known as the recognized authority in developing standards for the naming of the chemical elements and their compounds SCADA system designed for oil and gas applications The basic unit of thermal energy. The change in gas temperature which occurs when the gas is expanded at constant enthalpy from a higher pressure to a lower pressure. The effect for most gases at normal pressure, except hydrogen and helium, is a cooling of the gas creating condensation. Kilo. 1) In referring to computers, a "kilo" is 1024 or 2 to the 10th power (Note that it is actually slightly more than an even 1000.). 2) the standard metric prefix

Integrated Circuit Integrating ADC Interface (computer) Interface (liquid) Interference Intrinsically Safe Inverter Inverter, DC to AC ioINT ioVBB ioVDD ISA ISO ISO 5167 ISO 6976-95 Isobutane (C4H10)

Isokenetic Sampling Isolation Isopentane (C5H12)

IUPAC IVision Joule Joule-Thompson Effect

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page C27

TERM Kbytes/s Kerosene KHz kilobyte Kilowatt kilowatt-hour KPa kw kwh LACT Lag

DEFINITION for 1,000, or 103, used with units of measure such as volts, hertz, and meters. A unit for data transfer that means 1,000 or 103 bytes/s. An oily liquid obtained in the distilling of gasoline in a temperature range from 174-288 degree C. A hydrocarbon of specific gravity of 0.747 to 0.775. Used as fuel for some internal combustion engines, heating equipment, and illuminating purposes. A heavy grade known as range oil is used for cooking and heating. Electronic abbreviation for Kilohertz. 1024 bytes. Equivalent to 1000 watts. A unit of energy when one kilowatt of power is expended for one hour. Example A radiator bar is usually rated at 1,000 watts and this switched on for one hour consumes one kilowatt-hour of electricity. Kilopascal-Measure of Pressure See Kilowatt. See Kilowatt-hour. Lease Automatic Custody Transfer. 1) A time delay between the output of a signal and the response of the instrument to which the signal is sent. 2) A time relationship between two waveforms where a fixed reference point on one wave occurs after the same point of the reference wave. Represents the amount of heat required to vaporize a liquid. In the instance of natural gas, the equation appears: 1 Btu = heat to change. This is the most likely scenario for causing gas to liquefy. Liquid Crystal Display. Ladder Diagram (IEC supported programming language) Light Emitting Diodes. Intelligent Digital Level Sensor and is designed for custody transfer accuracy in demanding level measurement applications in tanks. LevelMaster is the name of the Totalflows Tank Gauging System. For rechargeable batteries, the duration of satisfactory performance, measured in years (float life) or in the number of charge/discharge cycles (cycle life). The minimum number of pressure cycles the transducer can endure and still remain within a specified tolerance. Crude oil with a high API gravity due to the presence of a high proportion of light hydrocarbon fractions. The portion of a liquid hydrocarbon mixture having the lowest boiling points which are easily evaporated. The low molecular weight hydrocarbons such as methane, ethane, propane and butanes. More Volatile. The maximum deviation of the calibration curve from a straight line between zero and full scale, expressed as a percent of full scale output and measured on increasing measurement only. The components of natural gas that may be recovered as liquid products. Natural gas which has been liquefied by reducing its temperature to minus 260 degrees Fahrenheit at atmospheric pressure. It remains a liquid at -116 degrees Fahrenheit and 673 psig. In volume, it occupies 1/600 of that of the vapor at standard conditions. Natural gasoline and liquefied petroleum gases fall in this category.

Latent Heat of Vaporization LCD LD LED LevelMaster Life Life Cycle Light Crude Light Ends Light Hydrocarbons Linearity Liquefiable Hydrocarbons

Liquefied Natural Gas

Page C28

2103335-001 rev. AA

TERM Liquefied Petroleum Gas Liquid Crystal Display LNG Load (electrical)

DEFINITION A gas containing certain specific hydrocarbons which are gaseous under normal atmospheric conditions, but can be liquefied under moderate pressure at normal temperatures. Propane and butane are the principal examples. A reflective display that requires very low power for operation. See Liquefied Natural Gas. A load is an energy consuming device. The device can be an actual device such as a bulb of a flash light, radio, cassette player, motor, etc., a resistor or a constant current load. The amount of gas delivered or required at any specified point or points on a system; load originates primarily at the gas consuming equipment of the customers. Also, to load a pressure regulator is to set the regulator to maintain a given pressure as the rate of gas flow through the regulator varies. Compare DEMAND. This is a file containing the configuration of the Location or site and the LevelMasters assigned to the Location. You may have a file that contains everything or a file for each Location name. The information from the file is displayed on the main MasterLink screen in the form of a tree structure. See the Main Screen topic for more information. Location Name is the top of the hierarchy tree of a Location File. Included in the Location Name is the LevelMaster's name, ID, S/N, Sensor File and Configuration no. In a XFC, the specified length between writing the calculated accumulated volume to record. You may record volumes as often as every minute and as seldom as every hour. More frequent recording reduces the number of days of records possible between collection. For Totalflows purpose, the application of this term refers to storing data over a period of time that is greater than a minimal time. Such as data collected weekly versus data collected weekly but stored indefinitely. See Liquefied Petroleum Gas. Least Significant Byte
20 Mega, the prefix for 1,048,576, or 2 , when used with byte to quantify data or computer memory. Also 1000, as in MCF or 1000 Cubic Ft.

Load (units)

Location File

Location Name

Log Period

Long Term LPG LSB M Manifold

The conduit of an appliance which supplies gas to the individual burners. Also, a pipe to which two or more outlet pipes are connected. The Manifold Assembly is comprised of the Manifold Plate, Heater, Valves, and various Cables to other major components. The Manifold Plate and Heater maintain constant temperature for the GC Module and Columns. The Valves control Stream processing, Carrier and Calibrations gases. The Cables complete the information chain from the GC Module to the Analytical Processor and the Digital Controller Assembly. Software program that converts machine instructions and commands into a user interface. A two-armed barometer. The switch in a limit controller that manually resets the controller after the limit has been exceeded. MasterLink is the name of the software program used to communicate with the LevelMaster for purposes of doing setup, calibration, troubleshooting, generating site files, monitoring levels and collecting data. A unit for data transfer that means 1 million or 106 bytes/s. The quantity of natural gas occupying a volume of 1000 cubic feet at a

Manifold Assembly

Man-Machine Interface Manometer Manual Reset MasterLink Mbytes/s Mcf

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page C29

TERM

DEFINITION temperature of 60 Fahrenheit and at a pressure of 14.73 psia. The average of the maximum and minimum temperature of a process equilibrium. FLOs measurement and operational features are housed in this single unit assembly. The main electronic board (FLO-195 Board), communication connection, power, SP, DP and Temperature readings are all housed in this unit. Multiplier indicating that a quantity should be multiplied by 1,000,000. The temperature at which a substance transforms from a solid phase to a liquid phase. The pH-sensitive glass bulb is the membrane across which the potential difference due to the formation of double layers with ion-exchange properties on the two swollen glass surfaces is developed. The membrane makes contact with and separates the internal element and filling solution from the sample solution. Electronic devices that enable a computer to store and recall information. In its broadest sense, memory refers to any hardware capable of serving that end, e.g., disk, tape, or semiconductor storage. The list of available functions for selection by the operator, usually displayed on the computer screen once a program has been entered. SICK Engineerings Menu-based Measurement and Parameterization Software for the TotalSonic system (MMI). Compounds of carbon, hydrogen and sulfur found in sour crude and gas; the lower mercaptans have a strong, repulsive odor and are used, among other things, to odorize natural gas. Acronym M. Metric measurement equal to 1.09361 yards. Gas piping between gas service line and meter. Also, gas piping supplying two or more meters. A meter using the differential pressure across an orifice plate as a basis for determining volume flowing through the meter. Ordinarily, the differential pressure is charted. See Meter, Positive Displacement. An instrument which measures volume on the basis of filling and discharging gas in a chamber. 1) Pulse meter. 2)A velocity measuring device in which the flow is parallel to the rotor axis and the speed of rotation is proportional to the rate of flow. The volume of gas measured is determined by the revolutions of the rotor and converting them to a continuously totalized volumetric reading. A hydrocarbon (Alkane) with the lightest molecule. A gas under normal conditions. The first of the paraffin series of hydrocarbons. The chief constituent of natural gas. Pure methane is odorless and has a heating value of 1012 Btu per cubic foot. Typically mixed with a sulfur compound to aid in leak detection. See FLO. This term is commonly used to describe the CPU. More specifically, it refers to the part of the CPU that actually does the work, since many CPUs now contain L1 and L2 caches on-chip. One thousandth e.g. one milli-watt - 1mW. one milli-amp - 1mA. one milli-volt 1mV. Acronym mm. Metric measurement equal to .03937 inch. Million instructions per second. The unit for expressing the speed of processor

Mean Temperature Measurement Unit Assembly Mega Melting Point

Membrane

Memory Menu MEPAFLOW Mercaptans Meter Meter Manifold Meter, Orifice Meter, PD Meter, Positive Displacement Meter, Turbine

Methane (C1H4) microFlo Computer Microprocessor Milli Millimeter MIPS

Page C30

2103335-001 rev. AA

TERM machine code instructions. Mj Mm MMBtu MMcf MMI Modbus

DEFINITION Abbreviation for megajoule, equivalent to one million joules. Acronym for Millimeter. A thermal unit of energy equal to 1,000,000 Btus, that is, the equivalent of 1,000 cubic feet of gas having a heating content of 1,000 BTUs per cubic foot, as provided by contract measurement terms. A million cubic feet. See CUBIC FOOT. (1,000,000 CF) See Man-Machine Interface. Messaging structure developed and used to establish master-slave/clientserver communication between intelligent devices. Generic protocol supported by most process automation vendors. Modulator-Demodulator. A device used to convert serial digital data from a transmitting terminal to a signal suitable for transmission over a common carrier, or to reconvert the transmitted signal to digital data for acceptance by a receiving terminal. Typically a board assembly and its associated mechanical parts, front panel, optional shields, and so on. A module contains everything required to occupy one or more slots in a mainframe. See Mole Percent. The number of moles of a component of a mixture divided by the total number of moles in the mixture. Modbus Request Block. When requesting storage space after adding a new Modbus application, the file is saved as a *.mrb file. Modbus Register Map. When requesting storage space after adding a new Modbus register, the file is saved as a *.mrm file. Milliseconds. One-thousandth of a second. Most Significant Byte A high-accuracy bridge configuration used to measure three-wire RTD thermometers. A technique which allows different input (or output) signals to use the same lines at different times, controlled by an external signal. Multiplexing is used to save on wiring and I/O ports. A property of an operating system in which several processes can be run simultaneously. Locations where many flow tubes are all within a prescribed distance allowing one flow meter with multitube capabilities, such as the XSeries product line, to monitor and maintain flow records for each tube in one Flow Computer. Transducer supplying more than 1 variable. Totalflow uses this term to encompass units that read Static Pressure, Differential Pressure. Historically these units were coined AMU for Analog Measurement Unit. As a result of advanced technology, the unit no longer functions as only an analog measurement unit. Therefore the newer terminology, Multivariable Transducer, more aptly describes the functionality of this design. The abbreviation IMV refers to the Integral version of the multivariable. The abbreviation XIMV, refers to the XSeries IMV version of the multivariable, which contains the circuitry as part of the unit and the abbreviation IMVX, refers to the Explosion Proof IMV, where the required circuitry resides on the main electronic board. See each instance for additional explanation. Acronym for Molecular Weight. A standard abbreviation for Nitrogen.

Modem

Module Mol% Mole Percent MRB MRM MS MSB Mueller Bridge Multiplex Multi-tasking Multi-tube Sites

Multivariable Transducer

MW N2

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page C31

TERM NAK NAMUR Natural Gas Natural Gas Distillate See Negative Acknowledgement

DEFINITION Normenarbeitsgemeinschaft fr Mess- und Regeltechnik in der chemischen Industrie (Standards study group for measurement and process control technology in the chemical industry). See Gas, Natural. Material removed from natural gas at the "heavy end" portion; that is, aliphatic compounds ranging from C4 to C8 (butanes and heavier). The hydrocarbon components: propane, butanes, and pentanes (also referred to as condensate), or a combination of them that are subject to recovery from raw gas liquids by processing in field separators, scrubbers, gas processing and reprocessing plants, or cycling plants. The propane and butane components are often referred to as liquefied petroleum gases or LPG. A mixture of hydrocarbons, mostly pentanes and heavier, extracted from natural gas, which meets vapor pressure and other specifications. National Bureau of Standards. See Normally Closed. A standard abbreviation for Normal Butane. A standard abbreviation for Normal Pentane. National Electrical Codes This refers to a response over a remote communication device, such as a PING. Basically, saying, "I dont acknowledge your request!" This is the opposite of ACK. NAK is a slang term that means that you disagree or do not acknowledge something. National Electrical Manufacturers Association. A standard from the National Electrical Manufacturers Association. Enclosure constructed for indoor/outdoor use to provide protection against falling dirt, rain, sleet and snow and remain undamaged by external formation of ice. A standard from the National Electrical Manufacturers Association. Enclosure constructed for indoor/outdoor use to provide protection against falling dirt, rai, sleet, snow, windblown dust, splashing water, and hose-directed water and remain undamaged by external formation of ice. A standard from the National Electrical Manufacturers Association. Enclosure constructed as for Type 4 with protection against corrosion. A standard abbreviation for Neobutane. A standard abbreviation for Neopentane. A group of computers that are connected to each other by communications lines to share information and resources. Torque measurement unit equal to 8.84 Inch Pounds. Natural Gas Chromatograph The NGC8200 Termination Panel acts as a connection to the outside world. It features Transient Protection, a built-in voltage regulator, Positive Temperature Co-efficient Fuses (PTC) and many other safeguards to protect the remainder of the system from electrical damage. All outside communications and I/O are channeled through this board. It is designed to be a low cost, field replaceable maintenance solution and is designed to operate on either 12V or 24V. Totalflow NGC8200 Gas Chromatograph, with C6+. The NGC is designed to continually analyze natural gas streams, on-site, determine composition, calorific value, and store the analysis information. It is designed for natural gas 3 streams, 800 to 1500 Btu/scf (29.8 to 55.9 Megajoules/meter ) with less than

Natural Gas Liquids

Natural Gasoline NBS NC NC4 NC5 NEC Negative Acknowledgment NEMA NEMA, Type 3R

NEMA, Type 4

NEMA, Type 4X NeoC4 NeoC5 Network Newton Meter NGC

NGC Termination Panel

NGC8206

Page C32

2103335-001 rev. AA

TERM

DEFINITION 100 PPM H2S. The unit is a fully functional gas chromatograph for Pipeline Quality natural gas, designed to analyze natural gas streams, dry of both hydrocarbon liquids and water. The unit can collect and retain analysis information for one to four independent sample streams. Applicable installations include: Transmission, Distribution, Custody Transfer with Metrology quality results, Production, Gas Gathering and End User Gas Markets. See Natural Gas Liquids. A standard abbreviation for Natural Gas Liquids. Abbreviation for Newton Meter. Metric Torque measurement. See Normally Open. An undesirable electrical signal. Noise comes from external sources such as the AC power line, motors, generators, transformers, fluorescent lights, soldering irons, CRT displays, computers, electrical storms, welders, radio transmitters, and internal sources such as semiconductors, resistors, and capacitors. Unwanted disturbances superimposed upon a useful signal that tends to obscure its information content. A hydrocarbon (Alkane) flammable colorless liquid with nine carbon atoms. Area in which an explosive gas atmosphere is not expected to be present in quantities such as to require special precautions. Refers to data that is no longer available after a Warm Start. An aliphatic compound of the paraffin series having the chemical formula of C4H10 and having all of its carbon atoms joined in a straight chain. A hydrocarbon of the paraffin series having a chemical formula of C5H12 and having all its carbon atoms joined in a straight chain. The exact amount of sample which is injected onto the columns of the chromatograph must be a very reproducible volume in order to give consistent values for the resulting calculated Btu. The calculation controls the volume, temperature and pressure of the sample to be injected by a very simple means. A few seconds before the sample is actually injected, the flow of sample through the sample valve injection loop is stopped by automatically shutting the sample shut-off valve. This allows the pressure of the sample in the sample loop to bleed down to atmospheric pressure. Since the temperature is controlled and the size of sample loop does not vary then the only change possible in sample size is related to variations in atmospheric pressure. Atmospheric pressure does vary with the weather and in order to compensate for this or any other slight sample size change, the mole percentages of each component are adjusted to equal a total of 100% through a calculation called normalization. The values in mole percents are determined by the chromatographic analysis and then totaled to a value that is near 100%, which is called the unnormalized total. The unnormalized total is divided by 100% and the resulting factor is then multiplied by the mole% value for each component. This calculation will adjust each components mole% in the correct manner as to result in a new total of exactly 100%. The calculation also checks to see if the unnormalized total is out of a specified range for alarm purposes. This is an overall performance check to determine if the chromatograph has some problem or has drifted out of calibration. Designation which states that the contacts of a switch or relay are closed or connected when at rest. When activated, the contacts open or separated. Designation which states that the contacts of a switch or relay are normally open or not connected. When activated the contacts close or become connected.

NGL NGL Nm NO

Noise

Nonane (C9H20) Non-hazardous area Non-Persistent Normal Butane Normal Pentane

Normalization of Component Mole Percentages

Normally Closed Normally Open

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page C33

TERM Norsok NPN NPT NRTL Null NX-19 O2 Octane (C8H18) OCV ODBC OEU Offset OHM OHMeter Norwegian Certification Bureau

DEFINITION Negative-Positive-Negative (Transistor). National Pipe Thread. Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory. A condition, such as balance, which results in a minimum absolute value of output. American Gas Association Report referring to a specific method to calculate the Supercompressibility factor. A standard abbreviation for oxygen. A hydrocarbon (Alkane) flammable colorless liquid with eight carbon atoms. Is the 100 point on the Octane Rating Scale. See Open Circuit Voltage. See Open Database Connectivity. Optional Equipment Unit. The difference in temperature between the set point and the actual process temperature. Also, referred to as droop. The unit of resistance usually shown as the symbol "R". One thousand ohms is written "k" and one million ohms is written "M". Resistance is measured with a multimeter, set to the "ohms range". An instrument used to measure electrical resistance. Object Linking and Embedding. A set of system services that provides a means for applications to interact and interoperate. Based on the underlying Component Object Model, OLE is object-enabling system software. Through OLE Automation, an application can dynamically identify and use the services of other applications, to build powerful solutions using packaged software. OLE also makes it possible to create compound documents consisting of multiple sources of information from different applications. This is a data interchange format and supporting software. Typically, vendors (such as ABB) write OPC server drivers which can talk to their devices. SCADA system vendors (again like ABB) write OPC clients that can gather data from OPC Servers. The idea is to provide a universal way to collect data into a SCADA system regardless of the equipment vendor. This standard was developed and is maintained by the OPC Foundation. The Totalflow Driver, TDS32, supports OPC. A programming interface to databases. IVision supports the OLEDB interface. See Ole for Process Control Database. Basic chemicals made from oil or natural gas liquids feedstocks; commonly used to manufacture plastics and gasoline. Examples are ethylene and propylene. Object-Oriented Programming. The XFC/XRC architecture incorporates an object-oriented approach. See Ole for Process Control. A complete break in a metal conductor path. The difference in potential between the terminals of a cell/battery when the circuit is open (no-load condition). A single NPN transistor with the base connected to the logic driving circuitry and with the emitter grounded. The collector is the output pin of the gate.

OLE

Ole for Process Control

Ole for Process Control Database OLEDB Olefins OOP OPC Open Circuit Open Circuit Voltage Open Collector

Page C34

2103335-001 rev. AA

TERM

DEFINITION A widely accepted application-programming interface (API) for database access. It is based on the Call-Level Interface (CLI) specifications from X/Open and ISO/IEC for database APIs and uses Structured Query Language (SQL) as its database access language. Using ODBC, you can create database applications with access to any database for which your end-user has an ODBC driver. This allows access for authorized users to databases over any network, including the Internet. The iVision SCADA system provides an ODBC driver, making the database accessible to authorized users anywhere on a corporate network, or even over the Internet if the network is properly configured. Base-level software that controls a computer, runs programs, interacts with users, and communicates with installed hardware or peripheral devices. Totalflow enclosure designed to house optional power and communication devices. Device to record differential pressure measurement which uses a steel plate with a calibrated hole or orifice to generate a drop in pressure between the two sides of the plate. Also the primary element of the meter run. A plate of non-corrosive material which can be fastened between flanges or in a special fitting perpendicular to the axis of flow and having a concentric circular hole. The primary use is for the measurement of gas flow. Boolean algebra logical function. Described as the addition or summing of switches or inputs, in the case of Boolean elements, the 0 and 1 represent two possible states of a premise or hypothesis: True or False, On or Off. When adding Boolean elements not real numbers, you will find these results: 1 or 1 = 1 1 or 0 = 1 0 or 1 = 1 0 or 0 = 0 A flat ring made of rubber or plastic, used as a gasket. That part of a circuit where the processed signal is available. The resistance as measured on the output terminals of a pressure transducer. The RMS, peak-to-peak (as specified) ac component of a transducer's dc output in the absence of a measurand variation. See Pulse Input. (1) Characteristic. For example, specifying parameters means defining the characteristics of something. In general, parameters are used to customize a program. For example, file names, page lengths, and font specifications could all be considered parameters. (2) In programming, the term parameter is synonymous with argument, a value that is passed to a routine. A technique for testing transmitting data. Typically, a binary digit is added to the data to make the sum of all the digits of the binary data either always even (even parity) or always odd (odd parity). Acronym PPM. Analog Output to a host that is powered by an outside source. Portable Collection and Calibration Unit. Windows version of PCCU communications software to process, archive and collect data from the Totalflow equipment. Generally run from a laptop. The retention time the element takes to exit the column. This is used in calculating the amount of each component in the sample or Mole %. A saturated hydrocarbon (Alkane) with five carbon atoms in its molecule (C5H12). A liquid under normal conditions.

Open Database Connectivity

Operating System Optional Equipment Unit Orifice Meter

Orifice Plate

ORing

O-Ring Output Output Impedance Output Noise P/I

Parameter

Parity Parts per Million Passive Analog Output PCCU PCCU32 Peak Area Pentane (C5H12)

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page C35

TERM Pentane, Normal Pentanes Plus Peripheral Persistent PEX PGC Phase Phenol Physical Change PID Piezoceramic See Normal Pentane.

DEFINITION A hydrocarbon mixture consisting mostly of normal pentane and heavier components. The input/output and data storage devices attached to a computer such as disk drives, printers, keyboards, displays, data acquisition systems, etc. Refers to data that remains available after a Warm Start. A flexible material used for LevelMaster sensors. Process Gas Chromatograph A time based relationship between a periodic function and a reference. In electricity, it is expressed in angular degrees to describe the voltage or current relationship of two alternating waveforms. Hydrocarbon derivative containing an [OH] group bound to an aromatic ring. A change in which a substance changes from one physical state to another but no substances with different composition are formed. Example Gas to Liquid Solid. Proportional, Integral, Derivative. A three mode control action where the controller has time proportioning, integral (auto reset) and derivative rate action. A ceramic material that has piezoelectric properties similar to those of some natural crystals. Liquid hydrocarbons that have condensed from gas to liquid as a result of changes in pressure and temperature as gas flows in a pipeline. Pipeline condensate only remains as a liquid under high-pressure conditions and would vaporize at atmospheric pressure. All liquid hydrocarbons and other products (including sulfur and excluding residue gas) recovered in a gas processing plant. See Programmable logic controller A technique used to optimize gas production. A Steel plunger is inserted into the production tubing in the well. The flow is turned off and this shut-in causes plunger to fall allowing fluid to collect above plunger. Different techniques are used to decide how long to shut in and flow the well. In electricity, the quality of having two oppositely charged poles, one positive one negative. A snapshot view of the readings taken by the Totalflow equipment. A communications connection on a computer or a remote controller. A place of access to a device or network, used for input/output of digital and analog signals. An increase in resistance due to an increase in temperature. Opens circuit when high current condition occurs. Closes when condition no longer exists. Replaces typical fuses, which require replacement when blown. Program Organization Unit. This is Softings term for an independent programming unit. Programs, functions, etc. A separate unit or part of a circuit that supplies power to the rest of the circuit or to a system. Acronym for parts per million. The contractual, regulatory or standard ambient pressure at which natural gas is measured or sampled expressed in psia (pounds per square inch absolute). Difference in pressure between any two points in a continuous system.

Pipeline Condensate

Plant Products PLC Plunger Lift

Polarity Polling Port Positive Temperature Coefficient Positive Temperature Coefficient Fuse POU Power Supply PPM Pressure Base Pressure Differential

Page C36

2103335-001 rev. AA

TERM Pressure Markers Pressure, Absolute Pressure, Atmospheric See PSIA. See Atmospheric Pressure.

DEFINITION Pressure testing at different levels of pressure. Used for comparison purposes.

Pressure, Gas

In the natural gas industry pressure is measured by the force applied to a designated area. PSI and OSI refer to how much pressure (pound or ounce) is applied to one square inch. Inches Water Column (In.W.C.) is also used to express gas pressure and is measured using a manometer for lower pressure readings. 1 PSIG=27.21 Inches Water Column. See PSIG. A cell or battery which is not intended to be recharged and is discarded when the cell or battery has delivered all its electrical energy. Acronym for Pressure Regulator Module. A generic term that is used to describe many types of temperature sensors. Gas use for which alternate fuels are not technically feasible, such as in applications requiring precise temperature controls and precise flame characteristics. A list of instructions that a computer follows to perform a task. A highly reliable special-purpose computer used in industrial monitoring and control applications. PLCs typically have proprietary programming and networking protocols, and special-purpose digital and analog I/O ports. Computer memory in which data can be written to. ROM is used for storing programs (e.g. operating systems) and characteristic files on a permanent basis. (non-volatile) The standard method a CPU uses to access an I/O device-- each byte of data is read or written by the CPU. See Programmable Read Only Memory A saturated hydrocarbon (Alkane) gas, the molecule of which is composed of three carbon and eight hydrogen atoms. Propane is present in most natural gas and is the first product refined from crude petroleum. It has many industrial uses and may be used for heating and lighting. Contains approximately 2,500 Btu per cubic foot. PID Controllers are designed to eliminate the need for continuous operator attention. An example would be the cruise control in a car or a house thermostat. These controllers are used to automatically adjust some variable to hold the measurement (or process variable) at the set-point. The set-point is where you would like the measurement to be. Error is defined as the difference between set-point and measurement. A saturated hydrocarbon (Alkane) gas, the molecule of which is composed of three carbon and six hydrogen atoms. At room temperature and pressure, propylene is a gas. It is colorless, highly flammable, and has a odor similar to garlic. It is found in coal gas and can be synthesized by cracking petroleum. The main use of propylene is as a monomer, mostly for the production of polypropylene. A formal set of conventions governing the formatting and relative timing of message exchange between two communicating systems. Pounds per Square Inch. Pounds per Square Inch Absolute. Absolute pressure uses a perfect vacuum as the zero point. A perfect vacuum is 0 PSIA. PSIA=PSIG + Atmospheric Pressure. Pounds per square inch differential. Pressure difference between two points.

Pressure, Gauge Primary Cell (or Battery) PRM Probe Process Gas Program Programmable Logic Controller Programmable Read Only Memory Programmed I/O PROM

Propane (C3H8)

Proportional, Integral, Derivative

Propylene (C3H6)

Protocol PSI PSIA PSID

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page C37

TERM PSIG PSIS PTB PTC Pulse Input

DEFINITION Pounds per Square Inch Gauge. Gauge pressure uses the actual atmospheric pressure as the zero point. Pounds per square inch standard. Pressure referenced to a standard atmosphere. Physikalisch Technische Bundesanstalt (Federal Physical Technical Office) or Technical Institute for Certification. See Positive Temperature Co-efficient Fuse. Any digital input to a meter (usually a turbine) that is used to measure pulses over a time period. This calculates volume and flow rate for each period of time. An operational mode used by the LevelMaster for measuring single float levels by transmitting a pulse to the primary windings, reading the voltage level on both the primary and secondary windings and using a calculation whereby one is subtracted from another to determine the single fluid level. Any digital output that is used to measure pulses over a period of time. Frequency of Pulses in a predetermined time frame represents a value to be used in calculating volume and flow rate. RF for short. That part of the spectrum from approx. 50kHz to gigahertz. Electromagnetic radiation which is emitted by electrical circuits carrying rapidly changing signals, as a by-product of their normal operation, and which causes unwanted signals (interference or noise) to be induced in other circuits. See Random Access Memory. A lithium backed storage chip. Also see Random Access Memory. Acronym for Remote Alarms Monitoring System. Onboard read/write volatile memory, generally used for application variables and the file system. Data stored is lost if power is removed (volatile). Those values over which a transducer is intended to measure, specified by its upper and lower limits. The ratio of the maximum flowrate to the minimum flowrate of a meter. The number of ampere-hours a cell/battery can deliver under specific conditions (rate of discharge, cut-off voltage, temperature). Natural gas that has not been processed. A mixture of natural gas liquids that has not been fractionated or separated into its various components. Communication abbreviation for Results Bus. Communication abbreviation for Received. Acronym for Relative Density. Refers to Totalflows SRam Drive (solid state memory chip) located on the main board, used to store data and configuration files. The RDrive is a lithium backed, volatile memory chip and is not affected by a warm start. Computer memory in which data can be routinely read but written to only once using special means when the ROM is manufactured. ROM is used for storing data or programs (e.g. operating systems) on a permanent basis. Data acted upon immediately instead of being accumulated and processed at a later time. The iVision SCADA system has an in-memory RTDB for the data it collects from various devices. Real-time generally means that the data is acquired often enough that the user can make operational changes to the process while it is still useful to do so. On a factory floor, this can be in milliseconds. For remote

Pulse Mode

Pulse Output Radio Frequency Radio Frequency Interference RAM RAM Disk RAMS Random Access Memory Range Rangeability Rated Capacity Raw Gas Raw Mix Liquids RBUS RCV RD RDrive

Read Only Memory Real Time

Real Time Data Base

Page C38

2103335-001 rev. AA

TERM

DEFINITION devices which may require a couple of hours of drive time to reach, real-time can be thought of in tens of minutes or even hours. The iVision data base can meet either of these requirements. Any operating system where interrupts are guaranteed to be handled within a certain specified maximum time, thereby making it suitable for control of hardware in embedded systems and other time-critical applications. RTOS is not a specific product but a class of operating system. The conversion of electrical energy, provided in the form of a current from an external source (charger), into chemical energy within a cell/battery. This is the standard interface for full-duplex data communication conducted with two way independent channels. It employs unbalanced signaling and refers to point-to-point communications between one driver and one receiver in a 4-wire bus system. The RS-232 (single-ended) transmits at a relatively slow data rate (up to 20K bits per second) and short distances (up to 50 Ft. @ the maximum data rate). This is the standard interface for half-duplex communications conducted with a dual-state driver. It employs balanced signaling and refers to multi-drop communications between one driver and up to ten receivers, known as straight-through cabling in a 4-wire bus system. The RS-422 (Differential) transmits a much faster data rate (up to 100K bits per second) and longer distances (up to 4000 Ft. @ the maximum data rate). This is the standard interface for half-duplex communications conducted in the tri-state or common mode. It employs balanced signaling and refers to true multi-point communications between up to 32 drivers and 32 receivers, in 2wire bus system. The RS-485 (Differential) transmits a much faster data rate (up to 100K bits per second) and longer distances (up to 4000 Ft. @ the maximum data rate). It also supports more nodes per line because it uses lower impedance drivers and receivers. A collection of unrelated information that is treated as a single unit. A storage device with a specific capacity, such as a bit, byte or word. Electromechanical device containing a coil and set of contacts. The contacts close when the coil is activated. Not hard-wired; communicating via switched lines, such as telephone lines. Usually refers to peripheral devices that are located a site away from the CPU. Totalflows XSeries Remote Controller is a low power, microprocessor based unit designed to meet a wide range of automation, monitor, control, alarming and measurement applications. An industrial data collection device similar to a PLC, designed for location at a remote site, that communicates data to a host system by using telemetry (such as radio, dial-up telephone, or leased lines). The ability of a transducer to reproduce output readings when the same measurand value is applied to it consecutively, under the same conditions, and in the same direction. Repeatability is expressed as the maximum difference between output readings. The portion of natural gas remaining in a gaseous state after recovery of certain components through gas processing. The measure of the ability of a material to pass a current. A relationship between a thermistor's resistance and the temperature. A metallic probe that measures temperature based upon its coefficient of

Real Time Operating System Recharge/Charge

Recommended Standard 232

Recommended Standard 422

Recommended Standard 485

Record Register Relay Remote Remote Controller, XSeries. Remote Terminal Unit

Repeatability

Residue Gas Resistance Resistance Temperature Characteristic Resistant Thermal Detector

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page C39

TERM resistivity. Resistor Resolution

DEFINITION Passive component with a known resistance. The value of resistance is usually shown by a set of colored bands on the body of the component. The smallest significant number to which a measurement can be determined. For example, a converter with 12-bit resolution can resolve 1 part in 4096. A calculated value determined by analyzing a known substance under precise conditions (temperature, pressure, carrier flow rate) which equals the area of the peak divided by the weight or volume of the injected substance. This calculated value is then used as a response multiplier or offset for analyzing a sample of this same substance from another source. In the case of Natural gas, each component will have its own Response Factor. 1) The length of time required for the output of a transducer to rise to a specified percentage of its final value as a result of a step change of input. 2) The time required by a sensor to reach 63.2% of a step change in temperature under a specified set of conditions. Five time constants are required for the sensor to stabilize at 600 of the step change value. This refers to a Totalflow procedure in which all the Station or Configuration files are restored to the SDRIVE from the file located on the laptop. This process is very helpful prior to doing a Cold Start when you want to continue using the Configuration and Station files. The ratio of inertial and viscous forces in a fluid defined by the formula Re = rVD/, where: r = Density of fluid, = Viscosity in centipoise (CP), V = Velocity, and D = Inside diameter of pipe. See Radio Frequency Interference. A flat cable in which the conductors are side by side rather than in a bundle. Natural gas which, based on its content of liquefiable hydrocarbons, is suitable for processing in a gas plant for recovery of plant products. See Read Only Memory Communication abbreviation for Remote Ready To Send. See Recommended Standard 232. See Recommended Standard 422. See Recommended Standard 485. See Runtime. See Resistant Temperature Detector. See Real Time Data Base. See Real Time Operating System. Communication abbreviation for Ready To Send. See Remote Terminal Unit The time required for an acoustic signal to travel from point A to point B. This measurement is used in calculating the speed of Sound, gas velocity and volume in the TotalSonic Meter. Communication abbreviation for Receive Data. Serial Number. The whole Serial Number is made up of a prefix of 5 digits and the suffix, a 10 digit configuration number. Sample Line 1 (located on NGC8200 series Feed-Through Assembly). Sample Line 2 (located on NGC8200 series Feed-Through Assembly). Sample Line 3 (located on NGC8200 series Feed-Through Assembly).

Response Factor

Response Time

Restore

Reynolds Number RFI Ribbon Cable Rich Gas ROM RRTS RS-232 RS-422 RS-485 RT RTD RTDB RTOS RTS RTU Runtime RXD S/N S1 S2 S3

Page C40

2103335-001 rev. AA

TERM S4 Saddle

DEFINITION Sample Line 4 (located on NGC8200 series Feed-Through Assembly). A fitted plate held in place by clamps, straps, heat fusion, or welding over a hole punched or drilled in a gas main to which a branch line or service line connection is made. The saddle also may serve as a reinforcing member for repair. A tube with a given volume used in conjunction with a valve for measuring and holding the sample gas before pushing it into the chromatograph column. The heating value of natural gas that is saturated with water vapor. Hydrocarbons that contain only single bonds. They are also called Alkanes or paraffin hydrocarbons. This refers to a Totalflow procedure in which all the Station or Configuration files are copied from the RDRIVE or the SDRIVE, to a file created on a laptop. Digital Signal Smoothing. A special class of a digital signal processing filter. Specifically determines the coefficients that are used for signal processing. See Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition Abbreviation for one standard cubic foot, a measurement of a gas volume at a contractual, regulatory or standard specified temperature and pressure. Another name for a circuit diagram. Acronym for Sample Conditioning Module. To move all or part of the screen material up to down, left or right, to allow new information to appear. Secure Digital Card. Totalflows Serial E2 PROM solid state memory chip, located on the main electronic board (volatile memory, affected by a cold start), used to store configuration or station files. Selectable measurement units for various international and specialized application needs. A property of a DAQ board that has an extremely stable onboard reference and calibrates its own A/D and D/A circuits without manual adjustments by the user. Material that is nether a conductor nor insulator. Its properties can be altered by a control voltage. That part of the transducer which reacts directly in response to the input. A device that responds to a physical stimulus (heat, light, sound, pressure, motion, flow, and so on), and produces a corresponding electrical signal. The Sensor File contains all the setup/calibration information of the unit. The Sensor File is a (.dat) file and by default is named after the base serial number proceeded by an "s", such as s00108.dat. Although the name can be overwritten, it is recommended that the default name be kept. A common form of data transmission, in which the bits of each character are sent one at a time over the line. A communications interface that uses one data line to transfer data bits sequentially. On the IBM PC the serial port refers to a standard asynchronous serial interface which uses the 8250/16450/16550 family of UART's. The period of useful life (usually in hours or minutes) of a primary cell/battery before a predetermined cut-off voltage is reached. The temperature at which a controller is set to control a system. A "level" or control point in a feedback system. Sequential Function Chart (IEC supported programming language)

Sample Loop Saturated BTU Saturated Hydrocarbons Save Savitsky-Golay Smoothing SCADA Scf Schematic SCM Scroll SD Card SDRIVE Selectable Units Self-Calibrating Semiconductor Sensing Element Sensor

Sensor File

Serial I/O Serial Port Service Life Set Point Set-Point SFC

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page C41

TERM SG Short Circuit Acronym for Specific Gravity.

DEFINITION A connection of comparatively low resistance accidentally or intentionally made between points on a circuit between which the resistance is normally much greater. Also called a "bridge" or "short" such as when solder from two tracks touch on a PC board. The reduction in volume and/or heating value of a natural gas stream due to extraction or removal of some of its components. See Signal. Any communication between message-based devices consisting of a write to a signal register. A circuit that produces a variable and controllable signal. Can represent a number half the size of a unsigned integer, including a negative number. Device such as a load that consumes power or conducts away heat. Extra Daily records for recording events that require the start of a new day. i.e. Volume Reset, Backward Time change over the hour, and Contract Hour change. Italys Certification Board Signal to Noise Ratio. Softings IEC compiler environment Maker and distributor of the IEC compiler softCONTROL The non-physical parts of a computer system that include computer programs such as the operating system, high-level languages, applications programs, etc. A cell that produces current under sunlight. A coil of wire that is long compared to its diameter, through which a current will flow and produce a magnetic flux to push or pull a rod (called an armature). See Speed of Sound. Natural gas that has a high concentration of H2S. Device that provides signal power or energy to a load. See Static Pressure The difference between the upper and lower limits of a range expressed in the same units as the range. The ratio of the mass of a solid or liquid to the mass of an equal volume of distilled water at 4C (39F) or of a gas to an equal volume of air or hydrogen under prescribed conditions of temperature and pressure. Also called relative density. Rate at which gas travels through the pipeline. Used in flow calculations in the TotalSonic Meter. Calculations follow AGA 9 Report. Rate at which sound travels through the medium. Used in flow calculations in the TotalSonic Meter. Calculations follow AGA 10 Report. Signal Processing Unit (measurement transducer). See Structured Query Language. See Static Random Access Memory Acronym for Stream Selector Module. Structured Text (IEC supported programming language) The quality of an instrument or sensor to maintain a consistent output when a

Shrinkage SIG Signal Signal Generator Signed Integer Sink Skip Days SNAM SNR SoftCONTROL Softing Software Solar cell Solenoid SOS Sour Gas Source SP Span

Specific Gravity

Speed of Gas Speed of Sound SPU SQL SRAM SSM ST Stability

Page C42

2103335-001 rev. AA

TERM constant input is applied. Stable Gas

DEFINITION Is a vapor containing less than 0.1 PPM of liquid when vapor is cooled to 18.3F (10C) below the coldest ambient temperature possible at any point in the system. Equals PSIA or PSIG. Referenced to atmospheric pressure versus absolute pressure in a vacuum. It is defined as the pressure exerted by a non-moving liquid or gas. In the case of a gas well this would be the natural PSI of the gas inside of the well. The place in your computer that programs reside when running. You can access any part of the memory, and it can easily be overwritten with new values. SRAM is much more expensive and physically larger than DRAM but much faster. Any digital output that uses On or Off conditions to determine the status of the assigned description. Changing from one to the other represents a change in the condition. Standard Temperature and Pressure IBM developed this language in the 60s as a way of accessing data from a relational database. It has a very simple syntax for simple functions but can become complex for sophisticated applications. This language is standardized by international standards bodies, and is almost universal in application. Almost all databases support SQL. The iVision RTDB supports SQL and this makes it extremely flexible within a corporate network. Authorized users throughout the organization can write SQL statements to acquire data from this database that they need for Marketing, Accounting, Engineering, or other functions. A pale, yellow, non-metallic chemical element that may be found in a gas stream and which needs to be removed or reduced from the gas stream for corrosion control or health or safety reasons. A factor used to account for the following effect: Boyle's law for gases states that the specific weight of a gas is directly proportional to the absolute pressure, the temperature remaining constant. All gases deviate from this law by varying amounts, and within the range of conditions ordinarily encountered in the natural gas industry, the actual specific weight under the higher pressure is usually greater than the theoretical. The factor used to reflect this deviation from the ideal gas law in gas measurement with an orifice meter is called the "Supercompressibility factor Fpv". The factor is used to calculate corrected from volumes at standard temperatures and pressures. The factor is of increasing importance at high pressures and low temperatures. A common PC function in process control applications, where programmable logic controllers (PLCs) perform control functions but are monitored and supervised by a PC. A sudden change (usually an increase) in the voltage on a power line. A surge is similar to a spike, but is of longer duration. Sample Vent (located on NGC8200 series Feed-Through Assembly). Switched Battery Voltage. Cycles power to equipment to save power. An electrical device for connecting and disconnecting power to a circuit, having two states, on (closed) or off (open). Ideally having zero impedance when closed and infinite impedance when open. (1) Hardware - A property of an event that is synchronized to a reference clock. (2) Software - A property of a function that begins an operation and returns only when the operation is complete. Comparable to the grammar of a human language, syntax is the set of rules used for forming statements in a particular programming language.

Static Pressure

Static Random Access Memory

Status Output STP

Structured Query Language

Sulfur

Supercompressibility Factor

Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition Surge SV SW VBATT Switch

Synchronous Syntax

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page C43

TERM System Noise TankMaster Tap TBUS TCD

DEFINITION A measure of the amount of noise seen by an analog circuit or an ADC when the analog inputs are grounded. Totalflow Control System for LevelMaster Tank Units. To cut threads in a round hole so that other fittings or equipment can be screwed into the hole. Also to make an opening in a vessel or pipe. Communication abbreviation for Transmit Bus. See Thermal Conductivity Detector. TCP/IP This is the basic communication format for the Internet, and for much of what happens on a corporate network. Virtually all networked PCs and other computers have an IP address having the format xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx (xxx can range from 0 to 255 in most cases). You can see the ip address of your PC by going to the start menu, selecting run, and entering cmd. A DOS Box will be displayed on your screen. Type ipconfig to get the ip address. When you enter a URL (e.g., www.totalflow.com) in a browser, a DNS server (on the network) resolves this into an IP address and directs your request to the machine with that address. Temperature Compensated Regulator. Totalflow DDE Server that allows Microsoft Windows applications with DDE capabilities to communicate with Totalflows equipment. For example data can be retrieved and placed in an Excel spreadsheet. An experimental number used to modify the calibration of a device (Totalflow transducer) to account for changes in environmental temperature. The maximum change in output, at any measurand value within the specified range, when the transducer temperature is changed from room temperature to specified temperature extremes. The range of ambient temperatures within which all tolerances specified for Thermal Zero Shift and Thermal Sensitivity Shift are applicable (temperature error). The temperature of the air, atmosphere or other fluid that completely surrounds the apparatus, equipment or the work piece under consideration. For devices which do not generate heat, this temperature is the same as the temperature of the medium at the point of device location when the device is not present. For devices which do generate heat, this temperature is the temperature of the medium surrounding the device when the device is present and generating heat. Allowable ambient-temperature limits are based on the assumption that the device in question is not exposed to significant radiant-energy sources such as sunlight or heated surfaces. Temperature of the flowing fluid. Usually gas and measured by an RTD. Man-Machine interface tool used as and engineering interface with equipment. Placement of a connector on a cable. A circuit board with screw terminals or other connector system that allows convenient connection of field signals to a data acquisition or communication system. Totalflow network used to access iVision/web data. Totalflow Input/Output module (i.e. quad AO) Universal detector that shows a response to all compounds. An electrical component that changes resistance based on the components ability to conduct heat. In chromatography, two TCDs are used, 1)as a reference detector and 2) as the sensor detector. The reference detector is exposed to only the carrier gas and the Sensor detector is exposed to the sample.

TCP/IP

TCR TDS32 Temperature Coefficient Temperature Error Temperature Range, Compensated

Temperature, Ambient

Temperature, Flowing Terminal Mode Termination Termination Panel TF.NET TFIO Module Thermal Conductivity Detector

Page C44

2103335-001 rev. AA

TERM Thermistor Thermistor Bead Thermocouple

DEFINITION A temperature-sensing element composed of sintered semiconductor material which exhibits a large change in resistance proportional to a small change in temperature. Thermistors usually have negative temperature coefficients. See Thermal Conductivity Detector. A temperature sensor created by joining two dissimilar metals. The junction produces a small voltage as a function of the temperature. A closed-end tube designed to protect temperature sensors from harsh environments, high pressure, and flows. They can be installed into a system by pipe thread or welded flange and are usually made of corrosion-resistant metal or ceramic material depending upon the application. Totalflow application for Gas Analyzer. The allowable percentage variation of any component from that stated on its body. Product line of ABB Inc. Maker and distributor of the XSeries Flow Computers (XFC) and Remote Controllers (XRC). TotalSonics Man Machine Interface software program. May also be called MEPAFLOW 600. A device for converting energy from one form to another, specifically the measurement of pressure differential in natural gas gate stations. I.e. Pressure to voltage or current. The rate, measured in bytes/s, at which data is moved from source to destination after software initialization and set up operations; the maximum rate at which the hardware can operate. An abrupt change in voltage, of short duration (e.g. a brief pulse caused by the operation of a switch). A three leaded device (Collector, Base, Emitter) used for amplifying or switching. Also called a bi-polar transistor to distinguish it from Field Effect Transistor etc. A device that converts audio, video or coded signals into modulated radio frequency signals which can be propagated by electromagnetic waves (radio waves). Transient Voltage Suppression device. Tank Request Block Editor. When requesting storage space after adding a LevelMaster application, the file is saved as a *.trb file. Cylinder for transporting or storing liquids: any long hollow cylinder used to transport or store liquids. An amplitude modulated (AM) receiver with one or more stages of radio frequency before the detector. Communication abbreviation for Transmit Data. Unsigned Double Integer Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. An independent laboratory that establishes standards for commercial and industrial products. A form of pipe fitting where two extension pipes are joined at a separable coupling. An external peripheral interface standard for communication between a computer and external peripherals over a cable using biserial transmission. It supports both isochronous and asynchronous data transfers. Is a calculation of the Peak Area divided by the Response Factor for each component, then summed by each component.

Thermowell Therms Master Tolerance Totalflow TotalSonic MMI Transducer

Transfer Rate Transient Transistor

Transmitter Tranzorb TRB Tube Tuned Radio Frequency TXD UDINT UL Union Universal Serial Bus Unnormalized Total

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page C45

TERM Unsigned Integer Upload

DEFINITION Can represent a number twice the size of a signed integer, but cannot represent a large negative number. This refers to a Totalflow procedure in which any file(s) located in the on-board memory of a Totalflow Host is copied to a file created on a laptop PC. Un-interruptible power supply. A power conditioning unit placed between the commercial power service and the protected device. The UPS uses line power to charge batteries, which, in the case of a power failure, can drive electronic circuitry to produce the appropriate AC requirements for some time period. Oil and natural gas exploration and production activities; plus gas gathering, processing and marketing operations. The first pipeline to transport natural gas en route to an inter-connect point for delivery to another pipeline. See DOWNSTREAM PIPELINE. Acronym for Universal Serial Bus. Generally refers to the peripheral device (Slave or Client) that is driven by a computer (Master or Host). Examples are a printer and digital camera. Generally refers to the computer device (Master or Host) that drives a peripheral piece of equipment (Slave or Client). An example is a Laptop or Desktop Computer. Provider of the RTOS used by the XSeries product line Volts of alternating current. A pressure less than atmospheric pressure, measured either from the base of zero pressure or from the base of atmospheric pressure (PSIA). A mechanical device for controlling the flow of fluids and gases; types such as gate, ball, globe, needle, and plug valves are used. This feature provides automatic feedback control of Differential Pressure (DP), Static Pressure (SP), and Flow Rate for the purpose of positioning a flow valve to maintain a desired value of DP, SP, or Flow Rate. The pressure exerted by a liquid when confined in a specified tank or test apparatus. Totalflows Voice Alarm System. A software program that receives and transmits alarm notifications via cell, telephone or pager systems. Battery Voltage. The voltage output from the battery source. Valve Control Interface. Volts of direct current. Verband der Elektrotechnik Elektronik Informationstechnik [Association for Electrical, Electronic & Information Technologies] The time rate of change of displacement; dx/dt. A normally sealed mechanism which allows for the controlled escape of gases from within a cell. Video Graphic Array. A method of making disk storage appear like RAM memory to the CPU, thus allowing programs that need more RAM memory than is installed to run in the system. This technique is slow compared to "real" memory. The inherent resistance of a substance to flow. Velocity of Gas. A storage medium that loses all data when power is removed. The unit of voltage or potential difference.. One thousand volts = 1kV.

UPS

Upstream Upstream Pipeline USB USB Client USB Host USX VAC Vacuum Valve Valve Control Vapor Pressure VAS32 VBATT VCI VDC VDE Velocity Vent VGA Virtual Memory Viscosity VOG Volatile Memory Volt

Page C46

2103335-001 rev. AA

TERM

DEFINITION Electrical pressure, the force, which causes current to flow through a conductor. Voltage must be expressed as a difference of potential between two points since it is a relational term. Connecting both voltmeter leads to the same point will show no voltage present although the voltage between that point and ground may be hundred or thousands of volts. A meter for reading voltage. It is one of the ranges in a multimeter. The specified length between reading and calculating volume data. Calculated using the area of the full closed conduit and the average fluid velocity in the form, Q = V x A, to arrive at the total volume quantity of flow. Q = volumetric flowrate, V = average fluid velocity, and A = cross sectional area of the pipe. Velocity of Sound. A rebooting technique which will clear most operational errors, without damaging either the data or configuration files. This causes the equipment to boot from the RDRIVE, which is a solid state memory chip. Symbol W. The unit of power. One watt is the product of one volt and one amp. Power (W) = Current (I) X Energy (E). (E = Volts) The distance between two points of corresponding phase in consecutive cycles All the text, graphics, and sound visible with a single access to a Web site; what you see when you request a particular URL. The hardware and software required to make Web pages available for delivery to others on networks connected with yours. A collection of electronic "pages" of information on a Web server A well drilled in order to obtain production of gas or oil known to exist. A deep well in which to inject waste chemicals, etc., such as a well to dispose of salt brine from the solution mining of salt dome gas storage caverns. A well drilled to a previously untested geologic structure to determine the presence of oil or gas. A well which produces at surface conditions the contents of a gas reservoir; legal definitions vary among the states. A well which is producing oil or gas at such a low rate that it may not pay for the drilling. Non-associated gas well capable of producing no more than 90 Mcf/day at its maximum rate of flow. An exploratory well being drilled in unproven territory, that is, in a horizon from which there is no production in the general area. The assembly of fittings, valves, and controls located at the surface and connected to the flow lines, tubing, and Casing of the well so as to control the flow from the reservoir. Circuit design using two TCDs to measure components in chromatography. Windows Central Collection Unit. Windows version of software to process, archive and manipulate data collected from the Totalflow products. In computer graphics, a defined area in a system not bounded by any limits; unlimited "space" in graphics. In the field, where hydrocarbons are changing hands and actual cash register transactions being performed, it is not uncommon for one party or the other to request / require a representative or company employee be present during calibrations and or routine maintenance. Often this arrangement is contractually linked.

Voltage

Voltmeter Volume Calculation Period Volume Flow Rate VOS Warm Start Watt Wavelength Web Page Web Server Web Site Well, Development Well, Disposal Well, Exploratory Well, Gas Well, Marginal Well, Stripper Well, Wildcat Wellhead Wheatstone Bridge WinCCU Window

Witness

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page C47

TERM Wobbe Index

DEFINITION Calculated from the energy content, or a higher heating value of the gas, and 1/2 the relative density of the gas (Btu/RD ). A number proportional to the heat input to a burner at constant pressure. In British practice, it is the gross heating value of a gas divided by the square root of its gravity. Widely used in Europe, together with a measured or calculated flame speed, to determine interchangeability of fuel gases. The highest voltage that should be applied to a product in normal use, normally well under the breakdown voltage for safety margin. See also Breakdown Voltage. An Internet service facilitating access to electronic information - also known as the Web, WWW, or W3. To record data in a storage device or on a data medium. See External Transducer. See Flow Computer, XSeries. Totalflows new Generation 4 extendable XFC equipment featuring technology that is expandable and flexible for ever changing needs. The main electronic board used in XSeries flow computers. The XFC-195 Board mounts on the inside of the enclosures front door. Totalflows Class 1 Div 1 Flow Computer. This Totalflow Flow Computer is housed in an explosion proof housing and has similar operational features as the FLO, with additional capabilities. See XSeries Integral Multivariable Transducer. See Multivariable Transducer. XSeries Remote Controller. Also see Remote Controller, XSeries. Totalflows new Generation 4 extendable XRC equipment featuring technology that is expandable and flexible for ever changing needs. Totalflows new extendable equipment series featuring technology that is expandable and flexible for ever changing needs. Abbreviated XIMV. A smart Multivariable Transducer that is an integral part of the XSeries Flow Computer, measuring Static Pressure (SP), Differential Pressure (DP) and Flowing Temperature (Tf). This refers to both the transducer portion of the device and the circuitry required to supply measurements to the main electronic board, which is housed in a factory sealed unit. See Multivariable Transducer for more information. Expansion factor. Gas at atmospheric pressure. The difference expressed in degrees between true zero and an indication given by a measuring instrument.

Wobbe Number

Working Voltage World Wide Web Write XDCR XFC XFC G4 XFC-195 Board XFC6200EX XIMV XMV XRC XRC G4 XSeries

XSeries Integral Multivariable

Y Zero Gas Zero Offset

Page C48

2103335-001 rev. AA

Appendix D Drawings

This section of the manual has been provided as a location for the user to place the drawings and project information that accompanies the new Totalflow unit. Totalflow recommends that a complete set of all drawings that accompany a unit be placed in this section. This would ensure that the user have only drawings applicable to their units and drawings that are the latest revision.

2103335-001 rev. AA

Page D1

Bllank Page B ank Page

Page D2

2103335-001 rev. AA